JVC HR-XVC26US Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL
DVD PLAYER & VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
3
2004
YD008
HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC,
HR-XVC26US, HR-XVC27UC,
HR-XVC27US
HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC, HR-XVC26US, HR-XVC27UC, HR-XVC27US [D3PV0]
For disassembling and assembling of MECHANISM ASSEMBLY, refer to the SERVICE MANUAL No.86700(MECHANISM ASSEMBLY).
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
PRECAUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
COPYRIGHT © 2004 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
No.YD008
2004/3
SPECIFICATION
HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC
HR-XVC26US ,HR-XVC27UC, HR-XVC27US
GENERAL
Power requirement
AC 120 V, 60 Hz
Power consumption
Power on
22 W
Power off
2.0 W
Temperature
Operating
5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F)
Storage
-20°C to 60°C (-4°F to140°F)
Operating position
Horizontal only
Dimensions (W × H × D)
435 mm x 93 mm x 272 mm
Weight
4.1 kg
Format
VHS NTSC standard
Maximum recording time
(SP)
210 min. with ST-210 video cassette
(EP)
630 min. with ST-210 video cassette
VIDEO/AUDIO (VCR deck)
Signal system
NTSC color signal and EIA monochrome signal, 525 lines/60 fields
Recording system
DA4 (Double Azimuth) head helical scan system
Signal-to-noise ratio
45 dB
Horizontal resolution
230 lines
Frequency range
70 Hz to 10,000 Hz (Normal audio) 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz (Hi-Fi audio)
RCA connectors: IN × 1, OUT × 1
Input/Output
VIDEO/AUDIO (DVD deck)
Signal system
NTSC
Applicable disc
DVD (12 cm, 8 cm), CD (12 cm, 8 cm)
Audio characteristics
DVD:4 Hz - 22 KHz
Frequency response
CD:4 Hz - 20 KHz
S/N Ratio
90 dB
Harmonic distortion
0.1%
Wow and flutter
Below Measurable Level
Dynamic range
90 dB
Output
Component-Y
(RCA) 1.0 Vp-p/75 Ω
Component-PB/PR
(RCA) 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω
Audio
(RCA) 2 Vrms, 1 KΩ
(COAXIAL) 0.5 Vp-p/75 Ω
Digital Audio
TUNER
Tuning system
Channel coverage
RF output
Frequency synthesized tuner
VHF: Channels 2 - 13, UHF: Channels 14 - 69, CATV: 113 Channels
-
Channel 3 or 4 (switchable; preset to Channel 3 when
shipped) 75 Ω, unbalanced
TIMER
Clock reference
Program capacity
Memory backup time
Quartz
1-year programmable timer/8 programs
Approx. 5 seconds
ACCESSORIES
Provided accessories RF cable, Audio/Video cable, Infrared remote control unit, RF cable, Infrared remote control unit, "AA" battery × 2
"AA" battery × 2
•
•
•
•
Specifications shown are for SP mode unless otherwise specified.
E.& O.E. Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby" and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
"DTS" and "DTS 2.0 + Digital Out" are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
1-2 (No.YD008)
SECTION 1
PRECAUTION
1.1
SAFTY PRECAUTIONS
Prior to shipment from the factory, JVC products are strictly inspected to conform with the recognized product safety and electrical codes of the countries in which they are to be
sold.However,in order to maintain such compliance, it is equally
important to implement the following precautions when a set is
being serviced.
1.1.1 Precautions during Servicing
(1) Locations requiring special caution are denoted by labels
and inscriptions on the cabinet, chassis and certain parts of
the product.When performing service, be sure to read and
comply with these and other cautionary notices appearing
in the operation and service manuals.
(2) Parts identified by the symbol and shaded (
) parts
are critical for safety.
Replace only with specified part numbers.
NOTE :
Parts in this category also include those specified to
comply with X-ray emission standards for products
using cathode ray tubes and those specified for
compliance with various regulations regarding spurious radiation emission.
(3) Fuse replacement caution notice.
Caution for continued protection against fire hazard.
Replace only with same type and rated fuse(s) as specified.
(4) Use specified internal wiring. Note especially:
• Wires covered with PVC tubing
• Double insulated wires
• High voltage leads
(5) Use specified insulating materials for hazardous live parts.
Note especially:
• Insulation Tape
• PVC tubing
• Spacers
• Insulation sheets for transistors
• Barrier
(6) When replacing AC primary side components (transformers,
power cords, noise blocking capacitors, etc.) wrap ends of
wires securely about the terminals before soldering.
Consequently, when servicing these products, replace the
cathode ray tubes and other parts with only the specified
parts. Under no circumstances attempt to modify these circuits.Unauthorized modification can increase the high voltage value and cause X-ray emission from the cathode ray
tube.
(12) Crimp type wire connectorIn such cases as when replacing
the power transformer in sets where the connections between the power cord and power trans former primary lead
wires are performed using crimp type connectors, if replacing the connectors is unavoidable, in order to prevent safety hazards, perform carefully and precisely according to the
following steps.
• Connector part number :E03830-001
• Required tool : Connector crimping tool of the proper
type which will not damage insulated parts.
• Replacement procedure
a) Remove the old connector by cutting the wires at a
point close to the connector.Important : Do not reuse a connector (discard it).
cut close to connector
Fig.1-1-3
b) Strip about 15 mm of the insulation from the ends
of the wires. If the wires are stranded, twist the
strands to avoid frayed conductors.
15 mm
Fig.1-1-4
c) Align the lengths of the wires to be connected. Insert the wires fully into the connector.
Metal sleeve
Connector
Fig.1-1-1
(7) Observe that wires do not contact heat producing parts
(heatsinks, oxide metal film resistors, fusible resistors, etc.)
(8) Check that replaced wires do not contact sharp edged or
pointed parts.
(9) When a power cord has been replaced, check that 10-15
kg of force in any direction will not loosen it.
Power cord
Fig.1-1-5
d) As shown in Fig.1-1-6, use the crimping tool to crimp
the metal sleeve at the center position. Be sure to
crimp fully to the complete closure of the tool.
1.2
5
2.0
5.5
Fig.1-1-6
e) Check the four points noted in Fig.1-1-7.
Not easily pulled free
Fig.1-1-2
(10) Also check areas surrounding repaired locations.
(11) Products using cathode ray tubes (CRTs)In regard to such
products, the cathode ray tubes themselves, the high voltage circuits, and related circuits are specified for compliance with recognized codes pertaining to X-ray emission.
Crimping tool
Crimped at approx. center
of metal sleeve
Conductors extended
Wire insulation recessed
more than 4 mm
Fig.1-1-7
(No.YD008)1-3
1.1.2 Safety Check after Servicing
Examine the area surrounding the repaired location for damage
or deterioration. Observe that screws, parts and wires have been
returned to original positions, Afterwards, perform the following
tests and confirm the specified values in order to verify compliance with safety standards.
(1) Insulation resistance test
Confirm the specified insulation resistance or greater between power cord plug prongs and externally exposed
parts of the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and
audio input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.).See table 1 below.
(2) Dielectric strength test
Confirm specified dielectric strength or greater between
power cord plug prongs and exposed accessible parts of
the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and audio
input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone
jacks, etc.). See Fig.1-1-11 below.
(3) Clearance distance
When replacing primary circuit components, confirm specified clearance distance (d), (d') between soldered terminals, and between terminals and surrounding metallic
parts. See Fig.1-1-11 below.
(4) Leakage current test
Confirm specified or lower leakage current between earth
ground/power cord plug prongs and externally exposed accessible parts (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and
audio input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.).
Measuring Method : (Power ON)Insert load Z between
earth ground/power cord plug prongs and externally exposed accessible parts. Use an AC voltmeter to measure
across both terminals of load Z. See Fig.1-1-9 and following Fig.1-1-12.
a
Externally
exposed
accessible part
Z
A
b
c
V
Fig.1-1-9
(5) Grounding (Class 1 model only)
Confirm specified or lower grounding impedance between
earth pin in AC inlet and externally exposed accessible
parts (Video in, Video out, Audio in, Audio out or Fixing
screw etc.).Measuring Method:
Connect milli ohm meter between earth pin in AC inlet and
exposed accessible parts. See Fig.1-1-10 and grounding
specifications.
d
d'
Chassis
Power cord
primary wire
Exposed accessible part
AC inlet
Fig.1-1-8
Earth pin
MIlli ohm meter
Grounding Specifications
Region
Grounding Impedance ( Z )
USA & Canada
Z
0.1 ohm
Europe & Australia
Z
0.5 ohm
Fig.1-1-10
AC Line Voltage
100 V
100 to 240 V
Region
Insulation Resistance (R)
Japan
110 to 130 V
USA & Canada
110 to 130 V
200 to 240 V
Europe & Australia
R
1M
1 M /500 V DC
R
R
12 M /500 V DC
10 M /500 V DC
Dielectric Strength
AC 1 kV 1 minute
AC 1.5 kV 1 minute
Clearance Distance (d), (d')
d, d'
3 mm
d, d'
4 mm
AC 1 kV 1 minute
AC 3 kV 1 minute
(Class )
AC 1.5 kV 1 minute
(Class )
d, d'
3.2 mm
d
4 mm
d'
8 m m (Power cord)
d'
6 m m (Primary wire)
Leakage Current (i)
a, b, c
Fig.1-1-11
AC Line Voltage
100 V
Japan
110 to 130 V
USA & Canada
110 to 130 V
220 to 240 V
Load Z
Region
Europe & Australia
i
1 mA rms
Exposed accessible parts
i
0.5 mA rms
Exposed accessible parts
2
i
i
0.7 mA peak
2 mA dc
Antenna earth terminals
50
i
i
0.7 mA peak
2 mA dc
Other terminals
1
0.15
1.5
Fig.1-1-12
NOTE :
These tables are unofficial and for reference only. Be sure to confirm the precise values for your particular country and locality.
1-4 (No.YD008)
1.2
Preventing static electricity
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), which occurs when static electricity stored in the body, fabric, etc. is discharged, can destroy the laser
diode in the traverse unit (optical pickup). Take care to prevent this when performing repairs.
1.2.1 Grounding to prevent damage by static electricity
Static electricity in the work area can destroy the optical pickup (laser diode) in devices such as DVD players.
Be careful to use proper grounding in the area where repairs are being performed.
(1) Ground the workbench
Ground the workbench by laying conductive material (such as a conductive sheet) or an iron plate over it before placing the
traverse unit (optical pickup) on it.
(2) Ground yourself
Use an anti-static wrist strap to release any static electricity built up in your body.
(3) Handling the optical pickup
• In order to maintain quality during transport and before installation, both sides of the laser diode on the replacement optical
pickup are shorted. After replacement, return the shorted parts to their original condition.
(Refer to the text.)
• Do not use a tester to check the condition of the laser diode in the optical pickup. The tester's internal power source can easily
destroy the laser diode.
(No.YD008)1-5
1.3
Precautions for Service
1.3.1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Handling of Traverse Unit and Laser Pickup
Do not touch any peripheral element of the pickup or the actuator.
The traverse unit and the pickup are precision devices and therefore must not be subjected to strong shock.
Do not use a tester to examine the laser diode. (The diode can easily be destroyed by the internal power supply of the tester.)
To replace the traverse unit, pull out the metal short pin for protection from charging.
When replacing the pickup, after mounting a new pickup, remove the solder on the short land which is provided at the center of
the flexible wire to open the circuit.
(6) Half-fixed resistors for laser power adjustment are adjusted in pairs at shipment to match the characteristics of the optical block.
Do not change the setting of these half-fixed resistors for laser power adjustment.
1.3.2 Destruction of Traverse Unit and Laser Pickup by Static Electricity
Laser diodes are easily destroyed by static electricity charged on clothingor the human body. Before repairing peripheral elements of
the traverse unit or pickup, be sure to take the following electrostatic protection:
(1) Wear an antistatic wrist wrap.
(2) With a conductive sheet or a steel plate on the workbench on which the traverse unit or the pick up is to be repaired, ground the
sheet or the plate.
(3) It solders to two short circuit sections on the substrate of a pick-up.
(4) After removing the flexible wire from the connector (CN101), short-circuit the flexible wire by the metal clip.
(5) Short-circuit the laser diode by soldering the land which is provided at the center of the flexible wire for the pickup.
After completing the repair, remove the solder to open the circuit.
Pick-up
CN101
Short circuit
* Please refer to the SECTION3 DISASSEMBLY method for details.
1-6 (No.YD008)
DVD SERVO CONTROL BOARD
SECTION 2
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
2.1
Different table of feature
The following table indicates main different points between models HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC, HR-XVC26US, HR-XVC27UC and
HR-XVC27US.
HR-XVC22UC
HR-XVC23UC
HR-XVC26US
HR-XVC27UC
HR-XVC27US
BODY COLOR
BLACK
PURE SILVER
BLACK
PURE SILVER
←
REMOCON COLOR
BLACK
GRAY
BLACK
GRAY
←
A/V CABLE
SUPPLIED
←
OPTIONAL
←
←
RF CONVERTER
NOT USED
←
USED
←
←
NOTE :
Mark ← is same as left.
2.2 Service position
This unit has been designed so that the Mechanism and Main
board assemblies can be removed together from the bottom
chassis. Before diagnosing or servicing the circuit boards, take
out the major parts from the bottom chassis.
2.2.1 How to set the "Service position"
(1) Refer to the disassembly procedure and perform the disassembly of the major parts before removing the Mechanism
assembly.
(2) Remove the screws that fix the Mechanism, Main board assembly to the bottom chassis. If any other screws are used
to fix the boards, remove them also.
(3) Remove the combined Mechanism and Main board assemblies.
(4) If any other major parts are used, remove them also.
(5) Connect the wires and connectors of the major parts that
have been removed in steps (1) to (4). (Refer to Fig. 2-2a.)
(6) Place the combined Mechanism, Main board and other
board assemblies upside down.
(7) Insert the power cord plug into the power outlet and then
proceed with the diagnostics and servicing of the board assembly.
Notes:
• Before inserting the power cord plug into the power outlet, make sure that none of the electrical parts are able
to short-circuit between the workbench and the board
assembly.
• For the disassembly procedure of the major parts and
details of the precautions to be taken, see "Removing
the major parts".
• If there are wire connections from the Main board and
Mechanism assemblies to the other major parts, be sure
to remove them (including wires connected to the major
parts) first before performing step (2).
• When carrying out diagnosis and repair of the Main
board assembly in the "Service position", be sure to
ground both the Main board and Mechanism assemblies. If they are improperly grounded, there may be
noise on the playback picture or FDP counter display
may move even when the mechanism is kept in an inoperative status.
• In order to diagnose the playback or recording of the
cassette tape, set the Mechanism assembly to the required mode before placing it upside down. If the mechanism mode is changed (including ejection) while it is in
an upside down position the tape inside may be damaged.
• For some models, the mechanism and board assemblies are attached by connectors only. When carrying
out a diagnosis or repair of the boards in the "Service
position", make sure that the connectors are not disconnected.
TP111 D.FF
TP4001 CTL.P
TP106 PB FM
TP2253 A.PB FM
Display board assembly
Main board assembly
Jack board assembly
Fig.2-2a
2.3 Jig RCU mode
This unit uses the following two modes for receiving remote control codes.
(1) User RCU mode:Ordinary mode for use by the user.
(2) Jig RCU mode: Mode for use in production and servicing.
When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to the Jig
RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the Jig RCU can be
received). As both of the above two modes are stored in the EEPROM, it is required to set the VCR back to the User RCU mode
each time that an adjustment is made or to check that the necessary operations have been completed.These modes can be set
by the operations described below.
Note:
• Confirm the RCU mode when exchanged parts. Since
some SERVICE PARTS sets the VCR to the Jig RCU
(No.YD008)1-7
mode as initial setting. Therefore please set the VCR to
the user RCU mode after replacing the EEPROM.
User RCU mode
(2) To clean the parts of the tape transport system other than
the upper drum, use a piece of closely woven cloth or a cotton swab soaked with alcohol.
(3) After cleaning, make sure that the cleaned parts are completely dry before using the cassette tape.
Jig RCU mode
A/C head
Video heads
( not displayed)
Fig.2-3a User/Jig RCU mode
Fig.2-5a
2.3.1 Setting the Jig RCU mode
(1) Turn on the power.
(2) Press the following remocon keys continuously within 2
seconds " SET UP " → " 2 " → " 8 " → " ENTER ".
When the VCR is set to the Jig RCU mode, the symbols
( " : " ) in the time display of the FDP are turned off.
(Refer to Fig.2-3a)
2.5.2 Lubrication
With no need for periodical lubrication, you have only to lubricate
new parts after replacement. If any oil or grease on contact parts
is soiled, wipe it off and newly lubricate the parts.
2.3.2 Setting the User RCU mode
(1) Turn off the power.
(2) Press the "REC" and "PAUSE" buttons of the VCR simultaneously. Alternatively, transmit the code "80" from the Jig
RCU.
2.4
Mechanism service mode
This model has a unique function to enter the mechanism into every operation mode without loading of any cassette tape. This
function is called the "Mechanism service mode".
2.4.1 How to set the "Mechanism service mode"
(1) Set the VCR to the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which
codes from the Jig RCU can be received)
(2) Transmit the code "E5" from the Jig RCU.
(3) Release the lug of the Cassette holder and then slide the
Cassette holder toward the direction where the Cassette
holder is loaded by manually.
(4) The cassette holder lowers and, when the loading has
completed, the mechanism enters the desired mode.
When the VCR is set to the Mechanism service mode, the
symbols ("Timer") in the FDP (LED) are blinked.
Note:
• See the "mechanism assembly" diagram of the "parts
list" for the lubricating or greasing spots, and for the
types of oil or grease to be used.
2.5.3 Suggested servicing schedule for main components
The following table indicates the suggested period for such service measures as cleaning, lubrication and replacement. In practice, the indicated periods will vary widely according to
environmental and usage conditions. However, the indicated
components should be inspected when a set is brought for service and the maintenance work performed if necessary. Also
note that rubber parts may deform in time, even if the set is not
used.
System
Tape
transport
2.4.2 How to exit from the "Mechanism service mode"
(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
2.5
Maintenance and inspection
2.5.1 Cleaning
Regular cleaning of the transport system parts is desirable but
practically impossible. So make it a rule to carry out cleaning of
the tape transport system whenever the machine is serviced.
When the video head, tape guide and/or brush get soiled, the
playback picture may appear inferior or at worst disappear, resulting in possible tape damage.
Note:
• Absolutely avoid sweeping the upper drum vertically as
this will cause damage to the video head.
(1) When cleaning the upper drum (especially the video head),
soak a piece of closely woven cloth with alcohol and while
holding the cloth onto the upper drum by the fingers, turn
the upper drum counterclockwise.
1-8 (No.YD008)
Drive
Other
Parts name
Operation hours
1000H
2000H
Drum assembly
C,X
X
A/C head
C,X
C,X
Pinch roller arm assembly
C
C
Full erase head
C
C
Tension arm assembly
C
C
Capstan motor (Shaft)
C
C
Guide arm assembly
C
C
Capstan motor
X
Capstan brake assembly
X
Main brake assembly
X
Belt (Capstan)
X
X
Loading motor
X
Clutch unit
X
Worm gear
X
Control plate
X
Rotary encoder
X
C : Cleaning
X : Inspection or Replacement if necessary
SECTION 3
DISASSEMBLY
3.1
Removing the major parts
3.1.1 Destination of connectors
3.1.3 Disassembly procedure
Two kinds of double-arrows in connection tables respectively
show kinds of connector/wires.
: Flat wire
: Wire
: Board to board (B-B)
: The connector of the side to remove
CONN. No.
CN761
40
Step/
Part Name
Loc No.
[1] Top cover
[2] Front panel assembly
(Display board assembly)
(Jack board assembly)
[3] Mechanism assembly
CN762
10
(Drum assembly)
CONNECTOR
WR2a
Main
CN101
WR2b
Main
CN103
PIN No.
Digital
Digital
„ Destination of connectors
CONN. No.
CONNECTOR
Main
CN7103
Jack
CN7191
10
WR2b
Main
CN3102
Display
CN7003
22
WR3a
Main
CN2001
A/C head
WR3b
Drum
assembly
Main
WR4a
Main
CN7302
WR4b
Main
WR4c
Main
6
CN1
9
DVD
servo control
CN503
17
CN7301
DVD
servo control
CN501
19
CN8301
DVD
servo control
CN1
5
3.1.2 How to read the procedure table
This table shows the steps for disassembly of the externally furnished parts and board assemblies. Reverse these steps when
re-assembling them.
[1]
Part Name
Top cover
Bracket
(1)
(2)
Fig.
No.
Point
Note
3-1a 4(S1a),(S1b),3(L1a), <Note 1a>
2(SD1a),(P1a),(W1a),
CN1(WR1a),
---------------------------------------2(S1c)
(3)
DVD unit
(Bracket)
[5]
[6]
Rear cover
Main board assembly
PIN No.
WR2a
Step/
Loc No.
[4]
(4)
Fig.
Point
No.
3-1d 8(S1a)
3-1a 4(L2a),5(L2b),2(S2a)
3-1d CN7103(WR2a),
CN3102(WR2b)
3-1b CN2001(WR3a)
3-1c 3(S3a),(S3b)
-------------------------3-1d CN(WR3b)
(S3c),(S3d),(S3e)
3-1d 3(S4a),3(S4b),
CN7302(WR4a),
CN7301(WR46),
CN8301(WR4c)
3-1d 5(S5a),5(L5a)
3-1d 3(S6a)
Note
<Note 2a>
<Note 2b>
<Note 2a>
<Note 3a>
<Note 3b>
<Note 3c>
<Note 2a>
• Be careful not to damage the connector and wire etc. during
connection and disconnection.
• When connecting the flat wire to the connector, be careful with
the flat wire direction.
<Note 2b>
• When reattaching the Front panel assembly, make sure that
the door opener of the Side frame (R) is lowered in position prior to the reinstallation.
• When reattaching the Front panel assembly, pay careful attention
to the switch lever of the Front panel assembly not to make it
touch the switch knob of the Main board assembly from the side.
• When reattaching the Front panel assembly, lift the Cassette
door slightly.
Door
opener
(5)
(1) Order of steps in Procedure
When reassembling, perform the step(s) in the reverse order.
These numbers are also used as the identification (location) No. of parts Figures.
(2) Part name to be removed or installed.
(3) Fig. No. showing procedure or part location.
(4) Identification of part to be removed, unhooked, unlocked,
released, unplugged, unclamped or unsoldered.
P= Spring, W= Washer, S= Screw, L= Locking tab, SD=
Solder, CN**(WR**)= Remove the wire (WR**) from the
connector (CN**).
Note:
• The bracketed ( ) WR of the connector symbol are
assigned nos. in priority order and do not correspond to those on the spare parts list.
(5) Adjustment information for installation
Side
frame(R)
Switch
knob
Switch
lever
Fig.3-1a
<Note 3a>
• When reattaching the Mechanism assembly, secure the
screws (S3a to S3b) in the order of 1,2,3.
<Note 3b>
• When reattaching the Mechanism assembly, be sure to align
the phase of the Rotary encoder on the Main board assembly.
• When reattaching the Mechanism assembly, set the “Mechanism assembling mode”. [See “MECHANISM ASSEMBLY
SERVICE MANUAL (No. 86700)”.]
• When reattaching the Mechanism assembly to the Main board
assembly, take care not to damage the sensors and switch on
the Main board assembly.
(No.YD008)1-9
<Note 3c>
• When reattaching the Drum assembly, secure the screws (S3c
to S3e) in the order of c, d, e.
(S3d)
(S3c)
(S3e)
(S3e)
Mechanism
assembly
(S3d)
Drum
assembly
<Note 3c>
(S3c)
HOOK
<NOTE>
Attach the Drum assembly appropriately,
since the installation state of the Drum assembly
influences the FM WAVEFORM LINEARITY
greatly.
Fig.3-1b
• When handling the drum assembly alone, hold it by the motor
or shaft. Be careful not to touch other parts, especially the video heads. Also take care not to damage the connectors.
Shaft
Motor
Video heads
Fig.3-1c
1-10 (No.YD008)
(S1a)
NOTE
1.Insert direction of FFC WIRE as follows.
right side
back side
(S1a)
supporting side
electrode side
[1]Top cover
2.FFC WIRE and DRUM FPC WIRE should be insert as follows.
(S1a)
NG
OK
90
CN
CN
(S1a)
CN
3.Insert the wire to even the root of connector completely
at the same time as inserting each wire.
(S1a)
4.Check to see that outside parts.TOP COVER,BOTTOM COVER,
FRONT PANEL, etc are fixed certainly to the BOTTOM CHASSIS
with SCRWES.
(S1a)
5.Pay attention NOT to make any scratches on FRONT PANEL.
6.Pay close attention not to cut any Sheath of WIRE by sharp edge
of CHASSIS while Wireing Process.
(S3a)
[3]Drum assembly
1
[3]Mechanism
assembly
(S3a)
(S5a)
2
j
(S5a)
(L5a)
(S3a)
3
i
j
(S5a)
i
(S3b)
f
(L5a)
e
(S3c)
[5]Rear cover
(S3e)
i
(S3d)
(L5a)
(S6a)
JS3001
(L5a)
i
i
(S6a)
(L5a)
(S6a)
1
600
TU
m
[6]Main board assembly
JS
30
c
01
[4]DVD unit
(S4a)
<Phase alignment>
. Accord the position of V gap on R.ENCORDER and PWB silk
. Accord the position of Boss on R.ENCORDER and PWB silk
d
b
(S4a)
(S4b)
c
LP
***
**
(S4b)
d
e
f
Bottom chassis
d
d
i
i
b
j
d
c
[4]Bracket
(S4a)
c
j
i
(S4b)
i
i
(L2a)
a
a
j
DVD bracket
boardassembly
(S2a)
j
NOTE) FFC WIRE SHOULD BE POSITIONED BELLOW CASSETTE DOOR.
(FOR AVOID FFC WIRE DISTURB CASSETTE IN AND OUT.)
j
(L2b)
(L2a)
j
(L2b)
CN3102
Cassette door
<Note 2b>
(L2b)
(L2b)
[2]Front panel
assembly
Insert the bushing of POWER CORD so as not to twist the cord.
(WR3b)
<Note 2b>
CN2001
BOTTOM SIDE
Jack board assembly
(WR2b)
<Note 2a>
(WR2a)
<Note 2a>
(WR4b)
(WR4a)
<Note 2b> <Note 2b>
Display board assembly
A/C HEAD
CN7191
4
CN7003
3
3
5
CN503
1
2
(WR3a)
<Note 2b>
2
4
CN7103
1
CN501
back side
CN7302 CN7301
Make a crease.
CN3102
CN1
TOP SIDE
from FRONT PANEL
(JACK CN7191)
CN8301
right side
(WR4c)
<Note 2b>
Fig.3-1d
(No.YD008)1-11
3.2
Loading mechanism assembly
3.2.1 Removing the tray (See Figure 3-2a, Figure 3-2b, Figure 3-2c, Figure 3-2d, Figure 3-2e, Figure 3-2f)
(1) Push a of the slide cam on the hole in the right side of the
Tray
loading base by using a driver until it stops. (See Figure 32a.)
(2) The tray comes out. Pull the tray in a front direction until it
stops.
(3) Remove the two screws A attaching the slide bracket. (See
Figure 3-2b.)
(4) Tilt the tray in a direction of the arrow around the point in
the left rear part of the tray. (See Figure 3-2c.)
(5) The rail of the tray is removed from b of the loading base.
Then, remove the tray upward. (See Figure 3-2d.)
Attaching the tray:
Engage c of the loading base to the projection of the tray while
tilting the tray to the left. Turn the tray in a direction of the arrow, and attach the slide bracket. (See Figure 3-2e.)
The point in the left rear part
Fig.3-2c
Note:
Prior to the procedure above, move the slide cam in a direction
of the arrow so that d of the slide cam can be inserted in e of
the tray. (See Figure 3-2f.)
Tray
Loading base part b
Rail of the tray
Fig.3-2d
Push
Slide cam part a
Fig.3-2a
A
Slide bracket
A
Loading base
Projection of the tray
Tray
Loading base part c
Fig.3-2e
Part e
Fig.3-2b
Part d
Slide cam
Fig.3-2f
1-12 (No.YD008)
3.2.2 Removing the traverse mechanism assembly (See Figure 3-2g)
Reverse the loading mechanism assembly. Remove the four
screws B attaching the traverse mechanism assembly. Remove
the traverse mechanism assembly upward.
Loading mechanism assembly
B
B
B
B
Traverse mechanism assembly
Fig.3-2g
3.2.3 Removing the elevator (See Figure 3-2h and Figure 3-2j)
• Prior to the following procedure, remove the traverse mechanism assembly.
(1) Remove the two arms of the elevator from the two parts f
by moving the arms in a direction of the arrow.
(2) Pull out the elevator in a rear direction.
Elevator
Attaching the elevator:
Engage the two holes g to the two shafts on the front part of
the elevator. And then, attach the elevator.
Part f
Part f
Fig.3-2h
g
Elevator
Slide cam
g
Shaft
Fig.3-2j
(No.YD008)1-13
3.2.4 Removing the loading motor (See Figure 3-2k and Figure 3-2l)
• Prior to the following procedure, remove the tray, the traverse
mechanism assembly, and the elevator.
(1) Remove the belt from the pulley.
(2) Remove two screws C attaching the loading motor.
(3) Remove two solders h on the switch board.
Belt
C
Pulley
Loading base
Pulley
C
Slide cam
Fig.3-2k
Loading motor
Switch board Part h
Fig.3-2l
3.3
Traverse mechanism assembly
3.3.1 Removing the pickup (See Figure 3-3a, Figure 3-3b)
• Prior to the following procedure, remove the traverse mechanism assembly.
(1) Remove one screw D attaching the plate.
(2) Remove the plate and the leaf spring.
(3) Lift i of the shaft 1, and pull out the shaft 1 from j.
(4) Remove k of the pickup from the shaft 2.
Attaching the pickup:
(1) Engage k of the pickup to the shaft 2.
(2) Insert the shaft 1 in j, and attach the shaft 1 to i.
(3) Attach the leaf spring, and then attach the plate. Fix the
leaf spring and the plate by using the screw D.
D
Leaf spring
Plate
Fig.3-3a
Shaft 2
Part k
Part j
Shaft 1
Part i
Fig.3-3b
1-14 (No.YD008)
SECTION 4
ADJUSTMENT
4.1.4 Color (colour) bar signal,Color (colour) bar pattern
4.1.2 Required test equipments
• Color (colour) television or monitor
• Oscilloscope: wide-band, dual-trace, triggered delayed sweep
• Signal generator: RF / IF sweep / marker
• Signal generator: stairstep, color (colour) bar [NTSC]
• Recording tape
• Digit-key remote controller(provided)
4.1.3 Required adjustment tools
Color(colour) bar signal [NTSC]
Color(colour) bar pattern [NTSC]
White(100%)
Electrical
adjustment
Roller driver
z
---
Jig RCU
---
z
Back tension cassette gauge
z
---
Alignment tape(MHP)
z
---
Alignment tape(MHP-L)
z
z
Roller driver
PTU94002
Jig RCU
PTU94023B
Back tension cassette gauge
PUJ48076-2
Alignment tape
(SP, stairstep, NTSC)
MHP
Alignment tape
(EP, stairstep, NTSC)
MHP-L
DVD test disc
VT-501
CD-DA test disc
CTS-1000
Red
Blue
Green
1V
40 IRE
40 IRE
Q
Q
I
White
100%
I
Black
Horizontal sync
4.1.5 Switch settings
When adjusting this unit, set the VCR mode and switches
as described below.
• When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to the
Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the Jig RCU can
be received). (See "section 2 SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS".)
Jig RCU
[Data transmitting method]
Depress the " "( 3 ) button
after the data code is set.
z : Used --- : Not used
Mechanism
compatibility
adjustment
Magenta
Burst
Cyan
100 IRE
(75%)
White
White(75%)
Yellow
4.1.1 Precaution
• The adjustments of this unit include the mechanism compatibility and electrical adjustments. During the performance of this work, be sure to observe the precautions for
each type of adjustment.
• If there is a reference to a signal input method in the signal
column of the adjustment chart, “Ext. S-input” means the
Y/C separated video signal and “Ext. input” means the
composite video signal input.
• Unless otherwise specified, all measuring points and
adjustment parts are located on the Main board.
Cyan
Green
Magenta
Red
Blue
Before adjustment
Yellow
4.1
INITIAL MODE
CUSTOM CODE
43: A CODE
DATA CODE
Fig.4-1 Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
• Set the switches as shown below unless otherwise specified
on the relevant adjustment chart. The switches that are not listed below can be set as desired.
If the VCR is not equipped with the functions detailed below,
setup is not required.
AUTO PICTURE/VIDEO CALIBRATION/
B.E.S.T./D.S.P.C.
PICTURE CONTROL/SMART PICTURE
VIDEO STABILIZER
TBC
Digital 3R
VIDEO NAVIGATION/TAPE MANAGER
BLUE BACK
OFF
NORMAL/NATURAL
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
4.1.6 Manual tracking mode (Auto tracking ON/OFF) setting
(1) In order to set to the manual tracking mode during tape
playback, press the “SP/EP(LP)”button on the remote control unit.
• Each press of the button switches the auto tracking ON
or OFF.
• When the manual tracking mode is set, the tracking is
placed at the center position.
(2) Press “channel +/-” to adjust the tracking manually.
(No.YD008)1-15
4.2 Mechanism compatibility adjustment (VHS SECTION)
Notes:
• Although compatibility adjustment is very important, it
is not necessary to perform this as part of the normal
servicing work. It will be required when you have replaced the A/C head, drum assembly or any part of the
tape transport system.
• To prevent damaging the alignment tape in the compatibility adjustment, prepare a cassette tape (for self-recording/playback), perform a test on it by transporting it
and making sure that the tape is not bent by the tape
transport mechanisms such as in the guide rollers.(See
Fig.4-2b.)
4.2.1 Tension pole position
Notes:
• This adjustment must be performed every time the tension band is replaced.
Signal
(A)
• Back tension cassette gauge [PUJ48076-2]
Mode
(B1) • PB
(B2) • Eject end
Adjustment part (F)
• Adjust pin [Mechansim assembly]
Specified value (G)
• 25 - 51 gf•cm (2.45 - 5 x 10-3 Nm)
(1) Play back the back tension cassette gauge (A).
(2) Check that the indicated value on the left side gauge is
within the specified value (G).
(3) If the indicated value is not within the specified value (G),
perform the adjustment in a following procedure.(See
Fig.4-2a.)
a) Remove the top frame, cassette holder and side
frames (L/R) all together. (Refer to the SERVICE
MANUAL No.86700 [MECHANISM ASSEMBLY].)
b) Rotate the loading motor gear to move the control
plate so that the triangular stamping to the left of the
“P”stamping is aligned with the stamping (a) on the
main deck. This positioning is mode (B1).
c) Adjust by turning the adjustment pin so that the tip of
the tension arm is aligned with the stamping (b) on
the main deck.
d) Rotate the reel disk (S) by about one turn clockwise
and make sure that the round hole of the adjustment
pin is located in the “OK” range. If it is outside this
range, restart the adjustment from the beginning.
After completion of the adjustment, rotate the loading gear
motor to return it to the mode (B2) position.
4.2.2 FM waveform linearity
Signal
Mode
Equipment
Measuring point
External trigger
Adjustment part
Specified value
Adjustment tool
(A1)
(A2)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]
Alignment tape(EP,stairstep,NTSC) [MHP-L]
PB
Oscilloscope
TP106 (PB. FM)
TP111 (D.FF)
Guide roller [Mechanism assembly]
Flat V.PB FM waveform
Roller driver [PTU94002]
(1) Play back the alignment tape (A1).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe
the V.PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Make sure that there is no significant level drop of the V.PB
FM waveform caused by the tracking operation, with its
generally parallel and linear variation ensured. Perform the
following adjustments when required. (See Fig. 4-2c.)
(5) Reduce the V.PB FM waveform by the tracking operation.
If a drop in level is found on the left side, turn the guide roller of the pole base assembly (supply side) with the roller
driver to make the V.PB FM waveform linear.
If a drop in level is on the right side, likewise turn the guide
roller of the pole base assembly (take-up side) with the
roller driver to make it linear. (See Fig. 4-2c.)
(6) Make sure that the V.PB FM waveform varies in parallel
and linearly with the tracking operation again. When required, perform fine-adjustment of the guide roller of the
pole base assembly (supply or take-up side).
(7) Unload the cassette tape once, play back the alignment
tape (A1) again and confirm the V.PB FM waveform.
(8) After adjustment, confirm that the tape wrinkling does not
occur at the roller upper or lower limits. (See Fig. 4-2b.)
[Perform adjustment step (9) only for the models equipped
with SP mode and EP (or LP) mode.]
[Perform adjustment step (9) only for the models
equipped with SP mode and EP (or LP) mode.]
(9) Repeat steps (1) to (8) by using the alignment tape (A2).
Improper
(a) GUIDE ROLLER
TENSION ARM
CONTROL PLATE
Stamping(a)
Stamping(b)
OK
NG
ADJUST PIN
Fig.4-2a
1-16 (No.YD008)
(b) GUIDE POLE
Fig.4-2b
Proper
4.2.4 A/C head phase (X-value)
Proper waveform variation
Signal
Mode
Equipment
Measuring point
External trigger
Adjustment part
Specified value
Adjustment tool
A
B
C
D
Roller driver
Guide roller
(supply side)
Fig.4-2c
4.2.3 Height and tilt of the A/C head
Note:
• Set a temporary level of the height of the A/C head in advance to make the adjustment easier after the A/C head
has been replaced. (Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL
No.86700 [MECHANISM ASSEMBLY].)
Signal
Mode
Equipment
Measuring point
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D1)
(D2)
External trigger (E)
Adjustment part (F)
Specified value (G)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]
PB
Oscilloscope
TP106 (PB. FM)
TP4001 (CTL. P)
TP111 (D.FF)
A/C head [Mechanism assembly]
Maximum waveform
(1) Play back the alignment tape (A).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe the
AUDIO OUT waveform and Control pulse waveform at the
measuring points (D1) and (D2) in the ALT mode.
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Adjust the AUDIO OUT waveform and Control pulse waveform by turning the screws (1), (2) and (3) little by little until
both waveforms reach maximum. The screw (1)
and (3) are for adjustment of tilt and the screw (2) for azimuth.
Head base
AUDIO OUT
Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]
Alignment tape(EP,stairstep,NTSC) [MHP-L]
PB
Oscilloscope
TP106 (PB. FM)
TP111 (D.FF)
A/C head base [Mechanism assembly]
Flat V.PB FM waveform
Roller driver [PTU94002]
To the drum
Roller driver
Toward the capstan
Screw (4)
Head base
Toward the drum
A/C head
Screw (5)
To the capstan
Fig.4-2e
(2)
(1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(1) Play back the alignment tape (A1).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe the
V.PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Loosen the screws (4) and (5), then set the Roller driver to
the innermost projected part of the A/C head. (See Fig. 42e.)
(5) Rotate the roller driver so that the A/C head comes closest
to the capstan. From there, move the A/C head back gradually toward the drum until the point where the FM waveform is maximized for the second time, and then
tighten the screws (4) and (5) temporarily.
(6) Play an alignment tape (A2) and set to the manual-tracking
mode.
(7) Fine-adjust A/C head base position to maximize the FM
waveform, and then tighten the screws (4) and (5) firmly.
(8) Play alignment tapes (A1) and (A2) and confirm that the FM
waveforms are maximized when the tracking is at the center position.
Waveform output
Improper waveform variation
Up
Down
(A1)
(A2)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Alignment tape
[SP, stairstep]
played with the
SP head
Alignment tape
[EP(LP), stairstep]
played with the
EP(LP) head
X-value adjustment point
Drum side
Control head position
Capstan side
CTL.P
A/C head
Maximum
(3)
Fig.4-2d
Fig.4-2f
(No.YD008)1-17
4.3 Electrical adjustment (VHS SECTION)
Note:
The following adjustment procedures are not only necessary
after replacement of consumable mechanical parts or board
assemblies, but are also provided as references to be referred
to when servicing the electrical circuitry.
In case of trouble with the electrical circuitry, always begin a
service by identifying the defective points by using the measuring instruments as described in the following electrical adjustment procedures. After this, proceed to the repair,
replacement and/or adjustment. If the required measuring instruments are not available in the field, do not change the adjustment parts (variable resistor, etc.) carelessly.
4.3.1 Servo circuit
4.3.1.1
Switching point
Signal
(A1)
(A2)
Mode
(B)
Equipment
(C)
Measuring point (D)
External trigger
Adjustment part
Specified value
Adjustment tool
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Stairstep signal
Alignment tape(EP,stairstep,NTSC) [MHP-L]
PB
Oscilloscope
VIDEO OUT terminal (75 ohm terminated)
TP106 (PB. FM)
TP111 (D.FF)
Jig RCU: Code “5A”
6.5 ± 0.5H
Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Play back the signal (A1) of the alignment tape (A2).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe the
VIDEO OUT waveform and V.PB FM waveform at the
measuring points (D1) and (D2).
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Adjust tracking so that the V.PB FM waveform becomes
maximum.
(5) Set the VCR to the Auto adjust mode by transmitting the
code (F) from the Jig RCU. When the VCR enters the stop
mode, the adjustment is completed.
(6) If the VCR enters the eject mode, repeat steps (1) to (5)
again.
(7) Play back the alignment tape (A2) again, confirm that the
switching point is the specified value (G).
Trigger point
V.sync
Switching point
V. rate
Fig.4-3a Switching point
1-18 (No.YD008)
4.3.1.2
Slow tracking preset
Signal
Mode
Measuring point
Adjustment part
Specified value
Adjustment tool
(A1)
(A2)
(B1)
(B2)
(D)
(F)
(G)
(H)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ext. input
Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC]
VHS SP
VHS EP
TV-Monitor
Jig RCU: Code “71”or “72”
minimum noise
Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Record the signal (A2) in the mode (B1), and play back
the recorded signal.
(2) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(3) Set the VCR to the FWD slow (+1/6x) mode.
(4) Transmit the code (F) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that the
noise bar becomes the specified value (G) on the TV
monitor in the slow mode.
(5) Set the VCR to the Stop mode.
(6) Confirm that the noise bar is (G) on the TV monitor in the
slow mode.
(7) Repeat steps (3) to (6) in the REV slow (+1/6x) mode.
(8) Repeat steps (1) to (7) in the mode (B2).
Note:
• For FWD slow (+1/6x) playback, transmit the code “08”
from the Jig RCU to enter the slow playback mode, and
transmit the code “D0”for REV slow (-1/6x) mode.
4.4
Electrical adjustment (DVD SECTION)
4.4.1 Test mode setting method
(1) Press POWER button to turn off the unit.
(2) Press the following remocon keys continuously within 2seconds " SET UP " → " 2 " → " 8 " → " ENTER ".
(3) The unit becomes JIG RCU mode.
(4) Press POWER button then press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicatorlights up.
(5) Press the POWER button again to turn off the unit.
(6) Transmit the code " FA " from the Jig RCU.
(7) The power supply of the unit turns on automatically then the FDP shows the region number.
(8) To release test mode, press POWER key of the front panel.
VCR
4.4.2 Method of displayed version of firmware
(1) Set the unit to the test mode.
(2) The version number is displayed in the monitor screen.
OPENING DISPLAY
**_Ver.****_HS/HR_XVC26US/*******
Others
Model name
Version of firmware
Destination
4.4.3 Initialization method
Please initialize according to the following procedures in the following case:
• Just after you upgrade the firmware.
• After you confirm the symptoms that a customer points out. First Initialize, and then confirm whether the symptoms are improved or
not.
• After servicing, before returning the main body to a customer. (Initialized unit should be returned to a customer.)
(1) Set the unit to the test mode.
(2) Press PAUSE key of the remote controller or transmit the code "6F" from the Jig RCU.
(3) When initialization is completed, the PLAY (). mark is indicated in the FDP.
4.4.4 All-initialization method
Please perform all-initialization according to the following procedures in the following case:
• Just after you exchange the pick-up.
• Just after you exchange the spindle motor.
• Just after you exchange the traverse mechanism base.
NOTE:
Please perform all-initialization when you exchange the parts above and also when you remove the parts above.
(1) Set the unit to the test mode.
(2) Press the REVERSE SKIP/INDEX () key of the remote controller for more than 2 seconds.
(3) When initialization is completed, the PLAY (). mark is indicated in the FDP.
NOTE:
After all-initialization, be sure to perform optimization adjustment of Front End parameter.
(No.YD008)1-19
4.4.5 Optimization adjustment of Front End parameter
Adjustment to optimize Front End parameter must be performed in each mechanism assembly of this model for high-speed starting.Please perform optimization according to the following procedures just after all-initialization is completed and when FDP shows
anything except "0" (For example when FDP shows "1", "2", and "3") at test mode.
(1) Set the unit to the test mode.
(2) The FDP shows the region number first.
(3) Press the DISPLAY key of the remote controller and check that FDP shows the number.
(4) Press the DISPLAY key again to return the region number.
NOTE:
Status of this adjustment can be judged by the number displayed at test mode as follows:
DVD adjustment
CD adjustment
FDP at test mode
Adjusted
Adjusted
0
Not adjusted
Adjusted
1
Adjusted
Not adjusted
2
Not adjusted
Not adjusted
3
NOTE:
As for a disc used for adjustment,
• Disc should be mounted. ("Mounting" means to display "READ" after the disc is inserted and then display the disc information.) Disc need not be played.
• If you do not have test disc either VT-501 (DVD) or CTS-1000 (CD-DA), use a commercial disc (for DVD, dual-layer software) after seeing and checking that the disc is neither curved nor foreseen that it may shake at the time of playback.If you
use a disc with bad features, starting time may be slow or disc may not be read.
NUMBER
KEYS
REVERSE
SKIP/INDEX
ENTER
SET UP
DISPLAY
1-20 (No.YD008)
SECTION 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1
Manually removing the cassette tape
If you cannot remove the cassette tape which is loaded because
of any electrical or mechanical failures, manually remove it by
taking the following steps.
(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
(2) Refer to the disassembly procedure of the VCR and perform the disassembly of the major parts before removing
the mechanism assembly. (See Fig. 5-1a)
Fig.5-1a
(3) Unload the pole base assembly by manually turning the
gear of the loading motor until the pole base assembly is
hidden behind the cassette lid. In doing so, hold the tape by
the hand to keep the slack away from any grease. (See
Fig.5-1b )
In case of mechanical failures, while keeping the tension arm assembly free from tension, pull out the tape
on the pole base assembly. Take the spring(a) of the
pinch roller arm assembly off the hook, and detach it
from the tape.
(4) Remove the screw (a) of the side frame (L/R).
(5) Hold the slack tape and cassette cover together, lift the
cassette tape, top frame, cassette holder and side frames
(L, R) together from the rear and remove them by dis-engaging the hooks (a) and (b).
Screw(a)
Cassette tape
Cassette holder
Top frame
Side frame(R)
Screw(a)
Tension arm assembly
Pole base assembly Pinch roller arm assembly
Hook(a)
Hook(b)
Side frame(L)
Fig.5-1c
(6) Take up the slack of the tape into the cassette. This completes removal of the cassette tape.
Spring(a)
5.2 Manually removing the disk(DVD/CD)
Direction of unloading
If you cannot remove the disk which is loaded because of any
electrical or mechanical failures, manually remove it by taking the
following steps.
(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
(2) Remove the top cover and front panel assembly.
(Refer to the disassembly procedure and perform the disassembly of the major parts before removing)
(3) Turn the Middle gear (a) by hand to open the disk tray.(See
Fig. 5-2a)
DVD unit
Middle gear (a)
Fig.5-1b
Unloading
Fig.5-2a
(No.YD008)1-21
5.3 Emergency display function (VHS SECTION)
This unit saves details of the last two emergencies as the EMG
history and allows the status of the VCR and the mechanism of
each emergency to be shown both on the display and as OSD information.
When using the emergency function, it is required to set the VCR
to the Jig RCU mode.
EMG display of FDP display mode
(1) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU.
The FDP shows the EMG content in the form of “E:**:**”.
<Example 1>
E : 01
Latest EMG
Jig RCU
[Data transmitting method]
Depress the " " ( 3 ) button
after the data code is set.
<Example 2>
INITIAL MODE
CUSTOM CODE
43: A CODE
DATA CODE
Fig.5-3a Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
5.3.1 Displaying the EMG information
The EMG detail of information can be displayed by transmitting
the code "59" from the Jig RCU.
Note:
• The EMG detail information <1><2> show the information on the latest EMG.
It becomes “ - - : - - : - - ” when there is no latest EMG
record.
0: 00
Normal display
E: * *
EMG content display (Latest)
See 5.3.4
EMG content display (Previous)
See 5.3.4
1E: * *
1: * 1
EMG detail information <1>
See 5.3.5
[Deck operation mode]
2: * 2 EMG detail information <1>
See 5.3.5
[Mechanism operation mode]
3: 34 EMG detail information <1>
See 5.3.5
[Mechanism sensor information and Mechanism mode position]
See 5.3.6
4: * 5 EMG detail information <2>
[Type of the cassette tape in use <1>]
See 5.3.6
5: * 6 EMG detail information <2>
[Winding position of the cassette tape in use]
See 5.3.6
6: * 7 EMG detail information <2>
[Type of the cassette tape in use <2> (Winding area)]
7: * 8 EMG detail information <3>
See 5.3.7
[Previous deck operation mode]
8: * 9 EMG detail information <3>
See 5.3.7
[The deck operation mode of the one before the last]
9: * 10 EMG detail information <3>
See 5.3.7
[The deck operation mode of the one prior to one above]
EMG display of 7 FDP display model
Fig.5-3b
1-22 (No.YD008)
E:- -
No EMG record
(2) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU again.
The FDP shows the EMG detail information <1> in the form
of “ *1: *2 : 34 ”.
*1 : Deck operation mode at the moment of EMG
*2 : Mechanism operation mode at the moment of EMG
3- : Mechanism sensor information at the moment of EMG
-4 : Mechanism mode position at the moment of EMG
(3) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU once again.
The FDP shows the EMG detail information <2> in the form
of “ *5 : *6 : *7 ”.
*5 : Type of the cassette tape in use <1> .
*6 : Winding position of the cassette tape in use
*7 : Type of the cassette tape in use <2> (Winding area)
(4) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU once again.
The FDP shows the EMG detail information <3> in the form
of “*8 : *9 : *10”.
*8 : Previous deck operation mode at the moment of EMG
*9 : The deck operation mode of the one before the last at
the moment of EMG
*10: The deck operation mode of the one prior to one
above at the moment of EMG
(5) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU once again to reset the display.
5.3.2 Clearing the EMG history
(1) Display the EMG history.
(2) Transmit the code “36” from the Jig RCU.
(3) Reset the EMG display.
[For *HD only]
5.3.3 Details of the OSD display in the EMG display mode
During the EMG display, the OSD shows the data on the deck
mode, etc. The details of the display contents are as follows.
Notes:
• The display is variable depending on the part No. of the
System Control microcomputer (IC3001) built into the
VCR. In the following, refer to the figure carrying the
same two characters as the top two characters of the
part number of your IC.
• The sensor information in the OSD display contents is
partially different from the mechanism sensor information in EMG detail information <1>.
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GGGG
HHHH
I I
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
MMMM
ROM No.
FF
GG
HH
I I
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
OO
PP
QQ
RR
SS
TT
: Key code (JVC code)
: Deck operation mode(See EMG detail information
<1>.)
CC
: Mechanism operation mode (See EMG detail information <1>.)
DD
: Sensor information (See sensor information details.)
EE
: Capstan motor speed (Search, double speed)
FF
: Tracking value
GGGG : Cassette tape type <2>, 16 bits.
(See EMG detail information <2>.)
HHHH : Supply reel winding diameter data
II
: Capstan motor speed (FF/REW, double speed)
JJJJ
: Tape speed data, lower 8 bits.
KKKK : General data display area
LLLL : General data display area
MMMM : General data display area
UU
VV
WW
XX
YY
*DD:Sensor information details
[For MN* only]
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
AA
BB
<Display>
** h
PP
: Deck operation mode (See EMG detail information <1>.)
: Mechanism operation mode
(See EMG detail of information <1>.)
: Mechanism transition flag
: Capstan motor control status
: Loading motor control status
: Sensor information (See sensor information details.)
: Capstan motor speed
: Key code (JVC code)
: Supply reel winding diameter data higher 8 bits.
: Supply reel winding diameter data lower 8 bits.
: Mechanism sensor information & mechanism mode position(See EMG detail of information <1>.)
: Tape speed data higher 8 bits.
: Tape speed data lower 8 bits.
: Cassette tape type <2> higher 8 bits.
(See EMG detail of information <2>.)
: Cassette tape type <2> lower 8 bits.
(See EMG detail of information <2>.)
: General data display area
YY
: General data display area
LSA
*FF:Sensor information details
LSB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
II
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
OO
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Remote pause
End sensor
Start sensor
Cassette tab present = 1
Cassette tab broken = 0
[For both MN*/HD*]
Mechanism mode sequence
Mechanism mode - Encoder data
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
LSC
<Display>
** h
*
*
Encoder data
(See Mechanism mode sequence.)
1
*
*
LSD
*
*
Encoder output = Low
or
Trerminal - GND = SHORT
*
No.
Encoder data
(See Mechanism mode sequence.)
Cassette tab present = 1
Cassette tab broken = 0
Cassette absent = 1
Cassette present = 0
Start sensor
End sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Position
EJECT
EJECT1
EJECT2
ULSTOP
UPPER
ONSTOP(PLAY)
FWD/SS
REV/SS
OFFSTOP
FFREW-BRAKE
FFREW
MIDDLE
Encoder output = High
or
Trerminal - GND = OPEN
Encoder data
0 h = 0000
1 h = 0001
2 h = 0010
3 h = 0011
4 h = 0100
5 h = 0101
6 h = 0110
7 h = 0111
8 h = 1000
9 h = 1001
A h = 1010
F h = 1111
LSD
LSC
LSB
LSA
GND
AA
BB
5 4 3 2 1
(No.YD008)1-23
5.3.4 EMG content description
Note:
EMG contents “E09” are for the model with Dynamic Drum (DD).
FDP
CONTENT
CAUSE
E01: Loading EMG
If the mechanism mode does not change to the next mode within 4 seconds after the loading motor starts rotating in the loading direction, while
the mechanism is in the after-loading position (with the tape up against
the pole base), [E:01] is identified and the power is switched OFF.
However, if the tape loading is not completed within 4 seconds after
the loading motor starts rotating in the loading direction, the tape is
simply unloaded and ejected. No EMG data is recorded in this case.
1. The mechanism is locked in the middle of the mode transition during a tape loading operation.
2. The mechanism overruns during the tape loading operation because the SYSCON cannot recognize
the mechanism mode normally. This problem is due to a cause such as a rotary encoder failure.
3. Power is not supplied to the loading MDA. (M12V/Vcc/Vref/ICP are disconnected in the middle.)
E02: Unloading EMG
When the mechanism mode cannot be changed to another mode
even when the loading motor has rotated for more than 4 seconds in the unloading direction, [E:02] is identified and the power
is turned off.
1. The mechanism is locked in the middle of mode transition.
2. Without an eject signal being sent from the SYSCON, unloading is attempted (i.e. Ejection is attempted
while the tape is still inside the mechanism.) because the SYSCON cannot recognize the mechanism
mode normally. This is due to a cause such as a rotary encoder failure. (Mechanism position:
UPPER)
3. Power is not supplied to the loading MDA. (M12V/Vcc/Vref/ICP are disconnected in the middle.)
E03: Take Up Reel
Pulse EMG
When the falling edje of the take-up reel pulse has not been generated for more than 4 seconds in the capstan rotating mode,
[E:03] is identified, the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped,
and the power is turned off. In this case, however, the mechanism should be in position after tape loading. Note that the reel
EMG is not detected during Slow/Frame advance operations.
1. The take-up reel pulse is not generated in the FWD transport modes (PLAY/FWD SEARCH/FF,
etc.) because;
1) The idler gear is not meshed with the take-up reel gear because the mechanism mal-functions for
some reason.
2) The idler gear is meshed with the take-up reel gear, but incapable of winding due to too large
mechanical load (abnormal tension);
3) The reel is rotating normally but an FG pulse is not generated due to the take-up reel sensor failure.
2. The supply reel pulse is not generated in the REV transport modes (REV SEARCH/REW, etc.)
because;
1) The idler gear is not meshed with the supply reel gear because the mechanism mal-functions for
some reason.
2) The idler gear is meshed with the supply reel gear, but incapable of winding due to too large a
mechanical load (abnormal tension);
3) The reel rotates normally but the FG pulse is not generated due to a supply reel sensor failure.
E04: Drum FG EMG
When the drum FG pulse has not been input for more than 3 seconds in the drum rotating mode, [E:04] is identified, the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped, and the power is turned off.
1. The drum could not start or the drum rotation has stopped due to too large a load on the tape,
because;
1) The tape tension is abnormally high;
2) The tape is damaged or a foreign object (grease, etc.) adheres to the tape.
2. The drum FG pulse did not reach the System controller CPU because;
1) The signal circuit is disconnected in the middle;
2) The FG pulse generator (hall device) of the drum is faulty.
3. The drum control voltage (DRUM CTL V) is not supplied to the MDA.
4. Power (M12V) is not supplied to the drum MDA.
E05: Cassette Eject
EMG
If the cassette does not reach the eject position within about 0.7
seconds after the cassette housing has started the cassette ejection operation, [E:05] is identified, the drive direction is reversed
to load the tape, the mode is switched to STOP mode with the
pinch roller OFF, and the power is switched OFF.
During the cassette insertion process, the drive direction is reversed
and the cassette is ejected if the tape is not up against the pole
base within about 3 seconds after the start of the cassette pullingin operation. If the cassette does not reach the eject position within
about 0.7 seconds after the drive mode reversal operation, [E:05]
is identified and the power is switched OFF immediately.
1. The cassette cannot be ejected due to a failure in the drive mechanism of the housing.
2. When the housing load increases during ejection, the loading motor is stopped because of lack of
headroom in its drive torque.
Housing load increasing factors: Temperature environment (low temperature, etc.), mechanism
wear or failure.
3. The sensor/switch for detecting the end of ejection are not functioning normally.
4. The loading motor drive voltage is lower than specified or power (M12V) is not supplied to the
motor (MDA).
5. When the user attempted to eject a cassette, a foreign object (or perhaps the user's hand) was
caught in the opening of the housing.
E06: Capstan FG
EMG
When the capstan FG pulse has not been generated for more
than 1 second in the capstan rotating mode, [E:06] is identified,
the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped, and the power is
turned off.However, the capstan EMG is not detected in SLOW/
STILL modes.
Note that, if the part number of the System Control IC begins with
"MN" or "M3", the capstan EMG is not detected even during the
FF/REW operation.
1. The capstan could not start or the capstan rotation has stopped due to too large a load on the tape,
because;
1) The tape tension is abnormally high (mechanical lock);
2) The tape is damaged or a foreign object (grease, etc.) is adhered to the tape (occurrence of tape
entangling, etc.).
2. The capstan FG pulse did not reach the System controller CPU because;
1) The signal circuit is disconnected in the middle;
2) The FG pulse generator (MR device) of the capstans is faulty.
3. The capstan control voltage (CAPSTAN CTL V) is not supplied to the MDA.
4. Power (M12V, SW5V) are not supplied to the capstan MDA.
E07: SW Power
Short-Circuit
EMG
When short-circuiting of the SW power supply with GND has lasted
for 0.5 second or more, [E:07] is identified, all the motors are
stopped and the power is turned off.
1. The SW 5 V power supply circuit is shorted with GND.
2. The SW 12 V power supply circuit is shorted with GND.
E08:
DVD EMG
When communication with a system computer of VHS side is not
carried out because of the defective DVD unit, or when the DVD
unit must be reset
1. The DVD unit is defective.
2. Contact failure of the wires in the DVD unit or VHS side.
E09:
DD FG EMG
When the DD FG pulse is not generated within 2.5 seconds, [E:09]
is identified, the tilt motor is stopped and the power is turned off.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
When the falling edge of the supply reel pulse has not been generated for more than 10 seconds in the capstan rotating mode,
[E:0A] is identified and the cassette is ejected (but the power is
not turned off). In this case, however, the mechanism should be
in the position after tape loading (with the tape up against the pole
base). Also note that the reel EMG is not detected during Slow/
Frame advance operations.
1. The supply reel pulse is not generated in the FWD transport mode (PLAY/FWD SEARCH/FF,
etc.) because;
1) PLAY/FWD or SEARCH/FF is started while the tape in the inserted cassette is cut in the middle;
2) A mechanical factor caused tape slack inside and outside the supply reel side of the cassette shell.
In this case, the supply reel will not rotate until the tape slack is removed by the FWD transport,
so the pulse is not generated until then;
3) The reel is rotating normally but the FG pulse is not generated due to a supply reel sensor failure.
3. Power(SW5V) is not supplied to the reel sensor on the tape winding side.
E0A: Supply Reel
Pulse EMG
The FG sensor is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
The pull-up resistor at the FG sensor output is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
Contact failure or soldering failure of the pins of the connector (board-to-board) to the FG sensor.
The power (5V) to the sensor is not supplied. (Connection failure/soldering failure)
The FG pulse is not sent to the System Controller CPU.
The tilt motor is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
The drive power to the tilt motor is not supplied. (Connection failure/soldering failure)
The tilt motor drive MDA - IC is defective.
Auto-recovery of the DD tilting cannot take place due to overrun.
2. The take-up reel pulse is not generated in the REV transport mode (REV SEARCH/REW, etc.).
1) REV SEARCH/REW is started when the tape in the inserted cassette has been cut in the middle;
2) A mechanical factor caused tape slack inside and outside the take-up reel side of the cassette
shell. In this case, the take up will not rotate until the tape slack is removed by the REV transport,
so the pulse will not be generated until that time;
3) The reel is rotating normally but the FG pulse is not generated due to a take-up reel sensor failure.
3. The power (SW 5V) to a reel sensor is not supplied.
EU1:
Head clog warning
history
1-24 (No.YD008)
Presupposing the presence of the control pulse output in the PLAY mode, when the value obtained by mixing the two V.FM output channels (without regard
to the A.FM output) has remained below a certain threshold level for more than 10 seconds, [E:U1] is identified and recorded in the emergency history.
During the period in which the head clog is detected, the FDP shows "U:01" and the OSD repeats the "3 seconds of warning display" and the "7 seconds of
noise picture display" alternately.
EMG code : "E:C1" or "E:U1" / FDP : "U:01" / OSD : "Try cleaning tape." or "Use cleaning cassette."
The head clog warning is reset when the above-mentioned threshold has been exceeded for more than 2 seconds or the mode is changed to another mode
than PLAY.
5.3.5 EMG detail information <1>
The status (electrical operation mode) of the VCR and the status
(mechanism operation mode/sensor information) of the mechanism in the latest EMG can be confirmed based on the figure in
EMG detail information <1> .
[FDP/OSD display] *1 : *2 : 34
*1 : Deck operation mode at the moment of EMG
*2 : Mechanism operation mode at the moment of EMG
3- : Mechanism sensor information at the moment of EMG
-4 : Mechanism mode position at the moment of EMG
Note:
• For EMG detailed information <1>, the content of the
code that is shown on the display (or OSD) differs depending on the parts number of the system control microprocessor (IC3001) of the VCR. The system control
microprocessor parts number starts with two letters, refer these to the corresponding table.
*1 : Deck operation mode
[Common table of MN* and HD]
Display
MN*
HD*
00
01
02
03
04
0C
10
20
21
22
00
01
04
0E
11
22
-
24
2C
40
42
26
2E
43
-
44
4C
6C
84
85
8C
8D
8E
AC
AD
CC
CD
EC
ED
47
4C
6E
84
85
8F
AF
CD
EF
-
Deck operation mode
Mechanism being initialized
STOP with pinch roller pressure off (or tape present with P.OFF)
STOP with pinch roller pressure on
POWER OFF as a result of EMG
PLAY (Normal playback)
REC
Cassette ejected
FF
Tape fully loaded, START sensor ON, short FF
Cassette identification FWD SEARCH before transition to FF
(SPx7-speed)
FWD SEARCH (variable speed) including x2-speed
INSERT REC
REW
Cassette identification REV SEARCH before transition to REW
(SPx7-speed)
REV SEARCH (variable speed)
AUDIO DUB
INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO)
FWD STILL / SLOW
REV STILL / SLOW
REC PAUSE
Back spacing
Forward spacing (FWD transport mode with BEST function)
INSERT REC PAUSE
INSERT REC back spacing
AUDIO DUB PAUSE
AUDIO DUB back spacing
INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) PAUSE
INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) back spacing
*2 : Mechanism operation mode
[Table of MN*]
Display
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Mechanism operation mode
Command standby (No command to be executed)
Immediate Power OFF after EMG occurrence
Loading from an intermediate position during mechanism initialization
Unloading due to EMG occurrence during mechanism initialization
Ejecting cassette (ULSTOP to EJECT)
Inserting cassette (EJECT to ULSTOP)
Loading tape (ULSTOP to PLAY)
Unloading tape (PLAY to ULSTOP)
Transition from pinch roller ON to STOP
Transition from pinch roller OFF to STOP (PLAY to OFFSTOP)
Transition from pinch roller OFF to STOP at power OFF
Transition from pinch roller ON to STOP at power ON
Transition to PLAY
Transition to Search FF
Transition to REC
Transition to FWD STILL/SLOW
Transition to REV STILL/SLOW
Transition to Search REV
Transition from FF/REW to STOP
Transition to FF
Transition to REW
Tape end detection processing during loading
Short FWD/REV at tape sensor ON during unloading
Transition to FF/REW brake mode
[Table of HD*]
Display
00
01
02
04
05
0E
11
22
26
2E
43
47
4C
6E
84
85
8F
AF
C7
CD
EF
F0
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
Mechanism operation mode
STOP with pinch roller pressure off
STOP with pinch roller pressure on
U/L STOP (or tape being loaded)
PLAY (Normal playback)
PLAY (x1-speed playback using JOG)
REC
Cassette ejected
FF
FWD SEARCH (variable speed) including x2-speed
INSERT REC
REW
REV SEARCH
AUDIO DUB
INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO)
FWD STILL/SLOW
REV STILL/SLOW
REC PAUSE
INSERT REC PAUSE
REV SEARCH (x1-speed reverse playback using JOG)
AUDIO DUB PAUSE
INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) PAUSE
Mechanism being initialized
POWER OFF as a result of EMG
Cassette being inserted
Cassette being ejected
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to STOP with pinch
roller pressure off
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to PLAY
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to REC
Cassette type detection SEARCH before FF/REW is being executed
Tape being unloaded
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to STOP with pinch
roller pressure on
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to FF/REW
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to REC.P (T.REC,etc.)
Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to cassette type
detection SEARCH
Short REV being executed after END sensor on during unloading
Tension loosening being executed after tape loading (STOP with pinch
roller pressure on)
Tape being unloaded
(No.YD008)1-25
3- : Mechanism sensor information
*5 : Cassette tape type <1>
[Common table of MN* and HD*]
Display
Mechanism sensor informatio n
Display
REC safety SW
0123456789ABCDEF-
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab present
Tab present
Tab present
Tab present
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab broken
Tab present
Tab present
Tab present
Tab present
Tab broken = 0
Tab present = 1
Start sensor
End sensor
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Mechansim
position sensor
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Sensor ON = 0
sensor OFF = 1
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Sensor ON = 0
Sensor OFF = 1
-4 : Mechanism mode position
[Common table of MN* and HD*]
Mechanism
sensor
information
Even number
(0, 2, 4, 6, 8,
A, C, E)
Odd number
(1, 3, 5, 7, 9,
B, D, F)
Display
-0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-A
-B
-C
-D
-E
-F
-0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
Deck operation mode
Not established
EJECT
EJECT position
EJECT-EJECT1
Intermodal position
EJECT1
EJECT1 position
EJECT1-EJECT2 Intermodal position
EJECT2
EJECT2 position
EJECT2-ULSTOP Intermodal position
ULSTOP
ULSTOP position
ULSTOP-UPPER Intermodal position
UPPER
Loading (unloading) tape
UPPER-ONSTOP Intermodal position
ONSTOP
PLAY position
PLAY-FWD/SS
Intermodal position
FWD/SS
FWD (FWD Still/Slow) position
FWD/SS-REV
Intermodal position
REV
REV (REV Still/Slow) position
REV-OFFSTOP
Intermodal position
OFFSTOP
Pinch roller OFF position
OFFSTOP-FFREWB Intermodal position
FFREWB
FF/REW Brake position
FFREWB-FFREW Intermodal position
FFREW
FF/REW position
5.3.6 EMG detail information <2>
The type of the cassette tape and the cassette tape winding position can be confirmed based on the figure in EMG detail information <2> .
Note:
• EMG detail information <2> is the reference information
stored using the remaining tape detection function of
the cassette tape. As a result, it may not identify cassette correctly when a special cassette tape is used or
when the tape has variable thickness.
1-26 (No.YD008)
00
16
82
84
92
93
C3
D3
E1
E2
E9
F1
Cassette tape type <1>
Cassette type not identified
Large reel/small reel (T-0 to T-15/T-130 to T-210) not classified
Small reel, thick tape (T-120) identified/thin tape (T-140) identified
Large reel (T-0 to T-60) identified
Small reel, thick tape (T-130) identified/thin tape (T-160 to T-210) identified
Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) not classified
Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) being classified
Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) being classified
C cassette, thick tape (TC-10 to TC-20) identified
Small reel, thick tape (T-0 to T-100) identified
C cassette, thin tape (TC-30 to TC-40) identified
C cassette, thick tape/thin tape (TC-10 to TC-40) not classified
Notes:
• Cassette tape type <1> is identified a few times during
mode transition and the identification count is variable
depending on the cassette tape type. If an EMG occurs
in the middle of identification, the cassette tape type
may not be able to be identified.
• If other value than those listed in the above table is displayed, the cassette tape type is not identified.
*6 : Cassette tape winding position
The cassette tape winding position at the moment of EMG is displayed by dividing the entire tape (from the beginning to the end)
in 21 sections using a hex number from “00” to “14”.
00 : End of winding
14 : Beginning of winding
FF : Tape position not identified
*7 : Cassette tape type <2> (Winding area)
Display
Cassette tape type <2>
(Reference) Word data
(Beginning)
(End)
00
04 - 08
05 - 06
05 - 0C
06 - 0C
06 - 0C
07 - 08
09 - 0B
0C - 0D
0D - 0F
0E - 10
10 - 12
10 - 13
11 - 14
12 - 14
13 - 14
13 - 14
13 - 14
13 - 14
15 - 16
16 - 17
17 - 18
19 - 1B
Cassette type not identified
C cassette, thick tape
TC-10
Small reel, thick tape
T-20
C cassette, thick tape
TC-20P
C cassette, thin tape
TC-40
C cassette, thin tape
TC-30
Small reel, thick tape
T-40
Small reel, thick tape
T-60
Small reel, thick tape
T-80(DF-160)
Small reel, thick tape
T-90(DF-180)
Small reel, thick tape
T-100
Small reel, thin tape
T-140
Small reel, thick tape
T-120(DF-240)
Small reel, thick tape
T-130
Small reel, thin tape
T-160
Small reel, thin tape
T-210(DF-420)
Small reel, thin tape
T-180(DF-360)
Small reel, thin tape
T-168
Small reel, thick tape
DF-300
Large reel
T-20
Large reel
T-30
Large reel
T-40
Large reel
T-60
(0497 - 0506) (0732 - 0858)
(05A9 - 0661)
(0599 - 05FF) (0AA1 - 0C07)
(0623 - 063D) (0C41 - 0CC3)
(0611 - 0638) (0C0C - 0CB2)
(07CC - 08E5)
(09FD - 0B78)
(0C20 - 0DFC)
(0D31 - 0F3E)
(0E43 - 107F)
(10E1 - 120C)
(1073 - 1313)
(1185 - 1429)
(12D3 - 141F)
(1373 - 14C3)
(1357 - 14C0)
(1395 - 14EE)
(13A8 - 14CE)
(1536 - 1618)
(1647 - 175A)
(1759 - 189C)
(1989 - 1B2F)
Note:
• The values of cassette tape type <2> in the above table
are typical values with representative cassette tapes.
5.3.7 EMG detail information <3>
Three deck operation modes preceding the deck operation mode
in which the EMG occurs may be confirmed based on the figures
in the EMG information detail <3>. For the contents of the displayed information, see the table "Deck operation mode" in section "5.3.5 EMG detail information <1>".
5.4
Check points for each error (DVD SECTION)
5.4.1 Spindle start error
(1) Defective spindle motor driver (IC201)
• Has motor drive voltage of a sine wave or a rectangular wave gone out to each terminal(WOUT,VOUT,UOUT)
of CN201"2,3,4" and IC201"17,18,19"?
• Is FG pulse output from the terminal of IC201"41"(FG) according to the rotation of the motor?
(2) Has the control signal come from servo IC or the microcomputer?
• Is it "H" while the terminal of IC201"48"(/SPMUTE) is operating?
(3) Is the FG signal input to the servo IC?
• Is FG pulse input to the terminal of IC301"72"(FG) according to the rotation of the motor?
5.4.2 Disc Detection, Distinction error (no disc, no RFENV)
• Laser is defective.
• SODC is defective (IC301).
• APC circuit is defective. --- Q102,Q104.
• Pattern is defective. --- Lines for CN101 - All patterns which relate to pick-up and patterns between IC301.
5.4.3 Traverse movement NG
(1) Defective traverse driver
• Has the voltage come between terminal of CN101 "2" and "4" ?
(2) Defective BTL driver (IC201)
• Has the motor drive voltage gone out to IC201"11" or "14"?
(3) TRSDRV Is the signal input? (IC301 "75")
(4) TRVSW is the signal input from microcomputer? (IC301 "79")
5.4.4 Focus ON NG
• Is FODRV signal sent ? (R254) --- Pattern, IC301 "148"
• Is driving voltage sent ? IC201 "9", "10" --- If NG, pattern, driver, mechanical unit .
• Mechanical unit is defective.
5.4.5 Tracking ON NG
• Mechanical unit is defective.
Because the self adjustment cannot be normally adjusted, the thing which cannot be normally drawn in is thought.
• Periphery of driver (IC201)
Constant or IC it self is defective.
• Servo IC (IC301)
When improperly adjusted due to defective IC.
5.4.6 Spindle CLV NG
• Does not the input or the output of driver's spindle signal do the grip?
• Has the tracking been turned on?
• Spindle motor and driver is defective.
5.4.7 Address read NG
• Besides, the undermentioned cause is thought though specific of the cause is difficult because various factors are thought.
Mechanism is defective. (jitter)
IC301
The disc is dirty or the wound has adhered.
5.4.8 Between layers jump NG (double-layer disc only)
Mechanism defective
Defect of driver's IC(IC201)
Defect of servo control IC(IC301)
5.4.9 Neither picture nor sound is output
(1) It is not possible search
(No.YD008)1-27
• Has the tracking been turned on?
• To " Tracking ON NG" in "Check points for each error" when the tracking is not normal.
• Is the feed operation normal?
To " traverse movement NG" in "Check points for each error" when it is not normal.Are not there caught of the feeding mechanism etc?
5.4.10 Picture is distorted or abnormal sound occurs at intervals of several seconds.
Is the feed operation normal?
Are not there caught of the feeding mechanism etc?
5.4.11 Others
• The image is sometimes blocked, and the image stops.
• The image is blocked when going to outer though it is normal in suroundings in the disk and the stopping sympton increases.
There is a possibility with bad jitter value for such a symptom.
5.4.12 CD During normal playback operation
(1) Is TOC reading normal?
• Displays total time for CD-DA.
• Shifts to double-speed mode for V-CD
(2) Is playback afterwards possible?
(3) When can not do a normal playback
• --:-- is displayed during FL search.
According to [It is not possible to search ] for DVD, check the feed and tracking systems.
• No sound is output although the time is displayed.(CA-DA)
DAC, etc, other than servo.
• The passage of time is not stable, or picture is abnormal.(V-CD)
• The wound of the disc and dirt are confirmed.
1-28 (No.YD008)
JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
www.jvcservice.com(US Only)
JVC CANADA INC.
Head office : 21 Finchdene Square Scarborough, Ontario M1X 1A7
(416)293-1311
(No.YD008)
Printed in Japan
WPC
PARTS LIST
SAFETY PRECAUTION
Parts identified by the  symbol are critical for safety. Replace only with specified part numbers.
BEWARE OF BOGUS PARTS
Parts that do not meet specifications may cause trouble in regard to safety and performance. We recommend that genuine
JVC parts be used.
1. EXPLODED VIEW
1.1 PACKING AND ACCESSORY ASSEMBLY <M1>
The instruction manual to be provided with this product will differ according to the destination.
310
316
317
307
311
312
313
308
306
306A
302
303
302
FINAL ASSY<M2>
301
SPEC OF BARCODE
(No.YD008)3-1
1.2 FINAL ASSEMBLY <M2>
504
504
504
502
504
503
504
504
566
503
515
505
MECHANISM ASSY
<M4>
519
515
518
j
518
515
i
j
f
518
i
516
520
e
510
510
i
517
i
DVD UNIT
<M5>, <M6>
<98>, <99>
517
6001
TU
517
i
565
m
509
d
MAIN BOARD ASSY<03>
c
JS
30
01
565
b
561
LP
****
*
508
c
563
561
d
560
570
562
e
f
d
d
d
565
564
i
511
b
j
c
i
d
562
c
j
FRAME NO.LABEL
i
i
i
501
501A
521
a
j
514
501B
j
j
521
j
507
3-2(No.YD008)
a
a
a
561
DVD BRACKET BOARD ASSY<90>
NOTE) FFC WIRE SHOULD BE POSITIONED BELLOW CASSETTE DOOR.
(FOR AVOID FFC WIRE DISTURB CASSETTE IN AND OUT.)
CN2001
Make a crease.
CN7191
WR3
WR4
back side
CN7103
A/C HEAD
NOTE) INSERT FFC WIRE TO THE CONNECTOR
AFTER ATTACHING FRONT PANEL.
CN3102
CN503
CN501
back side
DRAWING FROM DIRECTION
DRAWING FROM DIRECTION
FIG.5
FIG.4
%0
After Assembling FRONT PANEL
CN7301
CN7302
WR5
Make a crease.
CN3102
CN8301
CN1
right side
from FRONT PANEL
(JACK CN7191)
BOTTOM SIDE
DISPLAY BOARD ASSY<28>
JACK BOARD ASSY<36>
WR1
506
506
506
WR2
CN7191
CN7003
506
506
506
506
TOP SIDE
FIG.1
Z
Z
ONLY THIS PORTION IS PUSHED
WHEN ATTACHING DVD UNIT.
FITTING
Z
Z
Z-Z SECTION
(No.YD008)3-3
1.3 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M4>
112
AA
128
124
126
AA
AA
137
110
122
AA
130
151
118
123
125
140
113
121
112
Not used
74
116
77
90
75
72
126
88
BB
BB
76
119
90
111
120
79
89
71
17
114
89
37
50
21
38
AA
4
AA
A/C HEAD
BOARD ASSY <12>
115
82
AA
80
117
AA
83
36
56
57
WR2
44
52
26
49
73
81
58
105
55
58
42
3
107
105
53
AA
107
86
AA
WR1
AA
78
91
BB
1
85
134
39
BB
AA
BB
AA
102
87
AA
AA
AA
15
95
AA
69
64
AA
AA
AA
65
67
96
23B
68
23A
70
AA
AA
93
18B
18A
23
24
62
18
94
19
22
20
LOADING MOTOR
BOARD ASSY <55>
PMD0048A-C
60
63
46
66
47
WR3
AA
16
Classification
Part No.
Symbol in drawing
Grease
KYODO-SH-JB
AA
Oil
COSMO-HV56
BB
3-4(No.YD008)
61
59
NOTE:The section marked in AA and BB
indicate lubrication and greasing areas.
1.4 DVD TRAVERSE MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M5>
Grease
JVG-31N
CFD-4007ZY2
1401C
18
29
A
BEND WIRE AT THE PWB EDGE
AFTER INSERTING WIRE
29
CN101
CN101
CN201
DVD SERVO CONTROL BOARD ASSY <99>
28
27
28
A
15
14
17
12
16
BACK SIDE
13
26
3
6
25
5
24
3
19
2
23
4
11
1
LETTER SIDE
11
9
8
7
10 22
21
20
63.3mm
0.1mm
ETU-DE2-31C
(No.YD008)3-5
1.5 DVD LOADING MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M6>
< BACK SIDE >
WIRE ARRANGEMENT
AND SOLDERING.
HOOK WIRES
TO CHASSIS.
9
-
8
+
2
0
7
5
SWITCH BOARD ASSY <98>
MOLD HOOK
4
PWB
1
6
3
2
< BACK SIDE >
DVD SERVO CONTROL BOARD
ASSY <99>
13
13
13
12
13
11
11
14
12
DVD TRAVERSE
MECHANISM <M5>
EMU-DE2-31YC
3-6(No.YD008)
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
2. PARTS LIST
PACKING AND ACCESSORY ASSEMBLY <M1>
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
301
301
301
301
302
303
306
306
306A
306A
307
308
 310
 310
 310
 310
 310
 310
 310
311
312
313
316
317
LP31263-030A
LP31263-032A
LP31263-026A
LP31263-028A
LP31265-001D
LP41038-001A
LP21036-038B
LP21036-039B
LP40254-001B
LP40254-009A
-----------QPC02202230P
LPT0894-001A
LPT0894-002A
LPT0895-001A
LPT0895-002A
LPT0892-001B
LPT0893-002A
LPT0893-001A
QPC02503530P
QAM0501-003
QAM0498-005
BT-52006-2
BT-51034-1
PACKING CASE
PACKING CASE
PACKING CASE
PACKING CASE
CUSHION ASSY
POLY BAG
REMOCON
REMOCON
COVER(BATTERY)
COVER(BATTERY)
BATTERY
POLY BAG
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
INST.BOOK
POLY BAG
RF CABLE
A/V CABLE
WARRANTY CARD
REGIST CARD
Description
Local
Part No.
Part Name
 501
 501
 501
 501
501A
501A
501B
 502
 502
503
503
504
504
505
506
507
507
508
508
 509
510
 511
514
515
516
517
518
 519
520
521
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
566
566
570
WR1
WR2
WR3
LP10492-013A
LP10492-014A
LP10492-011A
LP10492-012A
LP21188-001A
LP21188-002A
PQ46448
LP10488-004B
LP10488-002B
QYSBSG3006MA
QYSBSG3006NA
QYSBSG3006MA
QYSBSG3006NA
PDV2531D
QYTDSF2608ZA
LP40990-001A
LP31391-001A
LP21190-001A
LP21190-002A
LP41077-002A
QYSPSPD3008ZA
LP10489-001B
LP30002-0F1A
LP31391-002A
LP31391-001A
LP31391-001A
QYTDSF3008MA
LP21178-016B
QYSBSG3006MA
LP31348-001A
LP21177-001B
LP31391-001A
LP30002-0E5A
LP31392-001A
QYSDSF2608ZA
QYSBSG3010ZA
LP31153-013A
LP31153-012A
LP31153-011A
LP30002-0B7A
QUQ112-2212CG
QUQ112-1010CG
QUQ210-1916CC
FRONT PANEL ASSY
FRONT PANEL ASSY
FRONT PANEL ASSY
FRONT PANEL ASSY
CASSETTE DOOR
CASSETTE DOOR
TORSION SPRING
TOP COVER
TOP COVER
TAP SCREW
TAP SCREW
TAP SCREW
TAP SCREW
DRUM FINAL ASSY
TAP SCREW
SPECIAL SCREW
SPECIAL SCREW
FITTING
FITTING
LABEL(CAUTION)
SCREW
BOTTOM CHASSIS
SPACER
SPECIAL SCREW
SPECIAL SCREW
SPECIAL SCREW
TAP SCREW
REAR COVER
TAP SCREW
FOOT
BRACKET(DVD)
SPECIAL SCREW
SPACER
BRACKET
TAP SCREW
TAP SCREW
STICKER(TOP)
STICKER(TOP)
STICKER(TOP)
SPACER
FFC WIRE
FFC WIRE
FFC WIRE
WR4
WR5
A
B
C
D,E
A,C
B,D,E
A,C
B,D,E
R6 TYPE(x2)
22cm x 22cm
(ENGLISH)
(FRENCH)
(ENGLISH)
(FRENCH)
(ENGLISH)
(FRENCH)
(ENGLISH)
25cm x 35cm
A
A
B
B
C
D
D,E
A,B
A,B,D
C,E
FINAL ASSEMBLY <M2>
 Symbol No.
 Symbol No.
Description
Local
A
B
C
D,E
A,C
B,D,E
M3 x 6mm TOP SIDE(x2)
M3 x 6mm TOP SIDE(x2)
M3 x 6mm TOP REAR(x6)
M3 x 6mm(x6)
A,C
B,D,E
A,C
B,D,E
A,C
B,D,E
M2.6 x 8mm FRONT BOARDASSY(x9)
FRONT PANEL(x2)
A,B
FRONT PANEL(x2) C,D,E
A,C
B,D,E
M3 x 8mm DRUM(x3)
MECHANISM(x3)
HOUSING
MAIN(x3)
M3 x 8mm JACK(x4)
M3 x 6mm REAR COVER
(x2)
BRACKET(DVD)(x3)
(x2)
M2.6 x 8mm DVD
M3 x 10mm DVD(x3)
A,B
D
C,E
DISPLAY CN7003-MAIN CN3102
JACK CN7191-MAIN CN3103
DVDUNIT CN501-MAIN CN7301
Part No.
Part Name
Description
QUQ210-1716CC
QUQ210-0510CC
FFC WIRE
FFC WIRE
DVD UNIT CN503-MAIN CN7302
DVD UNIT CN1-MAIN CN8301
Local
MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M4>
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
Local
1
1
3
4
15
16
17
18
18A
18B
19
20
21
22
23
23A
23B
24
26
36
37
38
39
42
44
46
47
49
50
52
53
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
 85
86
87
88
89
90
91
LP21039-001X
LP21039-001Y
LP40097-002E
NAH0004-001
LP30958-001B
QYTPST2620ZA
QYTDST2606ZA
LP40798-001A
LP21040-001A
LP40799-001A
LP40837-001A
LP40903-002B
LP40806-001D
LP30959-001B
LP40802-001C
LP21041-001D
LP40803-001A
LP40838-001A
LP40808-001E
LP21055-001G
LP40943-001A
LP40859-001D
LP30961-001C
LP40810-001C
LP40840-001D
LP30963-001C
PQM30017-24
LP40813-001D
LP40841-001A
NAH0005-001
LP30965-001A
LP40842-001D
QYTDST2006MA
LP41036-002A
QYTDST2606ZA
QAR0289-001
QYTPSP3003ZA
LP21056-002J
QYTPST2620ZA
LP40814-001B
LP21044-001E
PQM30017-24
LP40815-001A
LP40816-001B
LP40817-001A
LP10400-001N
LP40843-001A
LP40818-001B
LP40844-001F
LP21045-001E
LP40821-001A
LP30967-001B
LP30968-001C
LP40822-002B
LP31000-005E
LP21046-001C
LP40824-001A
LP30969-002B
LP30003-033B
LP30003-035B
QAR0322-001
QYTPSG2606ZA
LP30005-010A
LP30970-001A
LP40828-004A
LP40829-002A
LP31014-002A
MAIN DECK ASSY
MAIN DECK ASSY
GUIDE POLE CAP
FE HEAD
LOADING GEAR BASE
TAP SCREW
M2.6 x 20mm(x2)
SCREW
M2.6 x 6mm
LOADING GEAR(SUPPLY) ASSY
LOADING GEAR(SUPPLY)
LOADING ARM(SUPPLY) ASSY
TORSION SPRING(SUPPLY)
FIXING PLATE
POLE BASE ASSY(SUPPLY)
LOADING GEAR
LOADING GEAR(TAKE UP) ASSY
LOADING GEAR(TAKE UP)
LOADING ARM(TAKE UP) ASSY
TORSION SPRING(TAKE UP)
POLE BASE ASSY(TAKE UP)
TAKE UP LEVER
TENSION SPRING
TAKE UP HEAD
LID GUIDE
PINCH ROLLER ARM ASSY
TORSION SPRING
PRESS LEVER
SLIT WASHER
GUIDE ARM ASSY
TORSION SPRING
AC HEAD
HEAD BASE
COMPRESSION SPRING
TAP SCREW
M2 x 6mm
A/C ADJ.SCREW
(x2)
TAP SCREW
M2.6 x 6mm(x2)
LOADING MOTOR
SCREW
M3 x 3mm(x2)
MOTOR BRACKET
TAP SCREW
M2.6 x 20mm
WORM BEARING
CONTROL CAM
SLIT WASHER
WORM GEAR
HELICAL GEAR
CONNECT GEAR
CONTROL PLATE
TORSION SPRING
TENSION ARM ASSY
TENSION SPRING
TENSION ARM BASE
TENSION BAND ASSY
BAND HOLDER-1
BAND HOLDER-2
ADJUST PIN
TENSION ARM LEVER
MAIN BRAKE(TAKE UP)
BAND BRAKE ASSY
BRAKE LEVER
TENSION SPRING
TENSION SPRING
CAPSTAN MOTOR
TAP SCREW
M2.6 x 6mm(x3)
BELT
CAPSTAN MOTOR
IDLER ARM
IDLER GEAR 1
(x2)
IDLER GEAR 2
(x2)
WIRE HOLDER
A,D
B,C,E
(No.YD008)3-7
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
93
94
95
96
102
105
107
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
128
130
134
137
140
151
WR1
WR2
WR3
Part No.
Part Name
Description
LP40934-001B
PQM30017-47
LP30973-001A
LP40939-001A
LP30974-001C
LP21049-001A
LP30017-004A
LP10401-001L
LP10402-001M
QYTDST2606ZA
LP40917-001D
LP30976-001F
LP30977-002D
LP40846-001C
LP31100-002A
LP30978-001B
LP30979-001S
LP40847-001B
LP30980-001F
LP10403-001C
LP10404-001E
LP30983-001B
LP30984-001B
LP40924-001D
LP40857-001B
LP30981-001G
LP21051-002C
LP21052-001K
LP41153-001A
LP30985-002M
WJT0117-001A
WJT0067-001B
WJS0022-001A
CLUTCH UNIT
SLIT WASHER
DIRECT GEAR
COMPRESSION SPRING
CHANGE LEVER
REEL DISK
(x2)
SPACER
REEL DISK(x2)
SIDE FRAME(L)
SIDE FRAME(R)
TAP SCREW
M2.6 x 6mm(x2)
TORSION SPRING
SIDE PLATE
LIMIT PLATE
LIMIT SPRING
DRIVE LEVER
DRIVE ARM(L)
DRIVE ARM(R)
TORSION SPRING
CONNECT PLATE
SIDE HOLDER(L)
SIDE HOLDER(R)
LOCK LEVER(L)
LOCK LEVER(R)
TENSION SPRING
(x2)
EARTH SPRING(2)
CASSETTE HOLDER ASSY
REC SAFETY LEVER
TOP FRAME
EARTH SPRING(3)
DOOR OPENER
E-CARD WIRE
E-CARD WIRE
A/C HEAD CN2001
E-FL/RB WIRE
LOADING MOTOR
Local
 Symbol No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Part No.
Part Name
LE20727-001A
LE20699-002A
QYSDST2605M
LE40931-001A
LV33991-001A
QYSPSFU2040M
LE20698-004A
QAR0215-001
LV41510-001A
QYSPSPU2040M
QYSDST2605M
QAL0507-001
LE20700-001A
LE31067-002A
QYSPSFU1740Z
LE40929-001A
QYSPSFU1740Z
QUQ105-2411AC
LE40931-001A
LE40855-001A
LE40918-001A
LE40930-001A
LE40928-001A
LE40927-001A
QYSDST2614Z
QAR0316-001
QYSPSPU1740Z
LE40858-002A
QYSDST2004Z
MECHA BASE
SPINDLE BASE
TAP SCREW
SHAFT
ADJUST SPRING
TAP SCREW
FEED HOLDER
FEED MOTOR
FEED GEAR T
SCREW
TAP SCREW
PICK UP
SW ACTUATOR
LEAD SPRING
TAP SCREW
SW.LEVER
TAP SCREW
FFC
SHAFT
FEED GEAR E
LEAD SCREW
FEED GEAR M
THURUST SPRING
PLATE
TAPPING SCREW
SPINDLE MOTOR
SCREW
SPECIAL SCREW
SCREW
3-8(No.YD008)
Description
M2.6 x 5mm(x2)
M2 x 4mm
M2 x 4mm(x2)
M2.6 x 5mm(x2)
M1.7 x 4mm(x2)
M1.7 x 4mm
M2.6 x 14mm
M1.7 x 4mm(x3)
(x3)
2mm x 4mm(x2)
Part No.
Part Name
Description
LE10283-012A
QAR0197-001
LV42087-002A
QYSPSPU1730Z
LE40897-001A
LE31046-003A
LV42930-003A
LE40899-001A
LE40906-001A
LE40900-003A
LE40900-005A
LE40901-001A
QYWFM419025
LOADER SUB ASSY
MOTOR
MABUCHI
MOTOR PULLEY
SCREW
FOR MOTOR(x2)
BELT
CLAMPER
P.C.MAGNET
YOKE
SPECIAL SCREW
INSULATOR
(x2)
INSULATOR
(x2)
SPECIAL SCREW
(x4)
WASHER
1.9mm/21.4mm x 0.02mm
Local
MAIN BOARD ASSEMBLY <03>
 Symbol No.
PW1
PW1
DVD TRAVERSE MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M5>
 Symbol No.
DVD LOADING MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M6>
Local
IC1
 IC2201
IC3001
IC3002
IC3003
IC3003
IC5201
IC5201
IC5201
IC5201
IC5301
IC5302
IC7102
IC7104
IC7501
IC8001
IC8001
IC8201
IC8201
IC8202
IC8301
Q202
Q202
Q202
Q2001
Q2001
Q2001
Q2002
Q2002
Q2002
Q2003
Q2003
Q2003
Q2051
Q2051
Q2051
Q2052
Q2052
Q2052
Q2053
Q2053
Q2053
Q2054
Q2054
Q2054
Q2055
Q2055
Q2055
Q2201
Q2201
or
or
or
or
or
Part No.
Part Name
LPA10227-02C
LPA10227-01C
MAIN BOARD ASSY
MAIN BOARD ASSY
JCP8060-NVA
AN3663FBP
HD6432199RB04F
IC-PST3427U-X
LPN0864-002B-01
LPN0864-001B-02
UTCTL431-T
MM1431AT-T
L5431-T
TL431/A/-T
UTCTL431-T
MM1565AF-X
MM1507XN-X
MM1623XF-X
74VHCT08ASJ-X
HA17558AF-X
RC4558D-X
MN101C30AJE
MN101CP30AJE
SN74HCT08APW-X
LB1641
IC
IC
IC(MCU)
IC
IC(EEPROM)
IC(EEPROM)
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC(MCU)
IC(MCU)
IC
IC
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
UN211E-X
or DTA144WKA-X
or RT1P44HC-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
UN221E-X
or DTC144WKA-X
or RT1N44HC-X
2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
UN221E-X
or DTC144WKA-X
or RT1N44HC-X
UN211E-X
or DTA144WKA-X
Description
Local
A,B
C,D,E
MASK
*(REFER TO BELOW)
*(REFER TO BELOW)
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSTSTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSTSTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
*The VCR goes to jig RCU mode after replacing the EEPROM and the VCR does not accept some RCU command.
Therefore please set the VCR to the user RCU mode after replacing the EEPROM.
The method of setting the VCR to the user RCU mode is written on the service manual.
A,B
C,D,E
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Q2201
Q2202
Q2202
Q2202
Q2203
Q2203
Q2203
Q2204
Q2204
Q2204
Q3002
Q3004
Q3004
Q3004
Q3005
Q3005
Q3005
Q4001
Q4001
Q4001
Q5101
Q5102
Q5103
Q5103
Q5103
Q5306
Q5307
Q5307
Q5307
Q5309
Q5309
Q5309
Q5310
Q5311
Q5315
Q6030
Q6030
Q6030
Q7113
Q7113
Q7113
Q8001
Q8001
Q8001
Q8002
Q8002
Q8002
Q8052
Q8052
Q8052
Q8053
Q8053
Q8053
or RT1P44HC-X
UN221E-X
or DTC144WKA-X
or RT1N44HC-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
PTZ-NV16A
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
UN2211-X
or DTC114EKA-X
or RT1N141C-X
2SK2043-CB14
2SC3576-JVC-T
2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SD2144S/UV/-T
UN211E-X
or DTA144WKA-X
or RT1P44HC-X
UN2211-X
or DTC114EKA-X
or RT1N141C-X
2SD1858/QR/-T
2SC5739/QP/
2SD1858/QR/-T
2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
UN2111-X
or DTA114EKA-X
or RT1P141C-X
D201
D2001
D2001
D2251
D2251
D3001
D3002
D3002
D3003
D3003
D3004
D3004
D3005
D3005
D4002
D5001
D5001
D5101
D5101
D5102
D5102
D5103
D5103
D5105
1SS133-T2
1SS133-T2
1SS270A-T2
1SS133-T2
1SS270A-T2
LNB2301L01VI
1SS133-T2
1SS270A-T2
RD33ES/B3/-T2
MTZJ33C-T2
10EDB20-T2
1A3G-T2
10EDB20-T2
1A3G-T2
1SS133-T2
S1WB/A/60-4102
S1WB/A/60-X
10EDB20-T2
1A3G-T2
10ERB40-T2
AU01-T2
1SS133-T2
1SS270A-T2
1SS133-T2
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
Part Name
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSTSTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
IC(PHOTO SENSOR)
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
FET
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIGI TRANSISTOR
DIODE
DIODE
SI DIODE
DIODE
SI DIODE
LED
DIODE
SI DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
SI DIODE
SI DIODE
SI DIODE
SI DIODE
DIODE
BRIDGE DIODE
BRIDGE DIODE
SI DIODE
SI DIODE
FR DIODE
SI DIODE
DIODE
SI DIODE
DIODE
Description
Local
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
D5105
D5106
D5106
D5208
D5208
D5208
D5209
D5209
D5209
D5209
D5209
D5212
D5212
D5212
D5213
D5213
D5301
D5301
D5305
D5305
D5306
D5306
D5310
D5310
D6002
D6002
D8001
D8001
D8301
D8301
or 1SS270A-T2
MTZJ33D-T2
or RD33ES/B4/-T2
1S4-T2
or AW04-T2
or SBO40-T2
PG104RS-T2
or 10ERB20-T2
or 1F4G-T2
or AU01Z-T2
or 1SR153-400-T2
SB240-F26
or RK14LF-B2
or 21DQ04-F
1F4G-T2
or 10ERB20-T2
MTZJ15C-T2
or RD15ES/B3/-T2
MTZJ11C-T2
or RD11ES/B3/-T2
MTZJ5.6C-T2
or RD5.6ES/B3/-T2
MTZJ10B-T2
or RD10ES/B2/-T2
HZ30-2L-T2
or HZ30-2LTD
1SS133-T2
or 1SS270A-T2
RD5.1ES/B2/-T2
or MTZJ5.1B-T2
PC3001
PC3002
 PC5101
RPI-304J
RPI-304J
PC123Y22FZ
IC(PHOTO SENSOR)
IC(PHOTO SENSOR)
PHOTO COUPLER
NDC31HJ-151X
NDC31HJ-330X
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31AZ-105X
QEKJ1HM-225Z
NCF31AZ-105X
NCF31AZ-105X
NCF31AZ-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1HM-335Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31EK-103X
NCB31HK-331X
QEKJ0JM-476Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31EK-103X
NCB31EK-103X
QEKJ1HM-105Z
NDC31HJ-4R0X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB31CK-104X
QEKJ1HM-335Z
QEKJ1HM-225Z
NCB31EK-472X
NCB31CK-333X
QEKJ1HM-474Z
NCB31EK-223X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C1
C2
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C11
C12
C14
C15
C17
C19
C20
C22
C24
C25
C26
C27
C30
C31
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C40
C41
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
C77
C78
Description
Local
SI DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
SB DIODE
SB DIODE
SB DIODE
FR DIODE
FR DIODE
FR DIODE
FR DIODE
FR DIODE
SB DIODE
SBD
SBD
FR DIODE
FR DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
DIODE
SI DIODE
Z DIODE
Z DIODE
150pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
10uF 25V M
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 10V Z
2.2uF 50V M
1uF 10V Z
1uF 10V Z
1uF 10V Z
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
3.3uF 50V M
10uF 25V M
0.01uF 25V K
330pF 50V K
47uF 6.3V M
10uF 25V M
0.01uF 25V K
0.01uF 25V K
1uF 50V M
4pF 50V J
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 16V K
3.3uF 50V M
2.2uF 50V M
4700pF 25V K
0.033uF 16V K
0.47uF 50V M
0.022uF 25V K
4.7uF 50V M
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
(No.YD008)3-9
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
C201
C202
C203
C204
C205
C206
C207
C209
C210
C212
C213
C2001
C2002
C2005
C2006
C2007
C2008
C2009
C2010
C2011
C2012
C2051
C2052
C2053
C2054
C2055
C2201
C2202
C2203
C2204
C2205
C2206
C2207
C2208
C2209
C2210
C2211
C2212
C2214
C2215
C2218
C2219
C2220
C2221
C2222
C2234
C2235
C2251
C2252
C2253
C2254
C2255
C2256
C2257
C2259
C3011
C3012
C3014
C3016
C3022
C3024
C3030
C3031
C3033
C3036
C3037
C3041
C3045
C3050
C3052
C3054
C3071
C4002
C4004
C4005
C4006
C4008
C4009
Part No.
Part Name
NDC31HJ-220X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31HK-102X
NCB31HK-681X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31HK-681X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
QEKJ0JM-476Z
NCB31EK-103X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
QEKJ1HM-105Z
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31EK-682X
QEKJ1CM-226Z
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31HK-102X
NCB31HK-681X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NCB31HK-331X
QFV61HJ-823Z
NCB31HK-472X
NCB31EK-223X
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1HM-475Z
QEKJ1HM-475Z
QEKJ0JM-336Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31EK-153X
NCB31EK-153X
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ0JM-336Z
QEKJ0JM-476Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1CM-226Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31EK-223X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB30JK-105X
NCB30JK-105X
NCB31EK-103X
NCB31EK-103X
NCB31EK-103X
QEKJ0JM-476Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB31EK-103X
NCB31EK-103X
QEKJ1HM-334Z
QETN1AM-477Z
QEKJ0JM-476Z
QEKJ0JM-476Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NDC31HJ-120X
QEKJ0JM-476Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NDC31HJ-180X
NDC31HJ-120X
NDC31HJ-180X
NCB31EK-103X
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCB31HK-222X
QETJ1HM-336Z
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1CM-226Z
NDC31HJ-181X
QEKJ0JM-476Z
QEQF1HM-105Z
NRSA63J-0R0X
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
MF CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
MG RESISTOR
3-10(No.YD008)
Description
22pF 50V J
4.7uF 50V M
1000pF 50V K
680pF 50V K
4.7uF 50V M
680pF 50V K
4.7uF 50V M
47uF 6.3V M
0.01uF 25V K
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
4.7uF 50V M
1uF 50V M
4.7uF 50V M
6800pF 25V K
22uF 16V M
4.7uF 50V M
1000pF 50V K
680pF 50V K
4.7uF 50V M
4.7uF 50V M
330pF 50V K
0.082uF 50V J
4700pF 50V K
0.022uF 25V K
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
4.7uF 50V M
4.7uF 50V M
33uF 6.3V M
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
0.015uF 25V K
0.015uF 25V K
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
33uF 6.3V M
47uF 6.3V M
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
22uF 16V M
10uF 25V M
0.022uF 25V K
0.1uF 25V Z
1uF 6.3V K
1uF 6.3V K
0.01uF 25V K
0.01uF 25V K
0.01uF 25V K
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 25V Z
0.01uF 25V K
0.01uF 25V K
0.33uF 50V M
470uF 10V M
47uF 6.3V M
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
12pF 50V J
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
18pF 50V J
12pF 50V J
18pF 50V J
0.01uF 25V K
0.1uF 25V Z
10uF 25V M
2200pF 50V K
33uF 50V M
0.1uF 25V Z
22uF 16V M
180pF 50V J
47uF 6.3V M
1uF 50V M
0Ω 1/16W J
Local
C,D,E
C,D,E
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
C4010
C4011
C4012
C4014
C4015
 C5001
 C5003
 C5004
C5006
C5101
C5102
C5104
C5106
C5108
C5109
C5202
C5204
C5205
C5207
C5209
C5210
C5211
C5214
C5303
C5304
C5305
C5306
C5307
C5309
C5310
C5314
C6013
C6021
C6053
C6054
C6501
C6502
C6503
C6504
C6505
C6508
C6509
C6511
C6512
C6513
C6514
C6515
C6516
C6517
C6532
C7114
C7117
C7118
C7119
C7120
C7121
C7123
C7124
C7125
C7129
C7131
C7132
C7133
C7134
C7135
C7136
C7502
C7503
C7504
C8001
C8002
C8003
C8004
C8005
C8006
C8007
C8008
C8052
NCB31EK-223X
NCB31CK-104X
QEKJ1HM-224Z
NDC31HJ-101X
NCB31HK-221X
QFZ9077-473
QCZ9079-101
QCZ9079-472
QETM2DM-157
QCZ0336-330Z
QCZ0333-472
QETN1HM-105Z
NCB31HK-821X
NCB31HK-104X
NCB31HK-183X
QEMT1AM-128
QEMT1AM-128
QEMU1CM-397Z
QETN2AM-475Z
QETN1AM-107Z
QETN1CM-107Z
QETN1AM-107Z
NCB31AK-154X
QETN1HM-225Z
QETN1CM-107Z
QETN1AM-107Z
NCF31AZ-105X
NCB31HK-471X
QETN1AM-107Z
QETN1AM-107Z
QETN1CM-107Z
NCB31HK-102X
NCB31HK-331X
NDC31HJ-120X
NDC31HJ-100X
NCB31CK-104X
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1HM-105Z
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1HM-335Z
NCB31EK-223X
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB31EK-223X
QEKJ1HM-225Z
NCB31EK-223X
QEKJ1HM-335Z
QEKJ1EM-475Z
NCB31AK-224X
NCF31EZ-104X
QETJ0JM-477Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
QEKJ1EM-106Z
NCF31EZ-104X
QETJ0JM-477Z
NCB31EK-103X
QETJ0JM-477Z
QETJ0JM-477Z
QETJ0JM-477Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCB31EK-103X
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1CM-226Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31AZ-105X
NCF31AZ-105X
NCF31EZ-104X
QEKJ1HM-475Z
NDC31HJ-151X
QEKJ1CM-226Z
QEKJ1CM-226Z
NCB31HK-821X
NCB31HK-821X
NCB31HK-821X
NCB31HK-821X
QEKJ1CM-226Z
QEKJ1CM-226Z
QEKJ0JM-107Z
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
MPP CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
Description
0.022uF 25V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.22uF 50V M
100pF 50V J
220pF 50V K
0.047uF 275V M
100pF AC250V K
4700pF AC250V M
150uF 200V M
33pF 1kV J
4700pF 1kV K
1uF 50V M
820pF 50V K
0.1uF 50V K
0.018uF 50V K
1200uF 10V M
1200uF 10V M
390uF 16V M
4.7uF 100V M
100uF 10V M
100uF 16V M
100uF 10V M
0.15uF 10V K
2.2uF 50V M
100uF 16V M
100uF 10V M
1uF 10V Z
470pF 50V K
100uF 10V M
100uF 10V M
100uF 16V M
1000pF 50V K
330pF 50V K
12pF 50V J
10pF 50V J
0.1uF 16V K
10uF 25V M
1uF 50V M
0.1uF 25V Z
3.3uF 50V M
0.022uF 25V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 25V Z
0.022uF 25V K
2.2uF 50V M
0.022uF 25V K
3.3uF 50V M
4.7uF 25V M
0.22uF 10V K
0.1uF 25V Z
470uF 6.3V M
10uF 25V M
10uF 25V M
0.1uF 25V Z
470uF 6.3V M
0.01uF 25V K
470uF 6.3V M
470uF 6.3V M
470uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 25V Z
0.01uF 25V K
0.1uF 25V Z
22uF 16V M
0.1uF 25V Z
1uF 10V Z
1uF 10V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
4.7uF 50V M
150pF 50V J
22uF 16V M
22uF 16V M
820pF 50V K
820pF 50V K
820pF 50V K
820pF 50V K
22uF 16V M
22uF 16V M
100uF 6.3V M
Local
C,D,E
C,D,E
C,D,E
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
C8201
C8202
C8203
C8301
C8302
C8303
QEKJ0JM-476Z
NCF31EZ-104X
NCF31EZ-104X
QETN1CM-107Z
NCB31EK-103X
NCF31EZ-104X
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 25V Z
0.1uF 25V Z
100uF 16V M
0.01uF 25V K
0.1uF 25V Z
R1
R2
R3
R11
R12
R36
R37
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R210
R212
R2007
R2010
R2013
R2014
R2015
R2016
R2017
R2018
R2019
R2021
R2022
R2023
R2024
R2053
R2054
R2055
R2056
R2057
R2058
R2059
R2060
R2201
R2202
R2205
R2206
R2209
R2210
R2211
R2212
R2213
R2214
R2216
R2218
R2219
R2220
R2221
R2222
R2223
R2224
R2230
R2231
R2251
R2252
R2255
R2257
R3033
R3034
R3043
R3045
R3046
R3047
R3048
R3049
R3051
R3052
R3053
NRSA63J-622X
NRSA63J-152X
NRSA63J-822X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-474X
NRSA63J-301X
NRSA63J-474X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-123X
NRSA63J-123X
NRSA63J-123X
NRSA63J-394X
NRSA63J-271X
NRSA63J-333X
NRSA63J-223X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-333X
NRSA63J-103X
QRE141J-103Y
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-123X
NRSA63J-3R3X
QRE141J-820Y
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-183X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-183X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-682X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-682X
QRE141J-101Y
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-472X
QRE141J-101Y
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-392X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-392X
NRSA63J-392X
NRSA63J-561X
NRSA63J-561X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-273X
NRSA63J-684X
QRE141J-472Y
QRE141J-472Y
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-331X
NRSA63J-331X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
6.2kΩ 1/16W J
1.5kΩ 1/16W J
8.2kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
470kΩ 1/16W J
300Ω 1/16W J
470kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
12kΩ 1/16W J
12kΩ 1/16W J
12kΩ 1/16W J
390kΩ 1/16W J
270Ω 1/16W J
33kΩ 1/16W J
22kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
33kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/4W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
12kΩ 1/16W J
3.3Ω 1/16W J
82Ω 1/4W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
18kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
18kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
6.8kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
6.8kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/4W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/4W J
0Ω 1/16W J
3.9kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
3.9kΩ 1/16W J
3.9kΩ 1/16W J
560Ω 1/16W J
560Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
27kΩ 1/16W J
680kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/4W J
4.7kΩ 1/4W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
Local
C,D,E
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
R3054
R3058
R3061
R3062
R3063
R3064
R3065
R3069
R3074
R3077
R3080
R3082
R3085
R3098
R3099
R3101
R3201
R3202
R3205
R3207
R3208
R3209
R3210
R3211
R3212
R3213
R3214
R3215
R3216
R3217
R3218
R3219
R3220
R3222
R3223
R3224
R3225
R3229
R3234
R3235
R3236
R3244
R3246
R3248
R3256
R4001
R4003
R4004
R4005
R4007
R4009
R4012
R4015
R4017
 R5001
R5101
R5102
R5103
R5104
R5106
R5107
R5108
R5109
R5110
R5111
R5112
R5113
R5201
R5202
R5203
R5204
R5205
R5206
R5311
R5312
R5313
R5316
R5317
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-472X
QRE141J-331Y
QRE141J-331Y
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-271X
QRE141J-102Y
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-182X
QRE141J-102Y
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-393X
QRE141J-181Y
QRE141J-183Y
NRSA63J-121X
NRSA63J-183X
NRSA63J-121X
NRSA63J-183X
QRE141J-474Y
NRSA63J-334X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
QRE141J-104Y
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-105X
NRSA63J-473X
QRE141J-332Y
QRE141J-332Y
NRSA63J-333X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-561X
NRSA63J-561X
NRSA63J-562X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-223X
NRSA63J-102X
QRZ9046-475Z
QRE141J-224Y
QRE141J-224Y
QRE141J-683Y
QRG02GJ-683
QRT01DJ-R27X
QRE121J-331Y
NRSA63J-152X
NRSA63J-681X
NRSA63J-224X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-221X
NRSA63J-104X
NRSA63J-221X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-123X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-122X
QRE141J-181Y
NRSA63J-473X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
OMF RESISTOR
MF RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
Description
Local
1kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
330Ω 1/4W J
330Ω 1/4W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
270Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/4W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/4W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
39kΩ 1/16W J
180Ω 1/4W J
18kΩ 1/4W J
120Ω 1/16W J
18kΩ 1/16W J
120Ω 1/16W J
18kΩ 1/16W J
470kΩ 1/4W J
330kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
100kΩ 1/4W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1MΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/4W J
3.3kΩ 1/4W J
33kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
560Ω 1/16W J
560Ω 1/16W J
5.6kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
22kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
4.7MΩ 1/2W K
220kΩ 1/4W J
220kΩ 1/4W J
68kΩ 1/4W J
68kΩ 2W J
0.27Ω 1W J
330Ω 1/2W J
1.5kΩ 1/16W J
680Ω 1/16W J
220kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
220Ω 1/16W J
100kΩ 1/16W J
220Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
12kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1.2kΩ 1/16W J
180Ω 1/4W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
(No.YD008)3-11
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
R5319
R5320
R5321
R5325
R6020
R6021
R6030
R6031
R6050
R6051
R6054
R6055
R6502
R7134
R7135
R7137
R7154
R7155
R7156
R7164
R7165
R7166
R7173
R7174
R7175
R7176
R7177
R7179
R7183
R7184
R7501
R7502
R7503
R7504
R7506
R8001
R8002
R8003
R8004
R8005
R8006
R8007
R8008
R8009
R8010
R8013
R8014
R8015
R8016
R8017
R8018
R8052
R8053
R8054
R8055
R8201
R8202
R8203
R8204
R8205
R8206
R8207
R8214
R8215
R8216
R8217
R8221
R8222
R8223
R8227
R8250
R8251
R8252
R8259
R8260
R8262
R8263
R8301
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-560X
NRSA63J-153X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-0R0X
QRE141J-102Y
NRSA63J-122X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-750X
NRSA63J-221X
NRSA63J-221X
QRE141J-750Y
NRSA63J-750X
NRSA63J-103X
QRE141J-750Y
QRE141J-750Y
QRE141J-750Y
NRSA63J-181X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-181X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-820X
NRSA63J-820X
NRSA63J-181X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA02J-100X
NRSA63J-301X
NRSA63J-301X
NRSA63J-820X
NRSA63J-330X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-272X
NRSA63J-272X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-332X
NRSA63J-392X
NRSA63J-392X
NRSA63J-273X
NRSA63J-273X
NRSA63J-821X
NRSA63J-821X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-562X
NRSA63J-562X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-182X
NRSA63J-182X
NRSA63J-182X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-222X
QRE141J-4R7Y
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
C RESISTOR
3-12(No.YD008)
Description
56Ω 1/16W J
15kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/4W J
1.2kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
75Ω 1/16W J
220Ω 1/16W J
220Ω 1/16W J
75Ω 1/4W J
75Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
75Ω 1/4W J
75Ω 1/4W J
75Ω 1/4W J
180Ω 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
180Ω 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
82Ω 1/16W J
82Ω 1/16W J
180Ω 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
10Ω 1/10W J
300Ω 1/16W J
300Ω 1/16W J
82Ω 1/16W J
33Ω 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
2.7kΩ 1/16W J
2.7kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
3.3kΩ 1/16W J
3.9kΩ 1/16W J
3.9kΩ 1/16W J
27kΩ 1/16W J
27kΩ 1/16W J
820Ω 1/16W J
820Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
5.6kΩ 1/16W J
5.6kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
4.7Ω 1/4W J
Local
C,D,E
C,D,E
C,D,E
C,D,E
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
L5
L7
L10
L201
L2251
L4001
L5201
L5202
L5203
L5303
L7101
L7103
L7501
T2051
 T5001
QQL29BJ-100Z
QQL071J-120Y
QQL29BJ-100Z
QQL231J-150Y
QQL29BJ-100Z
QQL231K-1R0Y
PELN1184
PELN1184
PELN1184
QQL231J-220Y
QQL29BJ-100Z
QQL29BJ-100Z
QQL231K-1R0Y
PELN0832
QQS0219-001
P COIL
COIL
P COIL
COIL
P COIL
COIL
CHOKE COIL
CHOKE COIL
CHOKE COIL
COIL
P COIL
P COIL
COIL
OSC TRANS
SW TRANSF
B10
B3003
B5301
B5303
B5393
B6024
B6025
B7501
B7502
 CD1
CN1
CN2001
CN2002
CN3001
CN3102
CN7103
CN7301
CN7302
CN8301
 CP3002
 CP3101
 CP4002
 CP5303
 CP5304
 F5001
FC5001
FC5002
HS1
J7002
J7004
J7005
J7009
JS3001
K5101
 LF5002
OT1
OT2
OT3
S3001
SD1
TU6001
 VA5001
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
W18
W20
W22
W23
W24
W25
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
QMPD530-172-JD
QGF1201C2-09
QGF1207C1-06
QGB2532J1-02
QGB2032M4-12
QGF1207C1-22
QGF1207C1-10
QGF1016C3-19
QGF1016C3-17
QGF1016C3-05
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
QMF51N2-1R25-J1
QNG0020-001Z
QNG0020-001Z
LP40090-001A
QNN0586-001
QNZ0652-001
QNN0587-002
QNN0347-001
QSW0954-003
QQR0678-001Z
QQR0932-001
LP31158-001A
LP31185-001A
QYTDST3006Z
QSW0602-004
LP31179-001A
QAU0336-001
QAF0039-431Z
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
POWER CORD(US/CA)
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE CLIP
FUSE CLIP
HEAT SINK
PIN JACK
AV JACK
PIN JACK
SURROUND JACK
ROTARY ENCODER
FERRITE BEADS
LINE FILTER
BOSS(MECHA) 1
BOSS(MECHA) 2
TAP SCREW
PUSH SWITCH
SHILD PLATE(PRE/REC)
TUNER
VARISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
Description
0.40Ω 10uH J
1.50Ω 12uH J
0.40Ω 10uH J
2.50Ω 15uH J
0.40Ω 10uH J
0.80Ω 1uH K
3.4Ω 22uH J
0.40Ω 10uH J
0.40Ω 10uH J
0.80Ω 1uH K
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
1.72m BLACK
FFC/FPC (1-9)
FFC/FPC (1-6)
B-B (1-2)
B-B (1-12)
FFC/FPC (1-22)
FFC/FPC (1-10)
FFC/FPC (1-19)
FFC/FPC (1-17)
FFC/FPC (1-5)
1A 50V
1A 50V
1A 50V
1A 50V
1A 50V
1.25A AC250V
Q5101
A/V IN OUT
DVD/VCR OUT
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
COAX OUT
(x2)
3M x 6mm Q5101
REC.SAFETY
430V
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
Local
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
W26
W27
W28
W29
W30
W31
W32
W33
W34
W35
W36
W37
W39
W40
W42
W44
W45
W48
W49
W51
WR6
X2
X3001
X3002
X8201
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
QUB351-08Z4Z4
QAX0739-001
QAX0444-001
QAX0527-001
QAX0246-001Z
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
SIN TWIST WIRE
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
C RESONATOR
Description
Local
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
Q7011
Q7011
Q7012
Q7012
Q7012
Q7013
Q7013
Q7013
Q7014
Q7014
Q7014
3.57MHz
32.768kHz
10.000000MHz
8.00MHz
A/C HEAD BOARD ASSEMBLY <12>
 Symbol No.
PW1
Part No.
Part Name
LPA10158-01A1
A/C HEAD BOARD ASSY
Description
Local
DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY <28>
 Symbol No.
PW1
Part No.
Part Name
LPA10228-01A1
DISPLAY BOARD ASSY
IC7002
GP1UM281XK
IC7002 or PNA4652M00XB
IR DETECT UNIT
IR DETECT UNIT
Q7001
Q7001
Q7001
Q7002
Q7002
Q7002
Q7003
Q7003
Q7003
Q7004
Q7004
Q7004
Q7005
Q7005
Q7005
Q7006
Q7006
Q7006
Q7007
Q7007
Q7007
Q7008
Q7008
Q7008
Q7009
Q7009
Q7009
Q7010
Q7010
Q7010
Q7011
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
SI TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SA1037AK/QR/-X
or 2SB709A/QR/-X
or 2SA1530A/QR/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
Description
38kHz
38kHz
 Symbol No.
Local
Part No.
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
2SC2412K/QRS/-X
or 2SD601A/QRS/-X
or 2SC3928A/QRS/-X
Part Name
Description
Local
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
D7006
SLR-343MC-T
LED
DVD
C7011
QEKJ0JM-476Z
E CAPACITOR
47uF 6.3V M
R7001
R7002
R7003
R7004
R7005
R7006
R7007
R7010
R7011
R7012
R7013
R7014
R7015
R7020
R7021
R7022
R7023
R7031
R7032
R7033
R7034
R7035
R7036
R7037
R7040
R7041
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-122X
NRSA63J-182X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-272X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-122X
NRSA63J-182X
NRSA63J-222X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-331X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1.2kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
2.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
1.2kΩ 1/16W J
1.8kΩ 1/16W J
2.2kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
CN7003
DI7001
S7001
S7002
S7003
S7004
S7005
S7006
S7010
S7011
S7012
S7013
QGF1208F1-22
LTG-0376M-J
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
CONNECTOR
LED
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
FFC/FPC (1-22)
OPEN/CLOSE
PROGRESSIVE SCAN
CH+
FF
REW
REC
CHPLAY
STOP
VCR/DVD
DVD BRACKET BOARD ASSEMBLY <31>
 Symbol No.
PW1
Part No.
Part Name
Description
LPA10228-01A3
DVD BRACKET BOARD ASSY
Local
JACK BOARD ASSEMBLY <36>
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
PW1
LPA10228-01A2
JACK BOARD ASSY
D7005
SLR-343MC-T
LED
R7025
R7042
NRSA63J-472X
NRSA63J-331X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
Description
Local
VHS
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
(No.YD008)3-13
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
R7191
NRSA63J-750X
MG RESISTOR
75Ω 1/16W J
CN7191
J7191
S7014
S7015
QGF1201F2-10
QNN0591-002
QSW1061-001Z
QSW1061-001Z
CONNECTOR
PIN JACK
TACT SWITCH
TACT SWITCH
FFC/FPC (1-10)
AV IN
POWER
EJECT
Local
LOADING MOTOR BOARD ASSEMBLY <55>
 Symbol No.
PW1
Part No.
Part Name
Description
LPA10158-01A2
LOADING MOTOR BOARD ASSY
Local
SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY <98>
 Symbol No.
CN1
S1
Part No.
Part Name
QGF1016F3-05
QSW1007-001
CONNECTOR
DETECT SWITCH
Description
Local
FFC/FPC (1-5)
DET SW
DVD SERVO CONTROL BOARD ASSEMBLY <99>
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
IC201
IC301
IC302
IC453
IC505
IC505
IC505
IC509
IC701
LA6502-X
MN2DS0003AA-H
LM1117MP-ADJ-X
S-80827CNNB-W
K4S641632F-TC75
or K4S641632H-TC75
or HY57V641620HGT7
AT49LV1614R0012
AK4384VT-X
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC(DIGITAL)
IC(DIGITAL)
IC
IC (FLASH)
IC
Q101
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q103
Q104
Q105
KTA1001/Y/-X
or 2SB1424/R/-W
2SC4617/R/-X
KTA1001/Y/-X
or 2SB1424/R/-W
2SC4617/R/-X
UN2119-X
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C111
C204
C205
C206
C208
C211
C212
C217
C251
C253
C255
C256
C257
C258
C259
C260
C261
C262
C264
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NEA70JM-476X
NEA70JM-476X
NCB31CK-104X
NEA70JM-476X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31HK-271X
NDC31HJ-151X
NCB31HK-561X
NCB31HK-223X
NCB31CK-103X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31AK-474X
NCB31HK-561X
NCB31CK-153X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31HK-822X
NCB31CK-153X
NCB31CK-153X
NCB31EK-223X
NCB31EK-223X
NCB31EK-223X
NEA70JM-227X
3-14(No.YD008)
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
Description
1.5v REG
CMOS SDRAM
(SERVICE)
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
47uF 6.3V M
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 16V K
47uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
270pF 50V K
150pF 50V J
560pF 50V K
0.022uF 50V K
0.01uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.47uF 10V K
560pF 50V K
0.015uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
8200pF 50V K
0.015uF 16V K
0.015uF 16V K
0.022uF 25V K
0.022uF 25V K
0.022uF 25V K
220uF 6.3V M
Local
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
C301
C302
C303
C304
C305
C306
C307
C308
C309
C310
C311
C312
C313
C314
C315
C316
C317
C318
C319
C320
C321
C322
C323
C324
C325
C326
C327
C330
C331
C332
C333
C334
C335
C337
C338
C339
C340
C341
C347
C348
C349
C350
C356
C359
C371
C374
C391
C392
C455
C505
C506
C507
C508
C509
C510
C547
C551
C552
C553
C554
C555
C556
C557
C558
C559
C701
C704
C706
C707
C721
C902
C903
C904
C906
NEA70GM-227X
NEA70GM-476X
NEA70GM-476X
NCB31CK-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB21CK-105X
NDC31HJ-180X
NDC31HJ-150X
NCB31HK-103X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-333X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-183X
NCB31HK-562X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB21CK-105X
NCB30JK-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB21CK-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB21CK-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-103X
NDC31HJ-330X
NDC31HJ-330X
NDC31HJ-330X
NDC31HJ-330X
NDC31HJ-330X
NDC31HJ-330X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NBE20JM-226X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCF31AZ-105X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NEA70JM-227X
NEA71CM-106X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31HK-102X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
NCB31CK-104X
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
TA E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
E CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
C CAPACITOR
220uF 4V M
47uF 4V M
47uF 4V M
1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 16V K
18pF 50V J
15pF 50V J
0.01uF 50V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.033uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.018uF 16V K
5600pF 50V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 16V K
1uF 6.3V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.01uF 16V K
33pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
33pF 50V J
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
22uF 6.3V M
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
1uF 10V Z
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
220uF 6.3V M
10uF 16V M
0.1uF 16V K
1000pF 50V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
0.1uF 16V K
R101
R102
R103
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-243X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
24kΩ 1/16W J
Local
MODEL MARK MODEL MARK
HR-XVC22UC A HR-XVC27UC D
HR-XVC23UC B HR-XVC27US E
HR-XVC26US C
 Symbol No.
R104
R105
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
R116
R117
R118
R119
R120
R122
R123
R125
R126
R128
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R213
R214
R215
R219
R220
R221
R251
R252
R254
R255
R257
R259
R302
R303
R306
R307
R308
R309
R310
R312
R313
R314
R315
R316
R317
R318
R319
R320
R322
R323
R325
R326
R333
R334
R335
R336
R337
R338
R339
R340
R341
R342
R343
R344
R345
R351
R352
R357
R358
R361
R362
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-303X
NRS125J-270X
NRSA63J-2R2X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-243X
NRSA63J-303X
NRS125J-270X
NRSA63J-2R2X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-331X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRS125J-1R0X
NRSA02J-181X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-273X
NRSA63J-273X
NRSA63J-303X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-223X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-183X
NRSA63J-243X
NRSA63J-682X
NRS125J-R47X
NRSA63J-2R2X
NRSA63J-203X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-240X
NRSA63J-270X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-223X
NRSA63J-104X
NRS125J-R47X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-333X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-331X
NRSA63J-331X
NRSA63J-163X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63D-303X
NRSA63D-362X
NRSA63D-222X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-6R8X
NQR0129-002X
NRSA63J-681X
NRSA63J-105X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-331X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
FERRITE BEADS
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
Description
30kΩ 1/16W J
27Ω 1/2W J
2.2Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
24kΩ 1/16W J
30kΩ 1/16W J
27Ω 1/2W J
2.2Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
1Ω 1/2W J
180Ω 1/10W J
0Ω 1/16W J
27kΩ 1/16W J
27kΩ 1/16W J
30kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
22kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
18kΩ 1/16W J
24kΩ 1/16W J
6.8kΩ 1/16W J
0.47Ω 1/2W J
2.2Ω 1/16W J
20kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
24Ω 1/16W J
27Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
22kΩ 1/16W J
100kΩ 1/16W J
0.47Ω 1/2W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
33kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
10kΩ 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
16kΩ 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
150Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
30kΩ 1/16W D
3.6kΩ 1/16W D
2.2kΩ 1/16W D
0Ω 1/16W J
6.8Ω 1/16W J
Local
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
R363
R372
R373
R378
R379
R384
R385
R390
R391
R392
R393
R394
R395
R457
R458
R501
R502
R503
R510
R551
R553
R554
R555
R556
R557
R558
R701
R702
R710
R711
R712
R713
R716
R718
R719
R909
R911
NRSA63J-151X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-472X
NAD0025-103X
NRSA63J-103X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA02J-0R0X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-471X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-102X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NRSA63J-102X
NRSA63J-100X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-100X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA63J-473X
NRSA63J-0R0X
NRSA02J-0R0X
NRSA02J-0R0X
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
N THERMISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
150Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
4.7kΩ 1/16W J
10kΩ
10kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/10W J
0Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
470Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
1kΩ 1/16W J
L501
NQL044K-100X
COIL
0.26Ω 10uH K
CN101
CN201
CN501
CN503
K101
K102
K301
K302
K303
K304
K501
K551
K552
K553
K554
K555
K556
X351
OT1
QGF0523F1-24W
QGF1016F2-08W
QGF1016F2-19W
QGF1016F2-17W
NRSA02J-0R0X
NRSA02J-0R0X
NQR0354-001X
NRSA63J-101X
NRSA63J-101X
NQR0354-001X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0129-002X
NQR0022-005X
NQR0129-002X
NAX0550-001X
VPZ4011-003
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
FERRITE BEADS
MG RESISTOR
MG RESISTOR
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE BEADS
CRYSTAL
SERIAL LABEL
Local
1kΩ 1/16W J
10Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
10Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
47kΩ 1/16W J
0Ω 1/16W J
0Ω 1/10W J
0Ω 1/10W J
FFC/FPC (1-24)
FFC/FPC (1-8)
FFC/FPC (1-19)
FFC/FPC (1-17)
0Ω 1/10W J
0Ω 1/10W J
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
27.000MHz
680Ω 1/16W J
1MΩ 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
100Ω 1/16W J
330Ω 1/16W J
(No.YD008)3-15
Filename [XVC26U_02Cov1.fm]
XVC26U_02Cov1.fm Page 1 Thursday, January 8, 2004 2:54 PM
DVD PLAYER &
VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
HR-XVC26U
For Customer Use:
INSTRUCTIONS
Enter below the Model No. and
Serial No. which are located on the
rear of cabinet. Retain this
information for future reference.
Model No.
Serial No.
LPT0892-001A
Filename [XVC26U_03Safety.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC26U_03Safety.fm Page 2 Thursday, January 8, 2004 2:53 PM
2 EN
Dear Customer,
Thank you for purchasing the JVC DVD player & VHS video
cassette recorder. Before use, please read the safety
information and precautions to ensure safe use of your new
unit.
CAUTIONS
CAUTION:
THIS PRODUCT USES A LASER SYSTEM.
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR
PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR
YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
REPRODUCTION OF LABELS
WARNING LABEL INSIDE OF THE UNIT
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol,
within an equilateral triangle, is intended to
alert the user to the presence of uninsulated
“dangerous voltage” within the product’s
enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude
to constitute a risk of electric shock to
persons.
Declaration of Conformity
Model Number:
HR-XVC26U
Trade Name:
JVC
Responsible Party: JVC Americas Corp.
Address:
1700 Valley Road Wayne, N.J. 07470
Telephone Number: 973-317-5000
The exclamation point within an equilateral
triangle is intended to alert the user to the
presence of important operating and
maintenance (servicing) instructions in the
literature accompanying the appliance.
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING:
TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO
NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO RAIN OR
MOISTURE.
CAUTION:
This unit should be used with AC 120Vd, 60Hz only.
To prevent electric shocks and fire hazards, DO NOT use any
other power source.
CAUTION:
TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF
PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY INSERT.
ATTENTION:
POUR ÉVITER LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA
LAME LA PLUS LARGE DE LA FICHE DANS LA BORNE
CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU
FOND.
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with
the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and
can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more
of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and
receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit
different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician for help.
Note to CATV system installer:
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s
attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines
for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable
ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the
building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.
CAUTION:
Changes or modifications not approved by JVC could void
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Page 2
8 January 2004 2:53 pm
Filename [XVC27U_03Safety.fm]
XVC27U_01.book Page 3 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
EN
IMPORTANT PRODUCT
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Electrical energy can perform many useful functions. But
improper use can result in potential electrical shock or fire
hazards. This product has been engineered and manufactured to
assure your personal safety. In order not to defeat the built-in
safeguards, observe the following basic rules for its installation,
use and servicing.
ATTENTION
Follow and obey all warnings and instructions marked on your
product and its operating instructions. For your safety, please
read all the safety and operating instructions before you operate
this product and keep this booklet for future reference.
INSTALLATION
1. Grounding or Polarization
(A) Your product may be equipped with a polarized alternatingcurrent line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the
other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way.
This is a safety feature.
If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try
reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact
your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not
defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug.
(B) Your product may be equipped with a 3-wire grounding-type
plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin. This plug will
only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This is a safety
feature.
If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact
your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not
defeat the safety purpose of the grounding-type plug.
2. Power Sources
Operate your product only from the type of power source
indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of
power supply to your home, consult your product dealer or local
power company. If your product is intended to operate from
battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating
instructions.
3
5. Ventilation
Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation. To
ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from
overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered.
● Do not block the openings by placing the product on a bed,
sofa, rug or other similar surface.
● Do not place the product in a built-in installation such as a
bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the
manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.
6. Wall or Ceiling Mounting
The product should be mounted to a wall or ceiling only as
recommended by the manufacturer.
ANTENNA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. Outdoor Antenna Grounding
If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the
product, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as
to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up
static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/
NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper grounding
of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in
wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding connectors,
location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding
electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.
2. Lightning
For added protection for this product during a lightning storm, or
when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time,
unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or
cable system. This will prevent damage to the product due to
lightning and power-line surges.
3. Power Lines
An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity
of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits,
or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When
installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be
taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as
contact with them might be fatal.
3. Overloading
Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral
convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or
electric shock.
4. Power Cord Protection
Power supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely
to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against
them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience
receptacles, and the point where they exit from the product.
Page 3
5 January 2004 3:42 pm
Filename [XVC27U_03Safety.fm]
Masterpage:Left-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 4 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
4 EN
USE
SERVICING
1. Accessories
To avoid personal injury:
● Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod,
bracket, or table. It may fall, causing serious injury to a child
or adult, and serious damage to the product.
● Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table
recommended by the manufacturer or sold with the product.
● Use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer
and follow the manufacturer’s instructions for any mounting of
the product.
● Do not try to roll a cart with small casters across thresholds or
deep-pile carpets.
1. Servicing
If your product is not operating correctly or exhibits a marked
change in performance and you are unable to restore normal
operation by following the detailed procedure in its operating
instructions, do not attempt to service it yourself as opening or
removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other
hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
2. Product and Cart Combination
A product and cart combination should
be moved with care. Quick stops,
excessive force, and uneven surfaces
may cause the product and cart
combination to overturn.
3. Water and Moisture
Do not use this product near water—for example, near a bath
tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement,
or near a swimming pool and the like.
4. Object and Liquid Entry
Never push objects of any kind into this product through
openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or shortout parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill
liquid of any kind on the product.
5. Attachments
Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer
of this product as they may cause hazards.
6. Cleaning
Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not
use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for
cleaning.
7. Heat
The product should be situated away from heat sources such as
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including
amplifiers) that produce heat.
2. Damage Requiring Service
Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to
qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
a. When the power supply cord or plug is damaged.
b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the
product.
c. If the product has been exposed to rain or water.
d. If the product does not operate normally by following the
operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are
covered by the operating instructions as an improper
adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will
often require extensive work by a qualified technician to
restore the product to its normal operation.
e. If the product has been dropped or damaged in any way.
f. When the product exhibits a distinct change in
performance—this indicates a need for service.
3. Replacement Parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service
technician has used replacement parts specified by the
manufacturer or which have the same characteristics as the
original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire,
electric shock or other hazards.
4. Safety Check
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product, ask
the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that
the product is in safe operating condition.
HOW TO USE THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL
● All major sections and subsections are listed in the Table Of
Contents on page 6. Use this when searching for information
on a specific procedure or feature.
● The Index on pages 10 – 13 lists frequently-used terms, and
the number of the page on which they are used or explained in
the manual. This section also illustrates the controls and
connections on the front and rear panel, the front display
panel and the remote control.
● The 墌 mark signals a reference to another page for
instructions or related information.
● Operation buttons necessary for the various procedures are
clearly indicated through the use of illustrations at the
beginning of each major section.
BEFORE YOU INSTALL YOUR NEW UNIT . . .
. . . please read the sections/literature listed below.
● “CAUTIONS” on page 2
● “IMPORTANT PRODUCT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS” on
pages 3 – 4
Page 4
5 January 2004 3:42 pm
Filename [XVC27U_03Safety.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 5 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
DSSTM is an official trademark of DIRECTV, Inc., a unit of GM
Hughes Electronics. DISH NetworkTM is a trademark of Echostar
Communications Corporation.
5
7. DO NOT place any naked flame sources, such as
lighted candles, on the apparatus.
8. AVOID violent shocks to the unit during transport.
MOISTURE CONDENSATION
● Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories.
● “DTS” and “DTS 2.0 + Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital
Theater Systems, Inc.
● Cassettes marked “VHS” (or “S-VHS”) can be used with this
unit. However, S-VHS recording is not possible with this
model.
● This model is equipped with SQPB (S-VHS QUASI PLAYBACK)
that makes it possible to play back S-VHS recordings with
regular VHS resolution.
● HQ VHS is compatible with existing VHS equipment.
● This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision
Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright
protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision
Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited
viewing users only unless otherwise authorized by
Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly
is prohibited.
Moisture in the air will condense on the unit when you
move it from a cold place to a warm place, or under
extremely humid conditions—just as water droplets form
in the surface of a glass filled with cold liquid. Moisture
condensation on the head drum will cause damage to the
tape. In conditions where condensation may occur, keep
the unit turned on for a few hours to let the moisture dry.
ATTENTION
To mobile phone users:
Using a mobile phone in the vicinity of the unit may
cause picture vibration on the TV screen or change
the screen to a blue back display.
On placing the unit:
Some TVs or other appliances generates strong
magnetic fields. Do not place such appliance on top
of the unit as it may cause picture disturbance.
When the equipment is installed in a cabinet or a shelf,
make sure that it has sufficient space on all sides to allow
for ventilation (10 cm or more on both sides, on top and
at the rear.)
When discarding batteries, environmental problems must
be considered and the local rules or laws governing the
disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.
Failure to heed the following precautions may result in
damage to the unit, Remote or video cassette.
1. DO NOT place the unit —
— in an environment prone to extreme temperatures
or humidity.
— in direct sunlight.
— in a dusty environment.
— in an environment where strong magnetic fields are
generated.
— on a surface that is unstable or subject to vibration.
2. DO NOT block the unit’s ventilation openings or
holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to
get out.)
3. DO NOT place heavy objects on the unit or Remote.
4. DO NOT place anything which might spill on top of
the unit or Remote.
(If water or liquid is allowed to enter this equipment,
fire or electric shock may be caused.)
5. DO NOT expose the apparatus to dripping or
splashing.
6. DO NOT use this equipment in a bathroom or places
with water. Also DO NOT place any containers filled
with water or liquids (such as cosmetics or medicines,
flower vases, potted plants, cups, etc.) on top of this
unit.
Page 5
5 January 2004 3:42 pm
Filename [XVC27U_04TOC.fm]
Masterpage:Left
XVC27U_01.book Page 6 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
6 EN
DISC INFORMATION
CONTENTS
7
About Discs ......................................................... 7
EDITING (VCR DECK)
68
INDEX
10
Edit From A Camcorder ..................................... 68
Edit To Or From Another Video Recorder .......... 69
Dubbing (from DVD to VCR) ............................. 70
INSTALLING YOUR NEW UNIT
14
EDITING (DVD DECK)
Basic Connections ............................................. 14
S-VIDEO Connection (DVD deck only) ............. 15
Component Video Connection
(DVD deck only) ............................................ 16
INITIAL SETTINGS
17
Plug & Play Set .................................................. 17
Monitor Set (DVD deck) .................................... 18
Language ........................................................... 20
Clock Set ........................................................... 24
Tuner Set ........................................................... 26
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK
28
Basic Playback .................................................. 28
Playback Features .............................................. 29
Basic Recording ................................................ 33
Recording Features ............................................ 34
Express Timer Programing ................................. 36
Satellite Auto Recording .................................... 41
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK
42
Basic Playback .................................................. 42
Playback Features .............................................. 43
Using the on-screen bar .................................... 48
Parental Lock .................................................... 58
About MP3 Disc ................................................ 62
MP3 Playback ................................................... 63
About JPEG Disc ............................................... 65
JPEG Playback ................................................... 66
Page 6
71
Digital Audio Dubbing ...................................... 71
REMOTE
72
Remote Control Functions ................................. 72
Connecting To A Dolby Digital Decoder or
An Amplifier With A Built-in DTS
(DVD deck only) ............................................ 73
SUBSIDIARY SETTINGS
74
Mode Set (VCR deck) ......................................... 74
Mode Set (DVD deck) ........................................ 77
Child Lock ......................................................... 80
Scan Mode Set (DVD deck) ............................... 80
TROUBLESHOOTING
81
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
86
SPECIFICATIONS
87
LIST OF TERMS
88
FOR SERVICING (Only in U.S.A.)
90
WARRANTY (Only in U.S.A.)
91
January 5, 2004 3:49 pm
Filename [XVC27U_05DiscInfo.fm]
Masterpage:Right0
XVC27U_05DiscInfo.fm Page 7 Thursday, January 15, 2004 11:34 AM
EN
DISC INFORMATION
About Discs
Playable Discs
You can use the discs with the following logos for playback only.
DVD VIDEO
(8 cm /12 cm disc)
Video CD/Super Video CD
(8 cm /12 cm disc)
7
Unplayable Discs
The following types of discs cannot be played using this unit.
Do not attempt to play back any kind of disc that is damaged
(cracked, warped, or repaired with adhesive tape) or discs in
unusual shapes (heart-shaped, octagonal, or other forms). If such
discs are accidentally played back, it may cause noise that can
lead to speaker damage.
● CD-ROM discs (including PHOTO-CD)
● DVD AUDIO discs
● Super Audio CDs (SACD)
● DVD-RW discs recorded in VR format
● DVD-RAM
● Discs which have a region number other than “1”
Region Number
Audio CD
(8 cm /12 cm disc)
CD-DA
files
● The following discs also can be played back.
• DVD-R/RW discs recorded in DVD VIDEO format and
finalized
• CD-R/RW discs recorded in Super Video CD, Video CD or
Audio CD format and finalized.
• CD-R/RW discs recorded in MP3 format in accordance with
the “ISO 9660” format. (See page 62 for details.)
• CD-R/RW discs recorded in JPEG format in accordance with
the “ISO 9660” format. (See page 65 for details.)
● Discs other than the above cannot be played back.
● Operation and audio quality of this unit are not guaranteed for
discs that do not conform to the Compact Disc specification
(CD-DA).
Before you play back a CD, check for the CD logo and read
the notes on the package to confirm that it conforms to the
Compact Disc specification.
● Depending on the intentions of the author of the software,
recording conditions of DVD discs and Video CD discs may
be restricted. Since this unit plays back discs according to the
intentions of the author of the software as indicated on the
disc, some functions may not operate as commanded.
● When switching from the first layer to the second layer of
double-layered DVD VIDEO discs, the image and sound may
be momentarily distorted. This is not a malfunction.
Page 7
The world is divided into 6 regions for DVD VIDEO discs. DVD
VIDEO discs are assigned a region number to indicate which
region they may be played back in. A disc cannot be played
back on this unit unless the region number of the disc matches
that of the unit. The region number for this unit is “1”. Only discs
whose region number includes “1” can be played back such as
shown below.
Examples of DVD VIDEO labels which can be played back using
this unit.
Marks of discs in this instruction manual
Allows operation
with a DVD VIDEO
disc.
Allows operation
with a Audio CD
disc.
Allows operation
with a Video CD
disc.
Allows operation
with a SVCD disc.
Allows operation
with a disc
including MP3 files.
Allows operation
with a disc
including JPEG files.
15 January 2004 11:33 am
Filename [XVC27U_05DiscInfo.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 8 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
8 EN
DISC INFORMATION (cont.)
DVD VIDEO Marks
File Structure of Discs
Sometimes marks are printed on a DVD disc and/or on its
packaging to indicate information regarding the contents and
functions of a disc. Check marks indicating the contents and
functions of a disc. Note, however, that in some cases a disc may
not include a mark even for a function it supports.
DVD VIDEO
Marks related to video
Mark
Typically, DVD VIDEO discs are made up of larger units called
“titles”. Each title has a number (title number) that can be used
to select desired titles. Titles are further divided into units called
“chapters”. Each chapter has a number (chapter number) that
can also be used to select desired chapters. Note that some discs
are not divided into titles and chapters.
Title 1
Description
Number of subtitles
Number of angles
Recorded under the standard 4:3 aspect
ratio
Screen includes black bands at top and
bottom of image which has a standard 4:3
aspect ratio (letter box)
Video playback is in Wide video mode
(16:9) on wide televisions, but in letter
box on televisions with standard 4:3
aspect ratio.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Title 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Audio CD/Video CD
Typically, Audio CD discs are divided into separate tracks each
containing one song. Each track is assigned a number. For
example, the third track is Track 3. The same is true for Video
CD discs.
Track 1
Track 2
Track 3
Track 4
NOTE:
Video CD discs that support Playback Control (PBC)
The still image or motion image which follows a menu screen is
called a “scene”. Each scene has a scene number.
For more details, refer to “Locating a desired scene using the
menu of the Video CD with PBC” (墌 pg. 43).
Video playback is in Wide video mode
(16:9) on wide televisions, but pan and
scan is used on televisions with standard
4:3 aspect ratio (either the left or right side
of the image is cut-out).
Marks related to audio
Mark
Description
Number of audio tracks
Dolby Digital mark
Dolby Laboratories has developed a
digital surround system for the home. This
mark indicates that you may enjoy 5.1channel audio (front left and right, center,
rear left and right, and a channel for LFE
(Low-Frequency Effects)).
DTS (Digital Theater System)
The DTS decoder on this unit enables you
to enjoy DTS audio with the connected
TV’s speakers by converting 5.1 channel
audio signals into 2 channel signals (DTS
Down Mixing). The decoder also outputs
the original DTS 5.1 channel audio signals
from the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
connector on this unit.
Page 8
6 January 2004 7:32 pm
Filename [XVC27U_05DiscInfo.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_05DiscInfo.fm Page 9 Thursday, January 15, 2004 11:34 AM
EN
Placing a Disc
Care and Handling of Discs
1 Open the disc tray.
How to handle discs
Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
x
9
When handling a disc, do
not touch the surface of the
disc. Since discs are made
of plastic, they are easily
damaged. If a disc gets dirty,
dusty, scratched or warped,
the images and sound will
not be picked up correctly,
and such a disc may cause the unit to malfunction.
Label side
Do not damage the label side, stick paper to or use any adhesive
on its surface.
● Pressing the button again closes the disc tray.
● Do not block the disc tray with your hand while it is opening
or closing as this may result in hardware failure.
● Do not place unplayable discs or any object other than a disc
in the disc tray.
● Do not press down strongly on the disc tray or place any heavy
objects on it.
2 Place the disc.
Place the disc in the disc tray
with the label side facing up.
● Since disc size changes depending
on the disc to be played back, be
sure to correctly align the disc with
the grooves for its size. If the disc is
not in its groove, it may be
scratched or otherwise damaged.
● To insert an 8 cm disc, place it
according to the inner groove.
Page 9
Storage
Make sure that discs are kept in their cases. If discs are piled on
top of one another without their protective cases, they can be
damaged. Do not put discs in a location where they may be
exposed to direct sunlight, or in a place where the humidity or
temperature is high. Avoid leaving discs in your car!
Maintenance of discs
If there are fingerprints or other dirt
adhering to a disc, wipe with a soft dry
cloth, moving from the center outwards.
If a disc is difficult to clean, wipe with a
cloth moistened with water. Never use
record cleaners, petrol, alcohol or any
anti-static agents.
CAUTION
Sometimes during playback, noise or images may be garbled.
This is sometimes due to the disc. (It may not be up to
industry standards.)
These symptoms are caused by the discs, not by the
malfunction of the unit.
15 January 2004 11:33 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
XVC27U_01.book Page 10 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
10 EN
Masterpage:Left0
INDEX
FRONT VIEW
A Power Button (POWER (1)) 墌 pg. 18
B VCR Indicator 墌 pg. 28, 33
C VHS Cassette Loading Slot
D VCR/DVD Button 墌 pg. 28, 33, 42
E Disc Tray
F Stop Button (STOP (8)) 墌 pg. 28, 33, 42
G DVD Indicator 墌 pg. 42
H Play Button (PLAY (4)) 墌 pg. 28, 42
I DVD Open/Close Button (OPEN/CLOSE (x))
墌 pg. 42
J VHS Eject Button (EJECT (x)) 墌 pg. 28, 33
Page 10
K Video/Audio Input Connectors (VIDEO/AUDIO)
墌 pg. 68
L Remote Sensor
M Front Display Panel 墌 pg. 11
N Record Button (REC (7)) 墌 pg. 33
O Rewind Button (REW (3)) 墌 pg. 28, 29, 44
P Fast Forward Button (FF (5)) 墌 pg. 28, 29, 44
Q Channel Button (CH +/–) 墌 pg. 33
R Progressive Scan Button (PROGRESSIVE SCAN)
墌 pg. 80
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 11 Tuesday, January 13, 2004 11:48 AM
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
EN
11
REAR VIEW
A Region Number Label 墌 pg. 7
B AC Power Cord 墌 pg. 14
C S-video Output Connector (S VIDEO OUTPUT)*
墌 pg. 15
D Audio/Video Output Connectors (AUDIO/
VIDEO OUTPUT) 墌 pg. 14, 15, 16, 69
E Antenna Input Connector (VHF/UHF IN)
墌 pg. 14
F Digital Audio Output Connector
(DIGITAL AUDIO OUT)* 墌 pg. 71
G Component Video Output Connectors
(COMPONENT VIDEO OUT)* 墌 pg. 16
H Audio Output Connectors (AUDIO OUTPUT
(L/R))*
I Antenna Output Connector (VHF/UHF OUT)
墌 pg. 14
* These connectors are only for DVD deck.
FRONT DISPLAY PANEL
A Operation Mode Indicators
B Channel/Clock
Auxiliary Input Mode Display (F-1) (VCR deck
only)
Counter Display (VCR deck)
Tape Speed (SP/EP) (VCR deck only)
Multi-information window* (DVD deck)
C VCR Indicator 墌 pg. 34
D Progressive Mode Indicator 墌 pg. 80
E “Timer” Indicator (VCR deck only) 墌 pg. 37
F Satellite Auto Recording Indicator (N) (VCR deck
only) 墌 pg. 41
* The current group/title/track/chapter number(s), time and status
information.
Page 11
13 January 2004 11:48 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 12 Tuesday, January 13, 2004 1:57 PM
12 EN
INDEX (cont.)
ON-SCREEN DISPLAY (VCR deck)
If you press ON SCREEN on the Remote when “SUPERIMPOSE” is set to “ON” (墌 pg. 75), various operational
indicators appear on the TV screen.
For On-screen display for DVD deck, refer to “Using the on-screen bar” (墌 pg. 48).
D Index number 墌 pg. 30
E Tape Remaining Time Indicator 墌 pg. 35
F Counter Display
G Audio Mode Display 墌 pg. 32
H SAP Indicator 墌 pg. 35
I Stereo Program Indicator 墌 pg. 35
J Day/Clock Display
K Channel Position Number/Auxiliary Input
Indicator (F-1)
L “Cassette Loaded” Mark
A Operation Mode Indicators
B Tape Speed (SP/EP)
C Tape Position Indicator
The tape position indicator
appears on the TV screen
when you press REW (3)
or FF (5) from the Stop
mode or perform an Index
Search. (墌 pg. 30) The
position of “q” in relation to
“B” (beginning) or “E” (end)
shows you where you are
Beginning
on the tape.
NOTE:
End
Depending on the type of tape being used, the tape position
indicator may not appear correctly.
Page 12
To recall an indication
A Press ON SCREEN.
● All indications corresponding to the current status are
displayed for 5 seconds. After that, the counter
information and RECORD/PAUSE if in the Record Pause
mode, remain on the screen.
B Press ON SCREEN again to clear the display.
● The RECORD/PAUSE indication remains on the screen.
13 January 2004 1:57 pm
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 13 Tuesday, January 13, 2004 11:40 AM
EN
REMOTE
Buttons with a small dot on the left side of the name (POWER
(1), TV/VCR, TV/VCR CH +/–, TV VOL+/–, MUTE) can
also be used to operate a JVC’s TV after setting the TV/VCR/
DVD switch to the left.
A VCR Button 墌 pg. 28, 33
B TV/VCR/DVD switch 墌 pg. 18
C Menu Button (MENU) 墌 pg. 43
D SP/EP Button 墌 pg. 33
Top Menu Button (TOP MENU) 墌 pg. 43
E Stop Time Button (STOP +/–) 墌 pg. 36
On-Screen Button (ON SCREEN) 墌 pg. 12, 48
F Start Time Button (START +/–) 墌 pg. 36
Repeat Button (REPEAT) 墌 pg. 50, 64 67
Zooming Button (ZOOM) 墌 pg. 45
G Number Keys 墌 pg. 27, 33, 64
H Daily Button (DAILY) 墌 pg. 37
I Reset Button (C.RESET) 墌 pg. 35
Cancel Button (CANCEL) 墌 pg. 39
10 Button
J Play Button (PLAY (4)) 墌 pg. 28, 42
K Rewind Button (REW (3)) 墌 pg. 28, 29, 44
Page 13
13
L Stop Button (STOP (8)) 墌 pg. 28, 33, 42
M Record Button (REC (7)) 墌 pg. 33
N Reverse Skip/Index Button (SKIP/INDEX (2))
墌 pg. 30, 43
Review Button (
)
O rt Button 墌 pg. 18
TV/VCR Channel Button (TV/VCR CH +/–)
墌 See the left column
P Set Up Button (SET UP) 墌 pg. 18
Q 3D-Phonic Button (3D-PHONIC) 墌 pg. 46
R TV Volume Button (TV VOL+/–) 墌 See the left
column
S DVD Button 墌 pg. 42
T Power Button (POWER (1)) 墌 pg. 18, left
column
U TV Muting Button (MUTE) 墌 See the left column
Audio Monitor Button (A.MONITOR)
墌 pg. 32, 56, 57
V TV/VCR Button 墌 pg. 34, left column
W Date Button (DATE +/–) 墌 pg. 36
Subtitle Button (SUB TITLE) 墌 pg. 54
Angle Button (ANGLE) 墌 pg. 55
X Channel Button (CH +/–) 墌 pg. 33
Y Programing Button (PROG.) 墌 pg. 36
Z Timer Button (TIMER) 墌 pg. 37
a Weekly Button (WEEKLY) 墌 pg. 37
b Program Check Button (PROG. CHECK)
墌 pg. 38
Return Button (RETURN) 墌 pg. 43
c Satellite Auto Recording Button (REC LINK)
墌 pg. 41
d +10 Button
e Auxiliary Button (AUX) 墌 pg. 68
f Fast Forward Button (FF (5)) 墌 pg. 28, 29, 44
g Pause Button (PAUSE (9)) 墌 pg. 29, 33
h Forward Skip/Index Button (SKIP/INDEX (6))
墌 pg. 30, 43
i ENTER Button 墌 pg. 18
j w e Button 墌 pg. 18
k Display Button (DISPLAY) 墌 pg. 35
l Skip Search Button (SKIP SEARCH) 墌 pg. 30
DVD Picture Button (DVD PICTURE) 墌 pg. 47
How To Use
Before use, insert two AA size batteries into the Remote with
the polarity ( and ) matched correctly as indicated on
the battery compartment or on the lid.
The Remote can operate most of your unit’s functions, as well
as basic functions of TV sets of JVC. (墌 See the left column)
● Point the Remote toward the remote sensor.
● The maximum operating distance of the remote control is
about 8 m.
NOTE:
If the Remote doesn’t work properly, remove its batteries,
wait a short time, replace the batteries and then try again.
13 January 2004 11:39 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_01.book Page 14 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
14 EN
INSTALLING YOUR NEW UNIT
Basic Connections
C Connect the unit to TV.
The connection method you use depends on the type of
TV you have.
Antenna or Cable
RF Connection
Coaxial cable
Flat feeder
Matching transformer
(not supplied)
8 To connect to a TV with NO AV input connectors —
A Disconnect the TV antenna from the TV.
B Connect the TV antenna cable to the VHF/UHF IN
connector on the rear panel of the unit.
C Connect the supplied RF cable between the VHF/UHF
OUT connector on the rear panel of the unit and the
TV’s antenna terminal.
AV Connection
AUDIO
OUTPUT
AC Outlet
AC Power Cord
VIDEO OUTPUT
Back of unit
VHF/UHF
IN
Audio/video cable
(not supplied)
VHF/UHF OUT
To Audio/video
input connectors
● Set your TV to AV mode.
● For switching the TV’s mode, refer to the instruction manual of
your television.
● To obtain high-quality pictures, you can also use the S-VIDEO
connection or Component Video Connection. (DVD deck
only) (墌 pg. 15, 16)
D Connect the unit to power source.
Plug the end of the AC power cord into an AC outlet. This
unit performs Plug & Play Set automatically. (墌 pg. 17)
RF cable
(supplied)
● The clock and tuner channels will automatically be set when
the antenna is connected and when the AC power cord is first
connected to an AC outlet. (If “AUTO” and the channel
indicator are displayed on the front display panel before the
unit is powered on, the clock and tuner channels are being set
automatically. Wait for the time to be displayed on the front
display panel before turning on the unit.)
To 75 ohm
Terminal
E Set the VCR channel.
TV
It’s essential that your unit be properly connected.
THESE STEPS MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE ANY
VIDEO OPERATION CAN BE PERFORMED.
A Check the contents.
Make sure the package contains all of the accessories
listed in “SPECIFICATIONS” on page 87.
B Situate the unit.
8 To connect to a TV with AV input connectors —
A Connect the antenna, unit and TV as per “RF
Connection”.
B Connect an optional audio/video cable between the
AUDIO/VIDEO OUTPUT connectors on the rear
panel of the unit and the TV’s audio/video input
connectors.
The VCR channel is the channel on which you can watch
the picture from the unit on the TV when only using RF
connection.
With RF connection, set the VCR channel to “3 CH” or
“4 CH”.
● The VCR channel is preset to “3 CH”. Set to “4 CH” if the
Channel 3 is used for broadcasting in your area.
With AV connection, set the VCR channel to “– CH” (off).
To set the VCR channel, perform the following steps:
Before performing the following steps:
● Make sure there is no cassette inserted in the unit.
● Make sure the unit is turned on, then press VCR/
DVD on the unit or VCR on the Remote so that the
VCR indicator lights up.
Place the unit on a stable, horizontal surface.
A Press POWER (1) to turn off the unit, then press
STOP (8) on the unit for more than 5 seconds. “3 CH”
appears on the front display panel.
B Press CH +/– on the Remote to select “3 CH”, “4 CH”
or “– CH” (off), then press ENTER.
Page 14
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 15 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:12 AM
EN
8 To connect to a TV with S-VIDEO/AUDIO input
connectors . . .
S-VIDEO
Connection
A Connect the unit to TV.
A Connect the antenna, unit and TV as per “AV
Connection”. (墌 pg. 14)
B Connect the unit’s S VIDEO OUTPUT (DVD)
connector to the TV’s S-VIDEO input connector.
(DVD deck only)
ATTENTION
Be sure to connect the unit’s VIDEO OUTPUT (DVD/
VCR) connector to the TV’s VIDEO input connector.
Coaxial cable
Plug the end of the AC power cord into an AC outlet. This
unit performs Plug & Play Set automatically. (墌 pg. 17)
C Set the VCR channel to off.
Flat feeder
Matching transformer
(not supplied)
AUDIO OUTPUT
AC power
cord
B Connect the unit to power source.
● The clock and tuner channels will automatically be set when
the antenna is connected and when the AC power cord is first
connected to an AC outlet. (If “AUTO” and the channel
indicator are displayed on the front display panel before the
unit is powered on, the clock and tuner channels are being set
automatically. Wait for the time to be displayed on the front
display panel before turning on the unit.)
Antenna or Cable
AC outlet
15
VIDEO OUTPUT
S VIDEO OUTPUT
Before performing the following steps:
● Make sure there is no cassette inserted in the unit.
● Make sure the unit is turned on, then press VCR/
DVD on the unit or VCR on the Remote so that the
VCR indicator lights up.
A Press POWER (1) to turn off the unit, then press
STOP (8) on the unit for more than 5 seconds. “3 CH”
appears on the front display panel.
B Press CH +/– on the Remote to select “– CH” (off),
then press ENTER.
NOTES:
Back of unit
S-Video cable
(not supplied)
VHF/UHF
IN
Audio/video
cable
(not supplied)
VHF/UHF
OUT
RF cable
(supplied)
● You can obtain high-quality S-VIDEO pictures.
● If your TV is not stereo-capable, use the unit’s AUDIO
OUTPUT connectors to connect to an audio amplifier for
Hi-Fi stereo sound reproduction.
● To operate the unit with your TV using the S-VIDEO
connection, set your TV to its AV mode. You can also use the
TV/VCR button on the unit’s Remote to set your TV to the AV
mode.
● For switching the TV’s mode, refer to the instruction manual of
your television.
● Only DVD picture is output from S-VIDEO OUTPUT
connector. (VCR picture is not output.)
To 75 ohm
Terminal
To S-VIDEO input
connector
TV
Page 15
8 January 2004 11:12 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 16 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
16 EN
INSTALLING YOUR NEW UNIT (cont.)
Component Video
Connection
(DVD deck only)
ATTENTION
Be sure to connect the unit’s VIDEO OUTPUT (DVD/
VCR) connector to the TV’s VIDEO input connector.
Coaxial cable
Flat feeder
Matching transformer
(not supplied)
AC power cord
A Connect the unit to TV.
A Connect the aerial, unit and TV as per “AV
Connection”. (墌 pg. 14)
B Connect the unit’s COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
connectors to the TV’s component video input
connectors.
B Connect the unit to power source.
Plug the end of the AC power cord into an AC outlet. This
unit performs Plug & Play Set automatically. (墌 pg. 17)
● The clock and tuner channels will automatically be set when
the antenna is connected and when the AC power cord is first
connected to an AC outlet. (If “AUTO” and the channel
indicator are displayed on the front display panel before the
unit is powered on, the clock and tuner channels are being set
automatically. Wait for the time to be displayed on the front
display panel before turning on the unit.)
Antenna or Cable
AC outlet
8 To connect to a TV with component video input
connectors . . .
AUDIO OUTPUT
VIDEO OUTPUT
COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT
C Set the VCR channel to off.
Before performing the following steps:
● Make sure there is no cassette inserted in the unit.
● Make sure the unit is turned on, then press VCR/
DVD on the unit or VCR on the Remote so that the
VCR indicator lights up.
A Press POWER (1) to turn off the unit, then press
STOP (8) on the unit for more than 5 seconds. “3 CH”
appears on the front display panel.
B Press CH +/– on the Remote to select “– CH” (off),
then press ENTER.
NOTES:
Back of unit
VHF/UHF
IN
Component
Video cable
(not supplied)
VHF/UHF
OUT
Audio/Video
cable
(not supplied)
RF cable
(supplied)
To Component Video
Input connector
● You can obtain high-quality component video pictures.
● If your TV is not stereo-capable, use the unit’s AUDIO
OUTPUT connectors to connect to an audio amplifier for
Hi-Fi stereo sound reproduction.
● To operate the unit with your TV using the Component Video
connection, set your TV to its AV mode. You can also use the
TV/VCR button on the unit’s Remote to set your TV to the AV
mode.
● For switching the TV’s mode, refer to the instruction manual of
your television.
● By using the component video connection, you can view the
images in the progressive mode. For switching to the
progressive mode, refer to “Scan Mode Set (DVD deck)”
(墌 pg. 80).
To 75 ohm
Terminal
TV
Page 16
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right0
XVC27U_01.book Page 17 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
INITIAL SETTINGS
Plug & Play Set
Auto Clock Set/Auto Tuner Set
ATTENTION
● If you use a cable box, Plug&Play will not function; set the
clock and tuner channels separately. (墌 pg. 24 – 27)
● Depending on areas or reception conditions, the unit may
not receive the Auto clock setting data from the PBS
channel. If this function is taking a considerable amount of
time, it may be necessary to perform the Semiauto or
Manual Clock Set procedure.
17
This unit sets the clock and tuner channels automatically
when AC power cord is first connected to an AC outlet.
The antenna cable must be connected for the Plug & Play
setting.
The time and date can be set automatically by the clock
setting data transmitted from one of the regular TV
broadcast channels. We call this TV channel the “host
channel” and it is a PBS channel in your area.
A Perform Plug & Play setup.
Connect the antenna cable to the unit. (墌 pg. 14) Then
connect the AC power cord to an AC outlet. Do not turn
on the unit.
The clock and tuner channels will be set automatically.
NOTES:
● Auto Clock Set is performed first.
“AUTO” blinks on the front display panel during Auto Clock
Set.
● Auto Channel Set is performed next. Auto Channel Set scans
all the channels that are receivable by your unit. During Auto
Channel Set, the channel numbers are displayed as they are
scanned and set.
● When Plug & Play setting has been complete successfully, the
correct clock time is displayed. If you perform Plug & Play
setting successfully, there is no need to perform “Clock Set”
(墌 pg. 24) and “Tuner Set” (墌 pg. 26). If, however, you want
to add or delete channels, refer to “Manual Channel Set”
(墌 pg. 27).
During Initial Auto Clock Set
“AUTO” blinks.
During Auto Channel Set
The channel numbers are displayed as they are
scanned and set.
Plug&Play Completed
The current time is displayed.
* If an incorrect clock time or “– –:– –” appears on the front display panel, see “What to do if Plug & Play setting failed” below.
INFORMATION
● If “AUTO CLOCK” is set to “ON” (墌 pg. 25), the clock will be adjusted automatically by the host channel every hour (except
11:00 PM, midnight, 1:00 AM and 2:00 AM) using the incoming PBS channel clock setting data. (This automatic clock
adjustment can only be performed when the unit is turned off. The clock will be adjusted just on these hours — on the time
displayed on the front display panel, not on the actual real time.) The default setting of “AUTO CLOCK” is “ON”. (墌 pg. 25)
● If the memory backup fails, because a power outage occurs or because the AC power cord is unplugged, Plug & Play will be
performed when power is restored to the unit.
What to do if Plug & Play setting failed
● If an incorrect time is displayed on the front display panel, you may be receiving the clock setting data of a PBS channel from an
adjacent time zone, or an incorrect PBS channel from a cable TV system. In this case, perform “Semiauto Clock Set” (墌 pg. 25)
or “Manual Clock Set” (墌 pg. 25).
● If “– –:– –” appears on the front display panel, your antenna cable may not be connected to the unit or there may not be a Host
PBS signal available in your area. Ensure that the antenna cable is connected correctly. Then turn on and off the unit; the Plug &
Play setting will be automatically reactivated. If Plug & Play setting is not performed though the antenna cable is connected
correctly, perform “Manual Clock Set” (墌 pg. 25) and “Auto Channel Set” (墌 pg. 26) or “Manual Channel Set” (墌 pg. 27).
Page 17
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 18 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:22 AM
18 EN
INITIAL SETTINGS (cont.)
Monitor Set
A Turn on the unit.
(DVD deck)
B Select the DVD deck.
You can select the monitor type depending the TV used
when you play back DVD VIDEO discs recorded for
wide-screen TVs.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
Press POWER (1).
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Access the DVD Set Up menu screen.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select
“ PICTURE”.
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
D Select the mode.
Press rt to move the
highlight to “MONITOR
TYPE”, then press ENTER.
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
E Select the mode setting.
Press rt to select the desired setting, then press ENTER.
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 18
8 January 2004 11:22 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 19 Thursday, January 15, 2004 11:36 AM
EN
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
8 MONITOR TYPE
16:9 (Wide television conversion):
Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is
fixed to 16:9 (wide TV). The unit automatically
adjusts the screen width of the output signal
correctly when playing back a picture whose
aspect ratio is 4:3.
4:3 LB (Letter Box conversion):
Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is
4:3 (conventional TV). While viewing a wide
screen picture, the black bars appear on the
top and the bottom of the screen.
4:3 PS (Pan&Scan):
Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is
4:3 (conventional TV). While viewing a wide
screen picture, the black bars do not appear;
however, the left and right edges of the
pictures will not be shown on the screen.
Page 19
19
Pan&Scan/Letter Box
In general, DVD VIDEO disc are produced for a wide-screen
TV with 16:9 aspect ratio.
Material with this ratio will not fit to a TV with 4:3 aspect
ratio. There are two styles to display the image, “Pan&Scan”
(PS) and “Letter Box” (LB).
Pan&Scan
The right and left side of the image are
cut off. The image fills the screen.
Letter Box
Black bands appear at the top and
bottom of the image. The image itself
appears in 16:9 aspect ratio.
15 January 2004 11:36 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 20 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
20 EN
Language
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
INITIAL SETTINGS (cont.)
On-screen Language Set (VCR deck)
This VCR deck offers you the choice to view on-screen
messages in 3 different languages.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Access the Main Menu screen.
Press SET UP.
D Access the Initial Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“INITIAL SET”, then press
ENTER or e.
E Select the language.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“LANGUAGE”, then press
ENTER or e repeatedly until
the desired language is
selected.
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 20
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 21 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
21
On-screen Language Set (DVD deck)
This DVD deck offers you the choice to view on-screen
messages in 3 different languages. You can change the
language setting manually as required.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Access the DVD Set Up menu screen.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select
“ LANGUAGE”.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
OFF
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
D Select the mode.
Press rt to move the
hightlight to “ON SCREEN
LANGUAGE”, then press
ENTER.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
OFF
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
E Select the mode setting.
Press rt to select the desired setting, then press ENTER.
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 21
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 22 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
22 EN
INITIAL SETTINGS (cont.)
Menu/Audio/Subtitle Language Set
(DVD deck only)
Some DVD discs contain the DVD menu display, audio,
subtitle in the multiple languages. With these discs, you
can set the default language as you like.
● The procedure shows how to set “MENU LANGUAGE”
on the DVD Set Up menu screen as an example.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Access the DVD Set Up menu screen.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select
“ LANGUAGE”.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
OFF
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
D Select the mode.
Press rt to move the
hightlight to “MENU
LANGUAGE”, then press
ENTER.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
OFF
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
E Select the mode setting.
Press rt to select the desired setting, then press ENTER.
● See “Language Code List” (墌 pg. 23).
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
NOTE:
When the selected language is not available on the disc, the
disc’s default menu language is played back.
Page 22
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right 3Column
XVC27U_01.book Page 23 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
23
Language Code List
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
Page 23
Afar
Abkhazian
Afrikaans
Ameharic
Arabic
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Bihari
Bislama
Bengali, Bangla
Tibetan
Breton
Catalan
Corsican
Czech
Welsh
Danish
Bhutani
Greek
Esperanto
Estonian
Basque
Persian
Finnish
Fiji
Faroese
Frisian
Irish
Scots Gaelic
Galician
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hindi
Croatian
Hungarian
Armenian
Interlingua
Interlingue
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
Inupiak
Indonesian
Icelandic
Hebrew
Yiddish
Javanese
Georgian
Kazakh
Greenlandic
Cambodian
Kannada
Korean (KOR)
Kashmiri
Kurdish
Kirghiz
Latin
Lingala
Laothian
Lithuanian
Latvian, Lettish
Malagasy
Maori
Macedonian
Malayalam
Mongolian
Moldavian
Marathi
Malay (MAY)
Maltese
Burmese
Nauru
Nepali
Dutch
Norwegian
Occitan
(Afan) Oromo
Oriya
Panjabi
Polish
Pashto, Pushto
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
Kirundi
Rumanian
Russian
Kinyarwanda
Sanskrit
Sindhi
Sangho
Serbo-Croatian
Singhalese
Slovak
Slovenian
Samoan
Shona
Somali
Albanian
Serbian
Siswati
Sesotho
Sundanese
Swedish
Swahili
Tamil
Telugu
Tajik
Thai
Tigrinya
Turkmen
Tagalog
Setswana
Tonga
Turkish
Tsonga
Tatar
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapuk
Wolof
Xhosa
Yoruba
Zulu
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 24 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
24 EN
Clock Set
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
INITIAL SETTINGS (cont.)
Perform clock setting only if the clock has not been set
correctly by the Plug&Play setting.
Preparations
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Access the Main Menu screen.
Press SET UP.
D Access the Initial Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“INITIAL SET”, then press
ENTER or e.
E Access the Clock Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“CLOCK SET”, then press
ENTER or e.
Page 24
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 25 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
Semiauto Clock Set
You can change the host channel/D.S.T. (Daylight Saving Time)/
time zone setting manually. First follow steps A to E in
“Preparations” (墌 pg. 24), then go to the following steps.
NOTE:
The time set previously will be erased when “AUTO CLOCK”,
“HOST CH”, “D.S.T.” or “TIME ZONE” setting is changed.
A Set “AUTO CLOCK” to “ON”.
Press ENTER or e repeatedly
to move the highlight bar to
“AUTO CLOCK”, then press
rt so that “ON” is selected.
B Select the host channel.
You can either select “AUTO” or enter a PBS channel
number.
Press ENTER or e to move the highlight bar to “HOST
CH”, then press rt repeatedly until “AUTO” or the
desired PBS channel number is selected.
NOTE:
Some PBS channels do not transmit clock setting data.
C Select the D.S.T. mode.
Press ENTER or e to move the highlight bar to “D.S.T.”,
then press rt repeatedly until the desired setting is
selected.
AUTO: Select if you want to adjust your VCR’s clock
automatically by the incoming signal from the
host channel. Be sure to select the correct time
zone manually in step D.
ON:
Adjustment will be made by the built-in clock
itself.
OFF: Select when Daylight Saving Time does not apply
to you.
D Select the time zone.
Press ENTER or e to move the highlight bar to “TIME
ZONE”, then press rt repeatedly until “AUTO” or the
desired time zone is selected. Each time you press the
button, the time zone changes as follows:
{AUTO{ATLANTIC{EASTERN{CENTRAL{
MOUNTAIN{PACIFIC{ALASKA{HAWAII{
(back to the beginning)
NOTE:
If an incorrect time is displayed by the Plug & Play function, you
may be receiving the clock setting data of a PBS channel from an
adjacent time zone or from an incorrect PBS channel from a
cable TV system. If you selected “AUTO” for the host channel in
step B, be sure to select the correct time zone manually.
Page 25
25
E Complete the Semiauto Clock Set.
Press SET UP to return to normal screen.
IMPORTANT
Turn off the unit after performing Semiauto Clock. “AUTO”
will appear on the front display panel while the clock is
being set. The current clock time will appear automatically
when the clock setting is complete.
AUTO DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
This function enables automatic adjustment of the unit’s
clock at the start and end of Daylight Saving Time.
With Auto DST activated, —
— on the first Sunday of April at 2:00 AM, the clock is
adjusted to 3:00 AM.
— on the last Sunday of October at 2:00 AM, the clock is
adjusted to 1:00 AM.
Manual Clock Set
First follow steps A to E in “Preparations” (墌 pg. 24), then go
to the following steps.
A Set time, date and year.
Press rt until the desired
time appears, then press
ENTER or e. Set the date and
year in the same way.
● Holding rt changes the time
in 30-minute intervals, or
changes the date in 15-day
intervals.
B Select D.S.T. mode.
Press ENTER or e to move
the highlight bar to “D.S.T.”,
then press rt to select the
desired setting.
ON:
OFF:
Adjustment will be
made by the built-in
clock itself.
Select when Daylight
Saving Time does not
apply to you.
C Start clock.
Press SET UP and normal screen appears.
To make corrections any time during the process
Press ENTER or e repeatedly until the item you want to change
blinks, then press rt.
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 26 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
26 EN
Tuner Set
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
INITIAL SETTINGS (cont.)
Auto Channel Set
Perform Auto Channel Set only if channels have not been set
correctly by the Plug&Play setting.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Access the Main Menu screen.
Press SET UP.
D Access the Tuner Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“TUNER SET”, then press
ENTER or e.
E Perform Auto Channel Set.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“AUTO CHANNEL SET”, then
press ENTER or e. You can
automatically set the
receivable channels in your
area in the order of their
frequencies.
INFORMATION
The unit selects the correct band (TV or CATV) automatically
during Auto Channel Set. The selected band will be
displayed on the right side of “BAND” on the Tuner Set
screen.
● When Auto Channel Set is
complete, “SCAN
COMPLETED” appears on the
TV screen.
● If the scan was unsuccessful,
“SCAN COMPLETED–NO
SIGNAL–” appears on screen.
Check the connections and start
again.
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 26
7 January 2004 10:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_06Index.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_06Index.fm Page 27 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:26 AM
EN
27
Manual Channel Set
You can add the channels you want or delete the channels you
do not want manually.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Access the Main Menu screen.
Press SET UP.
D Access the Tuner Set screen.
Press rt to move the highlight bar (arrow) to “TUNER
SET”, then press ENTER or e.
E Access the Manual Channel Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“MANUAL CHANNEL SET”,
then press ENTER or e.
F Add or skip the desired channels.
To add channels
A Press the number keys to
input a channel number you
want to add.
B Press ENTER or e to set to
“ADD”.
C Repeat A to B to add other
channels.
To skip channels
A Press rt or the number keys to select a channel
number you want to skip.
B Press ENTER or e to set to “SKIP”.
C Repeat A and B to skip other channels.
G Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 27
8 January 2004 11:22 am
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 28 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:29 PM
28 EN
Basic Playback
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK
A Load a cassette.
Make sure the window side is up, the rear label side is
facing you and the arrow on the front of the cassette is
pointed toward the unit.
● Do not apply too much pressure when inserting.
● If the record safety tab has been removed, playback begins
automatically. Although the DVD deck is selected, the VCR
deck is selected automatically if the DVD deck is in stop
mode.
● The unit’s power comes on automatically and the counter is
reset to 0:00:00.
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Find the program start point.
If the tape is advanced past the start point, press REW
(3). To go forward, press FF (5).
D Start playback.
Press PLAY (4).
E Stop playback.
Press STOP (8). Then press EJECT (x) on the VCR deck
to remove the cassette.
Usable cassettes
Full-Size VHS
T-30 (ST-30**)
T-60 (ST-60**)
T90
T-120 (ST-120**)
T-160 (ST-160**)
ST-210**
Clean the video heads using a dry cleaning
cassette — ECL-3F — when:
● Rough, poor picture appears while a tape is played back.
● The picture is unclear or no picture appears.
● “USE CLEANING CASSETTE” appears on the screen (only
with “SUPERIMPOSE” set to “ON”). (墌 pg. 75)
NOTE:
The heads get dirty in the following cases:
● in an environment prone to extreme temperature or
humidity
● in a dusty environment
● flaw, dirt or mold on video tapes
● continuous usage for a long time
Page 28
Compact VHS*
TC-20 (ST-C20**)
TC-30 (ST-C30**)
TC-40 (ST-C40**)
* Compact VHS camcorder recordings can be played on
this unit. Simply place the recorded cassette into a VHS
Cassette Adapter and it can be used just like any full-sized
VHS cassette.
** This unit can record on regular VHS and Super VHS
cassettes. However, it will record regular VHS signals
only.
• S-VHS recording is not possible with this unit.
● This unit is equipped with SQPB (S-VHS QUASI
PLAYBACK) that lets you watch tapes recorded in the SVHS format and the SP mode with regular VHS
resolution.
• SQPB does not deliver Super VHS resolution.
15 January 2004 5:28 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 29 Thursday, January 15, 2004 3:08 PM
EN
Playback Features
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
29
Still Picture/Frame-By-Frame
Playback
1 Pause during playback.
Press PAUSE (9).
● If there is vertical jitter, press CH +/– on the Remote to correct
the picture.
2 Activate frame-by-frame playback.
Press PAUSE (9) to advance a still picture.
Slow Motion
1 Pause during playback.
Press PAUSE (9).
2 Activate slow motion playback.
Press and hold PAUSE (9) for 2 seconds, then release.
Press PAUSE (9) and release again to return to still
picture.
NOTE:
During slow motion playback, some noise may appear on the TV
screen. Press CH + or – on the Remote to eliminate the noises.
Variable Speed Search
During playback, press FF (5) for forward variable
speed search, or REW (3) for reverse variable speed
search.
● The speed changes for each direction by pressing REW (3)
and FF (5) repeatedly.
When pressing FF (5):
(SP): +5x{+7x
(EP): +11x{+21x
When pressing REW (3):
Once REW (3) is pressed, reverse search starts in –1x
normal playback speed. After this process, each press of REW
(3) changes the search speed between –5x and –7x in SP
mode, –11x and –21x in EP mode.
(SP): –1x]–5x{–7x
(EP): –1x]–11x{–21x
To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
ATTENTION
In the search, still, slow-motion or frame-by-frame playback
mode,
● the picture will be distorted.
● the noise bars will appear.
● there may be a loss of colour.
● you cannot hear the sound.
Page 29
15 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 30 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
30 EN
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
Index Search
Your unit automatically marks
index codes at the beginning of
each recording. This function gives
you quick access to any one of 9
index codes in either direction.
NOTE:
Before starting, make sure the unit
is in the Stop mode.
Activate Index Search.
Press INDEX (2) or INDEX (6). “INDEX –1” or
“INDEX 1” is displayed on the TV screen and search
begins in the corresponding direction.
● To access index codes 2 through 9, press INDEX (2) or
INDEX (6) repeatedly until the correct index number is
displayed.
Example:
To locate the beginning of B from the current position, press
INDEX (2) twice.
To locate the beginning of D from the current position, press
INDEX (6) once.
Current position
Index number
● When the specified index code is located, playback begins
automatically.
Instant ReView
Skip Search
During playback, press SKIP SEARCH 1 to 6 times to skip
over unwanted sections.
Each press initiates a 30-second period of fast-motion
playback. Normal playback resumes automatically.
Simply by pressing a single button, the unit power comes on,
rewinds, and begins playback of the last timer-recorded
program. If you have several programs recorded, you can easily
access any of them.
NOTE:
Before starting, make sure that the unit is off and that the Timer
mode is disengaged.
Activate Instant ReView.
To resume normal playback during a Skip Search,
press PLAY (4).
Press
. The unit power comes on and the unit
searches for the index code indicating the start of the last
timer-recorded program. Once it’s found, playback begins
automatically.
● To watch the first of the 3 programs, press
three
times. The unit searches and begins playback automatically.
You can access a program as far as 9 index codes away from
the current tape position.
Page 30
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 31 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
31
Next Function Memory
x
The Next Function Memory “tells” the unit what to do after
rewinding. Before continuing, make sure the unit is in the Stop
mode.
a- For Automatic Start Of Playback
Press REW (3), then press PLAY (4) within
2 seconds.
b- For Automatic Power Off
Press REW (3), then press POWER (1) within
2 seconds.
c- For Automatic Timer Standby
Press REW (3), then press TIMER within 2 seconds.
d- For Automatic Cassette Ejection After Tape Rewind
Press REW (3), then press EJECT (x) within 2
seconds.
Repeat Playback
Your unit can automatically play back the whole tape 100 times
repeatedly.
1 Start playback.
Press PLAY (4).
2 Activate Repeat Playback.
Press PLAY (4) and hold for over 5 seconds, then release.
● The Play indicator ($) on the front display panel blinks slowly.
● After playing back a tape 100 times, the unit stops
automatically.
3 Stop Repeat Playback.
Press STOP (8) at any time.
● Pressing PLAY (4), REW (3), FF (5) or PAUSE (9) also
stops Repeat Playback.
Page 31
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 32 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
32 EN
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
Manual Tracking
Your unit is equipped with automatic tracking control. During
playback, you can override this and adjust the tracking manually
by pressing the CH buttons.
1 Override automatic tracking.
During playback, press SP/EP on the Remote.
2 Adjust the tracking manually.
Press CH + or – on the Remote.
● Press SP/EP again to return to automatic tracking.
NOTE:
When a new tape is inserted, the unit enters the automatic
tracking mode automatically.
Soundtrack Selection
Your unit is capable of recording three soundtracks (HI-FI L,
HI-FI R and NORM) and will play back the one you select.
During Playback
Pressing A.MONITOR changes the soundtrack as follows:
● You can also select the soundtrack on the Function Set screen.
(墌 pg. 76)
TRACK
USE
On-Screen Display
H I-F I
Hi-Fi sound is played back
H I-F I L
Sound on the left Hi-Fi channel is
played back
H I-F I R
Sound on the right Hi-Fi channel is
played back
NORM
Sound on the normal track is played
back
NORM
H I-F I
Both sounds on the Hi-Fi track and
normal track are mixed and played
back
NOTES:
● “HIFI” should normally be selected. In this mode, Hi-Fi stereo
tapes are played back in stereo, and the normal audio track is
played back automatically for tapes with only normal audio.
● “SUPERIMPOSE” must be set to “ON” or the on-screen
displays will not appear. (墌 pg. 75)
Page 32
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 33 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
Basic Recording
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
33
A Load a cassette.
Insert a cassette with the record safety tab intact.
● The unit’s power comes on automatically and the counter is
reset to 0:00:00.
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Choose a program.
Press CH +/– or the number keys to select the channel
you wish to record.
D Set the tape speed.
Press SP/EP. The current setting appears on the front
display panel or TV screen. Press SP/EP again to change
the setting while the tape speed is displayed on the TV
screen.
E Start recording.
Press and hold REC (7) and press PLAY (4) on the
Remote, or press REC (7) on the unit.
F Pause/Resume recording.
Press PAUSE (9). Press PLAY (4) to resume recording.
● You can select channel during the Record Pause mode.
G Stop recording.
Press STOP (8). Then press EJECT (x) on the VCR deck
to remove the cassette.
Recording Resume Function
If there is a power outage during recording, Instant Timer
Recording or timer recording (墌 pg. 33, 34, 36), the
recording will resume automatically when power is restored
to the unit unless the unit’s memory backup has expired.
Page 33
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 34 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
34 EN
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
Recording Features
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
Record One Program While Watching
Another
If your unit is connected to the TV via the AV connection,
press TV/VCR. The VCR indicator on the front display
panel and the TV broadcast being recorded disappear.
Once recording is in progress, all you need to do is to set
the channel controls on the TV for the station you wish to
view.
● The program selected with the TV’s channel controls appears
on the TV screen, while the one selected with the unit’s CH
buttons is recorded on the tape.
NOTE:
You can also use the DVD deck in the following cases. Before
use, be sure to turn on the unit and select the DVD deck.
● During recording
● During timer recording
● During timer standby mode
Instant Timer Recording (ITR)
This easy method lets you record for from 30 minutes to 6 hours
(selectable in 30-min. increments), and shuts the unit off after
recording is finished.
1 Start recording.
Press REC (7) on the unit.
2 Engage the ITR mode.
Press REC (7) again. “䡬” blinks and “0:30” appears on
the front display panel.
3 Set the recording duration.
Accidental erasure prevention
To prevent accidental recording on a recorded cassette,
remove its safety tab. To record on it later, cover the hole
with adhesive tape.
Record safety tab
Page 34
If you want to record for more than 30 minutes, press
REC (7) to extend the time. Each press extends recording
time by 30 minutes.
NOTES:
● You can only perform ITR using the REC (7) button on the
unit’s front panel.
● Still picture playback stops automatically after 5 minutes to
protect the heads.
● When the end of the tape is reached during timer recording,
the unit stops and “䡬” and “$” blink on the front display
panel.
● When the end of the tape is reached during timer recording or
Instant Timer Recording, the unit is turned off and “䡬” and
“$” blink on the front display panel.
● During Instant Timer Recording, any other timer programed
recording won’t start even if their start time has come. In such
a case, the timer programed recording starts (if the end time of
the timer programed recording is set after the end of Instant
Timer Recording) after the Instant Timer Recording finishes.
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 35 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:28 AM
EN
35
Elapsed Recording Time Indication
1 Set the counter display.
Press DISPLAY until a counter reading appears on the
front display panel.
2 Reset the counter.
Press C.RESET before starting recording or playback.
● The counter is reset to “0:00:00” and shows the exact elapsed
time as the tape runs. You can check the exact time of a
recording or playback.
Tape Remaining Time
Press DISPLAY until the time remaining on the tape
appears.
● The front display panel shows the tape remaining time with “:”
blinking.
● By pressing the DISPLAY button, you can change display to
show the channel position*, clock time, counter reading or
tape remaining time.
* Channel position is not displayed during playback.
NOTES:
● When you press ON SCREEN, the on-screen display appears
on the TV screen for 5 seconds, then the displays other than
the counter disappears. To clear the counter display, press ON
SCREEN.
● Depending on the type of tape being used, the tape remaining
time reading may not appear right away, or is not correct.
“– –:– –” may sometimes appear with “:” blinking, or the
display may blink on occasion.
Second Audio Recording
This unit’s built-in MTS decoder enables reception of
Multichannel TV Sound broadcast. To record a SAP program
received, set “2ND AUDIO RECORD” to “ON”. (墌 pg. 76)
NOTE:
When the channel is changed on the unit;
● The “STEREO” indicator appears on the screen for about
5 seconds if the program is a stereo broadcast.
● The “SAP” indicator appears on the screen for about 5 seconds
if the program is a SAP broadcast.
● Both indicators appear when a stereo program is accompanied
by SAP sound.
Page 35
8 January 2004 11:28 am
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 36 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
36 EN
Express Timer
Programing
Before performing Express Timer Programing:
● Make sure that the unit’s built-in clock is set properly.
● Insert a cassette with the safety tab in place. The unit will
come on automatically.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
Example: To timer-record the program from 8:00 PM to
10:00 PM on 24th December, on channel 12.
A Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
B Access the Program screen.
Press PROG.. (If you’re just
starting out, “PROGRAM 1”
appears.)
C Enter the program start time.
Press START +/– to enter the
time you want recording to
start.
● Press and hold START +/– to
move in 30-minute
increments, or press and
release repeatedly to move
1 minute at a time.
D Enter the program stop time.
Press STOP +/– to enter the time you want recording to
stop.
● Press and hold STOP +/– to move in 30-minute increments, or
press and release repeatedly to move 1 minute at a time.
E Enter the program date.
Press DATE +/–.
● The current date appears on the TV screen. The date you enter
appears in its place.
Page 36
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 37 Thursday, January 15, 2004 11:40 AM
EN
F Enter the channel position.
Press CH +/–.
G Set the tape speed.
Press SP/EP.
H
Return to the normal screen.
Press PROG. or ENTER. “PROGRAM COMPLETED”
appears on the TV screen for about 5 seconds, then the
normal screen appears. If “PROGRAM NOT
COMPLETED PROGRAM OVERLAP” appears on the TV
screen, see page 40.
37
NOTES:
● You can program this unit to timer-record as many as 8
programs. If you try to program the unit to record a ninth,
“PROGRAM FULL” appears on the TV screen. To record the
extra program, you must first cancel any unnecessary
programs. (墌 pg. 39)
● Programs that start after midnight must have the next day’s
date.
Cable Box or DBS Receiver Users
To timer-record a satellite broadcast using Express Timer
Programing:
A Perform steps A – I. Enter “F-1” for the channel position
in step F.
B Set the DBS receiver to the appropriate channel before
the selected program begins.
C Leave the DBS receiver’s power on.
● Repeat steps B – H for each additional program.
I Engage the unit’s timer mode.
Press TIMER. The unit turns off automatically and “#”
appears on the front display panel.
● To disengage the timer mode, press TIMER again.
To Timer-Record Weekly Or Daily Serials:
— anytime during steps C through G, press WEEKLY (number
key “9”) for weekly serials or DAILY (number key “8”) for daily
serials (Monday – Friday). Either “WEEKLY” or “DAILY” appears
on the TV screen. Pressing the button again makes the
corresponding indication disappear.
Page 37
15 January 2004 11:40 am
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 38 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
38 EN
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
Check, cancel and change programs
A Disengage the timer mode.
Press TIMER, then press POWER (1).
B Access the Program Check screen.
Press PROG. CHECK.
C Access the Program screen.
Press PROG. CHECK again
to check more information.
Each time you press
PROG. CHECK, the next
program’s information
appears.
Page 38
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 39 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
39
To cancel or change a program
D Cancel or change a program.
Press CANCEL to cancel a program. To change program
settings, press the appropriate button: START +/–,
STOP +/–, DATE +/–, CH +/–, DAILY (number key “8”),
WEEKLY (number key “9”) and/or SP/EP.
E Return to the normal screen.
Press PROG. CHECK as many times as necessary. If there
are still some programs remaining, go on to step F.
F Return to the timer mode.
Press TIMER.
Page 39
6 January 2004 7:38 pm
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 40 Thursday, January 15, 2004 11:51 AM
40 EN
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK (cont.)
When programs overlap each other
If “PROGRAM NOT COMPLETED PROGRAM OVERLAP”
appears, you have another program overlapping the program
you have just made.
The Program Check screen appears and conflicting programs
will start blinking.
Example: Program 1 (you have just made) and Program 4
overlap each other.
A Confirm the overlapping programs.
Overlapping programs blink on the TV screen.
B Select the program to modify.
Press rt, then press ENTER or e.
● You can only select one of the overlapping programs.
NOTE:
If you do not mind this overlap, press PROG. to finish the timer
program setting. The program with the lower program number
will be recorded and the other one will not be recorded
correctly. If no changes are made for approximately 1 minute,
the unit will return to the normal screen.
C Cancel or change program setting.
ATTENTION
If there is a conflict in the timer schedule and one
program overlaps with another, only the parts shown
below in gray will be recorded.
Pattern 1:
The program with the lower program number
will be recorded.
Program 1
CH10
Program 2
CH40
Pattern 2:
The program starting earlier will be recorded.
Program 1
CH10
Program 2
Pattern 3:
Program 1
Not recorded
CH40
Not recorded
To cancel a program, press CANCEL when the Program
screen you do not want is shown. “PROGRAM
COMPLETED” appears on the TV screen for about
5 seconds, then the normal screen appears.
To change a program, press the appropriate button:
START +/–, STOP +/–, DATE +/–, CH +/–, DAILY
(number key “8”), WEEKLY (number key “9”) and/or SP/
EP when the Program screen on which you want to make
changes is shown, then press ENTER. “PROGRAM
COMPLETED” appears on the TV screen for about
5 seconds, then the normal screen appears.
NOTE:
If the overlap is not yet solved, or another overlap occurs with
the timer program setting after making the last correction on a
program, the conflicting programs will be shown on the Program
Check screen again. Repeat the above steps again until the
overlap is solved.
The program starting earlier will be recorded,
followed by the remaining portion of the other
program.
CH10
Program 2
CH40
Not recorded
Page 40
15 January 2004 11:50 am
Filename [XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_07S-VHS.fm Page 41 Thursday, January 15, 2004 6:05 PM
EN
Satellite Auto
Recording
This function allows you to automatically record a
satellite program which is timer-programed on your
external DBS receiver. Connect a DBS receiver to the
unit’s AUDIO/VIDEO input (F-1) connector and program
the timer on the DBS receiver. The unit starts or stops
recording by the signals input from the DBS receiver.
After recording, the unit’s power shuts off automatically.
● You can also connect the cable box if it has a timer.
41
ATTENTION
● Be sure not to turn on the DBS receiver before the program
is executed; otherwise, the unit will start recording when
the DBS receiver’s power is turned on.
● If you have connected another appliance other than a DBS
receiver to the AUDIO/VIDEO input (F-1) connector, be
sure not to engage the Satellite Auto Recording mode;
otherwise, the unit will start recording when the connected
appliance’s power is turned on.
● Satellite Auto Recording and timer-recording cannot be
done at the same time.
Before performing the following steps:
● Make sure the DBS receiver is connected to the unit’s
AUDIO/VIDEO input (F-1) connector.
● Program the timer on the DBS receiver.
● Insert a cassette with the safety tab in place.
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
A Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
B Set the tape speed.
Press SP/EP.
C Engage the Satellite Auto Recording mode.
Press and hold REC LINK for about 2 seconds. The “N”
and “#” indicators light up and the unit turns off
automatically.
NOTES:
● Operation on the DVD deck are not possible when the Automatic Satellite Program Recording mode is engaged, or timer recording
is in progress.
● To disengage the Satellite Auto Recording mode, press REC LINK. The “N” indicator goes off.
● If the unit’s power is off, it is not possible to engage the Satellite Auto Recording mode.
● In step C, if the “N” indicator does not light but instead blinks quickly even though your DBS receiver’s power is off, Satellite Auto
Recording will not work properly with that DBS receiver*. If this is the case, perform “Express Timer Programing” (墌 pg. 36) to
timer-record a satellite program.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
* Some DBS receivers output signals even if the power is off. Satellite Auto Recording is not possible with those DBS receivers.
The “N” indicator blinks while Satellite Auto Recording is in progress.
For timer programing of the DBS receiver, refer to the instruction manual of the DBS receiver.
Satellite Auto Recording is not possible if your DBS receiver does not have a timer.
Pressing the unit’s POWER (1) button while Satellite Auto Recording is in progress turns off the unit’s power and disengages the
Satellite Auto Recording mode.
If there are more than one satellite programs you wish to record with Satellite Auto Recording, it is not possible to set different tape
speeds for each program.
Depending on the type of DBS receiver, the unit may not record a slight portion of the beginning of the program or may record
slightly longer than the actual length of the program.
If you engage the Satellite Auto Recording mode when the DBS receiver’s power is on, the unit will not start Satellite Auto Recording
even though the “N” and “#” indicators blink. When the DBS receiver shuts off once and is turned back on again, the unit starts
recording.
You can also record a program from your cable system in the same way if the system has a timer.
Page 41
15 January 2004 6:05 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 42 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:12 PM
42 EN
Basic Playback
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK
B Place the disc in the disc tray.
● For details, refer to “Placing a Disc” (墌 pg. 9).
C Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to close the
disc tray.
● Pressing PLAY (4) also close the disc tray.
● Playback begins automatically if the auto-playback DVD disc
is loaded. Although the VCR deck is selected, the DVD deck is
selected automatically if the VCR deck is in stop mode.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Start playback.
Press PLAY (4).
Example: DVD VIDEO
Title number
Chapter number
Elapsed time
● You can switch the display on the front display panel between
the title number/chapter number and the elapsed time by
pressing DISPLAY.
● It may take a few seconds to start playback.
● If you load a DVD disc whose region code does not match the
DVD deck, “REGION CODE ERROR!” appears on the TV
screen. For details, refer to “Region Number” (墌 pg. 7).
● With Video CD discs with PBC control or some DVD discs,
the menu display may appear on the TV screen after starting
playback. In this case, select an item which you want to play
back from the menu. Otherwise, the playback cannot go
forward. Refer to “Locating a desired scene using the menu of
the Video CD with PBC” (墌 pg. 43) or “Locating a desired
scene using the DVD menu” (墌 pg. 43).
ATTENTION
● You can not use the DVD deck when the VCR deck is in
the Automatic Satellite Recording standby and recording
mode.
● You can use the DVD deck when the VCR deck is in the
timer standby mode.
To play back a MP3/JPEG disc, see pages 62 – 67.
A Load the disc.
A Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
● The unit’s power comes on automatically.
Page 42
D Pause playback.
Press PAUSE (9).
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
E Stop playback.
Press STOP (8). Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD
deck to open the disc tray, then remove the disc.
● Pressing PLAY (4) resume playback from the position where
you stop playback. For details, see “Resume Function” on
page 45.
NOTE:
When you press OPEN/CLOSE (x) while the unit is turned off,
the unit’s power comes on and the disc tray opens automatically.
15 January 2004 12:12 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 43 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:40 PM
EN
Playback Features
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
Playback Control (PBC) Function
— Locating a desired scene using the
menu of the Video CD with PBC
Some Video CD discs supports the PBC function. PBC is an
abbreviation of “PlayBack Control.” A Video CD disc recorded
with PBC has its own menus, such as a list of the songs of the
disc. You can locate a specific scene by using the menu.
43
Locating a desired scene using the
DVD menu
DVD VIDEO discs may have two types of the menus; top menu
and disc menu.
Top menu
DVD discs generally have their own menus which show the disc
contents. These menus contain various items such as titles of a
movie, names of songs, or artist information. You can locate a
desired scene by using the top menu displayed on the TV screen.
Press TOP MENU to access the top menu.
Disc menu
DVD discs have the disc menu to select subtitle and audio
language etc. for each title.
Press MENU to access the disc menu.
1 Access the DVD menu.
Press TOP MENU or MENU.
1 Access the PBC menu.
In stop mode
Press PLAY (4).
● Depending on a disc, PBC
menu may automatically
appear on the TV screen by
simply loading a disc on the
unit. “Pbc” appears on the
front display panel.
Example:
2 Start playback.
Example:
Press rt w e to select a desired item, then press
ENTER.
● It may be possible to select the desired item using the number
keys depending on the disc.
NOTES:
2 Start playback.
Press the appropriate number keys.
● The unit starts playback of the selected item.
● When “NEXT” or “PREVIOUS” appears on the TV screen:
Pressing SKIP (6) advances to the next page.
Pressing SKIP (2) returns to the previous page.
● You can return to the menu by pressing RETURN.
● The method of the operation is different depending on the
disc.
● When “X” appears on the TV screen in step 1, the disc does
not have a top menu or disc menu.
● Top menu or disc menu may not appear depending on the
discs even if it is recorded in DVD VIDEO format and
finalized. In that case, press STOP (8) to display the total
number of titles on a disc, then press the appropriate number
keys to select the desired title.
NOTES:
● If you want to playback a PBC-compatible Video CD disc
without activating the PBC function, start playback by using
the number keys instead of the PLAY (4) button.
● To activate the PBC function when a PBC-compatible Video
CD disc is being played back without the PBC function, press
TOP MENU or MENU, or press STOP (8) (press twice when
“RESUME” is set to “ON”) then press PLAY (4).
Page 43
15 January 2004 5:40 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 44 Thursday, January 15, 2004 6:44 PM
44 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Locating the start point of the item or
skip the item
Press SKIP (2) or SKIP (6) during playback.
Example:
To locate the beginning of item B from the current position, press
SKIP (2) twice.
To locate the beginning of item D from the current position,
press SKIP (6) once.
Current position
The number you press the
button
● When the specified item is located, playback begins
automatically.
NOTE:
When you press SKIP (2) or SKIP (6), the counter display
may appear instead of title number/chapter number depending
on the discs.
Variable Speed Search
During playback, press FF (5) for forward variable
speed search, or REW (3) for reverse variable speed
search.
● The more times you press, the faster the playback picture
moves.
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
OR
During playback, press and hold SKIP (6) for forward
search, or press and hold SKIP (2) for reverse search.
● While you press and hold the button, the image is played back
at 5x speed.
● To resume normal playback, release SKIP (2) or SKIP (6).
NOTES:
● Actual speed may be different from that displayed on the TV
screen depending on the discs.
● Playback sound is not heard in any variable speed search
mode.
Page 44
15 January 2004 6:44 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 45 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:40 PM
EN
Still Picture/Frame-By-Frame
Playback
1 Pause during playback.
45
NOTES:
● Resume Function does not work on the Audio CD. It also may
not work depending on the discs.
● If you stop the playback of a disc for which an resume point
has already been memorized, the memory will be updated
with the new resume point.
● When the unit memorizes a resume point, it also remembers
audio language, subtitle and angle settings.
● This function may not works for some Video CD or SVCD.
Press PAUSE (9).
2 Activate frame-by-frame playback.
Press PAUSE (9) to advance a still picture.
Zooming
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
Slow Motion
During playback, press PAUSE (9), then press REW (3)
for reverse slow motion playback, or FF (5) for forward
slow motion playback.
● Each press of FF (5) changes the playback speed as follows:
1/32]1/16]1/8]1/4]1/2
● Each press of REW (3) changes the playback speed as
follows (only for DVD VIDEO discs):
–1/32]–1/16]–1/8]–1/4]–1/2
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
Press ZOOM during playback or while paused.
● Each press of ZOOM changes the magnification in the
following steps:
ZOOM OFF ] ZOOM 1 ] ZOOM 2 ] ZOOM 3]
ZOOM 4 ] ZOOM 5 ] ZOOM 6 ] (Back to the beginning)
● When a 16:9 aspect picture source is displayed on a 4:3
aspect TV (conventional TV) in Letter Box conversion mode,
the margins in black shown on top and bottom of the TV
screen will be cropped by zooming. In such a case, note that
both left and right side parts of the picture will also be
cropped.
● While zoomed, the picture may look coarse or distorted.
Current magnification
NOTES:
● Reverse slow motion playback is possible only with the DVD
VIDEO discs.
● This function may not works for some Video CD or SVCD.
Resume Function
Zoomed-in area
It is possible to memorize the position where you stop playback
and resume playback from that position.
● Be sure to set “RESUME” to “ON”. (墌 pg. 80)
1 Memorize the resume point.
Press STOP (8) during playback.
Press rt w e to move the zoomed-in scene.
● “rESuM” appears on the front display panel.
● The unit enters Resume Stop mode and memorise the position
where you stop playback as the resume point.
● To clear the resume point:
• Press STOP (8) in stop mode.
• Press POWER (1) to turn off the unit.
• Eject the disc.
• Set “RESUME” to “OFF”. (墌 pg. 80)
2 Resume playback.
Press PLAY (4). The unit start playback from the resume
point.
Page 45
15 January 2004 5:40 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 46 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:40 PM
46 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
● Each time you press 3D-PHONIC, the setting changes as
follows:
OFF]ACTION]DRAMA]THEATER](Back to the
beginning)
OFF:
ACTION:
DRAMA:
THEATER:
No effect
Suitable for action movies and sports
programs in which sounds dynamically
move.
Provides the natural and warm sound. You
can enjoy movies in a relaxed mood.
You can enjoy sound effects like in a major
theater.
● The selection menu disappears automatically if you do not
change the selection for 5 seconds.
NOTES:
● The 3D Phonic function works correctly only when playing
back a DVD VIDEO disc recorded in the multi channel Digital
format. With other sources, you cannot get any effect if you
activate 3D Phonic function.
● When playing back a DVD VIDEO disc recorded with the
Dolby Digital that does not contain the rear signal, you cannot
get a correct 3D Phonic sound even if you activate 3D Phonic
function.
● The 3D Phonic function does not affect the Digital bitstream
signal from the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT connector.
● When 3D Phonic function is activated, Down Mix and D.
Range Compression functions are disabled. (墌 pg. 79)
3D Phonic
3D Phonic function allows you to get a simulated surround
effect from your stereo system. You can enjoy the vertical
surround sound with your 2-channel stereo system.
1 Access the selection menu.
Press 3D-PHONIC during playback.
● The current setting appears on the right bottom corner of the
TV screen.
2 Select the mode.
Press 3D-PHONIC
repeatedly.
3D PHONIC DRAMA
Selected mode
Page 46
15 January 2004 5:40 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 47 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:12 PM
EN
4 Select the parameter.
VFP function
— Adjusting the picture quality
Press rt repeatedly to select a parameter you want to
adjust, then press ENTER.
● Adjust gradually and confirm picture appearance results are as
preferred.
GAMMA
The VFP (Video Fine Processor) function enables you to adjust
the picture character according to the type of programing,
picture tone or personal preference.
(–3 to +3):
NOTE:
(–8 to +8):
Before you start operation;
The VFP setting screen disappears if no operations are done for
more than about 10 seconds. If the setting screen disappears
before you finish, start from step 1 again.
1 Access the VFP setting menu.
Press DVD PICTURE during
playback.
● The current setting appears on
the TV screen.
47
Controls brightness of neutral tints while
maintaining brightness of dark and bright
portions.
BRIGHTNESS Controls screen brightness.
CONTRAST
Controls screen contrast.
(–7 to +7):
SATURATION
Controls screen color depth.
(–7 to +7):
TINT
Controls screen tint.
(–7 to +7):
NORMAL
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
TINT
SHARPNESS
0
0
+3
SHARPNESS
Controls screen sharpness.
(–8 to +8):
● VFP menu disappears and the following pop-up window
appears on the TV screen.
2 Select the VFP mode.
GAMMA
Press w e repeatedly.
● Each time you press w e, the VFP mode changes as follows:
NORMAL]CINEMA]USER 1]USER 2](Back to the
beginning)
GAMMA
0
0
● The selection menu disappears automatically if you do not
change the selection for 10 seconds.
NORMAL:
Select this normally.
CINEMA:
5 Adjust the parameter.
Suitable for movie.
USER 1/
USER 2:
You can adjust parameters that affect picture
appearance and store settings. Go to step 3.
Press rt repeatedly to change the setting, then press
ENTER.
● The current VFP settings appear again.
6 Adjust the other parameters.
NOTE:
You cannot adjust the parameters of “NORMAL” and “CINEMA”.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 to adjust other parameters.
To adjust picture appearance manually
To return to the normal screen
Press DVD PICTURE.
3 Access USER menu.
Press w e repeatedly to
select “USER 1” or “USER 2”.
USER 1
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
TINT
SHARPNESS
Page 47
To activate your setting
Press DVD PICTURE, then press w e repeatedly to select
“USER 1” or “USER 2” that you have changed the
parameters.
0
0
+3
15 January 2004 12:12 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 48 Thursday, January 15, 2004 3:15 PM
48 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Using the onscreen bar
How to Access the on-screen bar
You can check disc information while the disc is loaded and you
can use some functions using the on-screen bar. The on-screen
bar allows you the various playback operations.
Example: During Video CD playback
Press ON SCREEN twice whenever a disc is loaded.
Example: During DVD VIDEO playback
Contents of the on-screen bar during playback
DVD
Video CD
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Page 48
Disc type
Current transfer rate (Megabits per second)
Current title (for DVD)
Current chapter number (for DVD) or track number
(for other type of discs)
Time information (墌 pg. 49)
Playback status
: appears during playback.
/
: appears during fast forward/reverse.
/
: appears during playback in forward slowmotion/reverse slow-motion.
: appears when paused.
: appears when stopped.
Select this to change time information. (See 5 in the
illustration above) (墌 pg. 49)
Select this for Repeat Playback. (墌 pg. 50)
Select this for time search function. (墌 pg. 52)
Select this for chapter search function. (墌 pg. 53)
Select this to change audio language or channel.
(墌 pg. 56, 57)
Select this to change subtitle language. (墌 pg. 54)
Select this to change view angle. (墌 pg. 55)
15 January 2004 3:15 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 49 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:48 PM
EN
Basic operation on the on-screen bar
49
Change the time information
Example: When selecting the Repeat mode of DVD
During playback
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
● The currently selected item is highlighted.
You can change the time information in the on-screen bar on the
TV screen and the front display panel of the unit.
During playback or while stopped
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
, then press
ENTER. The pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
● The current setting appears.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● Each time you press ENTER, the time information changes as
follows;
Example: During DVD playback
(Back to the beginning)
C
Select the option.
Press rt to select the desired option, then press ENTER.
● Each time you press rt, the options change.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTE:
See the corresponding pages for details on each function.
Page 49
TIME:
Elapsed playing time of current chapter/track
REM:
Remaining time of current chapter/track
TOTAL:
Elapsed time of title/disc
T. REM:
Remaining time of title/disc
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTE:
While a DVD is stopped, “– : – – : – –” appears in the time
information display.
15 January 2004 5:48 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 50 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:48 PM
50 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
C Select the repeat mode.
Press rt repeatedly to select the Repeat mode, then
press ENTER.
● The mode changes as follows:
DVD VIDEO
CHAPTER]TITLE]A-B]OFF](Back to the beginning)
CHAPTER:
The current chapter is played back
repeatedly.
TITLE:
The current title is played back
repeatedly.
A-B:
The desired part is played back
repeatedly. (墌 pg. 51)
OFF:
Each title and chapter is played
back once.
Video CD/SVCD/CD
TRACK]ALL]A-B]OFF](Back to the beginning)
TRACK:
The current track is played back
repeatedly.
ALL:
All tracks are played back
repeatedly.
A-B:
The desired part is played back
repeatedly. (墌 pg. 51)
OFF:
Each track is played back once.
● “A-B” cannot be selected while stopped.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
To cancel Repeat Playback
Repeat from step A, select “OFF” in step C, then press
ENTER.
Repeat Playback
When using the REPEAT button:
You can repeat playback as you like according to the type of
disc.
DVD VIDEO:
during playback
Audio CD:
during playback or in stop mode
Video CD/SVCD: in stop mode or during playback with PBC
disactivated
When using the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
● Repeat mode is displayed on the TV.
B Select the repeat mode.
● To stop Repeat Playback, press STOP (8).
● To cancel Repeat Playback, press REPEAT repeatedly until
“OFF” appears on the TV screen.
● The pop-up window disappears if no operation is done for
about 5 seconds.
NOTES:
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
Page 50
Press REPEAT during playback of the item you want to
repeat.
Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the desired repeat
mode.
A Access the on-screen bar.
B Select menu item.
A Access the repeat mode.
● Repeat Playback is not possible with a Video CD and SVCD
with PBC function.
● Repeat Playback may not work properly depending on the
type of disc being used.
● You cannot select A-B Repeat Playback by pressing REPEAT.
15 January 2004 5:48 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 51 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:48 PM
EN
51
A-B Repeat Playback
You can repeat the desired part.
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
C Select the repeat mode.
Press rt repeatedly to select “A-B”.
D Select the start point.
Press ENTER at the beginning of the part you want to
repeat (point A).
● The following display appears in the on-screen bar.
E Select the end point
Press ENTER at the end of the part you want to repeat (point
B).
● A-B Repeat Playback starts. The selected part of the disc
(between point A and B) is played repeatedly.
To cancel A-B Repeat Playback
Repeat from step A, select “OFF” in step C, then press
ENTER.
● You can also cancel Repeat Playback by pressing SKIP (2)
or SKIP (6).
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTES:
● A-B Repeat Playback may not work properly depending on the
type of disc being used.
● The subtitles recorded around A-B point may not appear.
● The end of the item will be set as “B” point if the end of the
item reached before you set the “B” point.
● When playing back a DVD, A-B Repeat Playback is possible
only within the same title.
● “A-B” cannot be selected while stopped.
Page 51
15 January 2004 5:48 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 52 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:42 AM
52 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Time Search
You can play back a disc from the desired point by specifying the
elapsed time from the beginning of the current title (for DVD
VIDEO) or the disc (for Audio CD/Video CD) using the Time
Search.
When a PBC-compatible Video CD is played back, be sure to
inactivate PBC function before you perform Time search by
pressing the number keys instead of the PLAY (4) button when
you start playback.
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
C Select the time.
Press the number keys (0-9) to enter the time, then press
ENTER.
Example:
To play back from a point 2 (hours): 34 (minutes): 08 (seconds)
elapsed
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
Press 2
TIME 2
_:__:__
Press 3
Press 4
TIME 2
_:3
_4
_:__
Press 0
TIME 2
_:3
__:__
TIME 2
_:3
_4
_:0
__
TIME _2 : _3 _4 : _0 _8
Press 8
If you have specified a wrong selection,
Press w repeatedly until the wrong number is erased,
then press number keys to enter the correct numbers.
● The unit starts playback from the specified time.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTES:
● When “X” is displayed on the TV screen in step C, you have
selected a point that excesses the recording time of the disc.
● Some DVD VIDEO discs do not contain time information, and
it is no possible to use the Time Search function. In such a
case, “X” is displayed on the TV screen as well.
● Time Search does not work while you play back the Video CD
or SVCD with the PBC Function.
Reactivate the Playback Control (PBC) Function
You can reactivate the PBC function when you play back a PBCcompatible Video CD disc without PBC function.
● Press TOP MENU during playback.
Page 52
8 January 2004 11:42 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 53 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:18 PM
EN
53
Chapter Search
You can start playback the desired chapter using the on-screen
bar.
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
C Select the chapter.
Press the number keys (0-9) to enter the desired chapter
number, then press ENTER.
● The unit starts playback from the selected chapter.
Examples:
To select track 5, press the number key “5”.
To select track 15, press the number key “1” and “5”.
To select track 25, press number key “2” and “5”.
● It is not possible to use the number key “+10” and “–10”.
If you have specified a wrong selection
Enter the appropriate number keys again.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTES:
● When “X” is displayed on the TV screen in step C, the
chapter you have selected is not contained in the disc, or
chapter search does not work on the disc.
● Chapter Search starts automatically when you select the
desired chapter in step C depending on the disc.
Page 53
15 January 2004 12:17 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 54 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:54 PM
54 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
C Select the subtitle language.
Press rt repeatedly to select the desired subtitle
language, then press ENTER.
● Each time you press the button, the subtitle language changes.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTES:
● It is impossible to select “OFF” when using the on-screen bar.
To select “OFF”, press ON SCREEN to clear the on-screen bar,
then press SUB TITLE until “OFF” is selected.
● For DVD VIDEO
Some subtitle languages are abbreviated in the pop-up
window. See “Language Code List” (墌 pg. 23).
● For SVCD
SVCD can contain up to four subtitles. Pressing SUB TITLE
changes the subtitles regardless of whether the subtitles are
recorded or not. (Subtitles will not change if no subtitle is
recorded.)
● When “X” appears on the TV screen in step C, subtitle
language is not recorded.
When using the SUB TITLE button:
A Access the menu.
Press SUB TITLE.
● The following pop-up window appears on the TV screen.
Example (DVD): “ENGLISH” is selected out of 3 subtitle
languages recorded.
Subtitle Selection
B Select the subtitle language.
Press rt or SUB TITLE repeatedly to select the desired
subtitle language. To select “OFF”, press SUB TITLE until
“OFF” is selected.
You can select subtitle language.
● During playback
● Each time you press the button, the subtitle language changes.
● The pop-up window disappears if no operation is done for
about 5 seconds.
When using the on-screen bar
A Access the on-screen bar.
NOTE:
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
When “X” appears on the TV screen in step B, subtitle language
is not recorded.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
Example (DVD): “ENGLISH” is selected out of 3 subtitle
languages recorded.
Page 54
15 January 2004 5:53 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 55 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:18 PM
EN
Angle Selection
55
When using the ANGLE button:
A Access the menu.
You can enjoy a variety of scene angles if the DVD VIDEO disc
contains “multi-angle” parts, where multiple cameras were used
to shoot the same scene from different angles.
If the disc contains “multi-angle” parts, “
” appears on the TV
screen at the beginning of the “multi-angle” part when “ON
SCREEN GUIDE” is set to “ON”.
● During playback
Press ANGLE.
● The following pop-up window appears on the TV screen.
Example: The first view angle is selected out of 3 view angles
recorded.
When using the on-screen bar
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
Example: The first view angle is selected out of 3 view angles
recorded.
B Select the view angle.
Press rt or ANGLE repeatedly to select the desired
view angle.
● Each time you press the button, the angle of the scene
changes.
● The pop-up window disappears if no operation is done for
about 5 seconds.
Example:
1/3]2/3]3/3](Back to the beginning)
1/3
1/3
1
2
1/3
3
C Select the view angle.
Press rt repeatedly to select the desired view angle,
then press ENTER.
● Each time you press the button, the angle of the scene
changes.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTE:
When “X” appears on the TV screen in step C, the current
scene is not recorded from multiple angles.
Page 55
15 January 2004 12:17 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 56 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:18 PM
56 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
Example: “ENGLISH” is selected out of 4 audio languages
recorded.
C Select the audio language.
Press rt repeatedly to select the desired audio
language, then press ENTER.
● Each time you press the button, the audio language changes.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
NOTES:
● Some audio languages are abbreviated in the pop-up window.
See “Language Code List” (墌 pg. 23)
● If “X” appears on the TV, the current scene does not contain
plural audio languages.
When using the A.MONITOR button:
A Access the menu.
Press A.MONITOR.
● The following pop-up window appears on the TV screen.
Example: “ENGLISH” is selected out of 3 audio languages
recorded.
Audio Language Selection
Some DVD discs contain the multiple audio.
You can select the audio language of movies (DVD VIDEO).
● During playback
When using the on-screen bar
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select the audio language.
Press rt or A.MONITOR repeatedly to select the
desired audio language.
● Each time you press the button, the audio language changes.
● The pop-up window disappears if no operation is done for
about 5 seconds.
NOTE:
Some audio languages are abbreviated in the pop-up window.
See “Language Code List” (墌 pg. 23).
Page 56
15 January 2004 12:17 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 57 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:18 PM
EN
Audio Channel Selection
57
When using the A.MONITOR button:
A Access the menu.
When you play certain karaoke (Video CD/SVCD), you can
enjoy karaoke by selecting the audio channel to play.
● The sound of each audio channel depends on the contents of
the disc.
● During playback
Press A.MONITOR.
● The following pop-up window appears on the TV screen.
Example: “ST” (stereo) is selected out of 3 audio channels
recorded.
When using the on-screen bar
A Access the on-screen bar.
Press ON SCREEN twice. The on-screen bar appears on
the TV screen.
B Select menu item.
Press w e to move the hightlight to
ENTER.
B Select the audio channel.
Press rt or A.MONITOR repeatedly to select the
desired audio channel.
, then press
● The following pop-up window appears under the selected
item.
Example: “ST” (stereo) is selected.
C Select the audio channel.
Press rt repeatedly to select the desired audio channel,
then press ENTER.
● Each time you press the button, the audio channel changes.
● The pop-up window disappears if no operation is done for
about 5 seconds.
For Video CD
ST]L]R](Back to the beginning)
ST:
To listen to normal stereo playback.
L:
To listen to L (left) audio channel only.
R:
To listen to R (right) audio channel only.
For SVCD
ST 1]ST 2]L 1]R 1]L 2]R 2](Back to the beginning)
ST 1/ST 2:
To listen to normal stereo playback of ST 1 or
ST 2 channel.
L 1/L 2:
To listen to the L (left) 1 or 2 audio channel.
R 1/R 2:
To listen to the R (right) 1 or 2 audio channel.
● Each time you press the button, the audio channel changes.
To clear the on-screen bar
Press ON SCREEN.
Page 57
15 January 2004 12:17 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 58 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
58 EN
Parental Lock
This function restricts playback of DVD VIDEO discs which
contain violent (and other) scenes according to the level set by
the user. For example, if a movie which includes violent scenes
supports the parental lock feature, such scenes which you do not
want to let children view can be cut or replaced with other
scenes.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
C Access the DVD Set Up menu.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select “
OTHERS”.
D Access the “PARENTAL LOCK“ menu.
Press rt repeatedly to
move the hightlight to
“PARENTAL LOCK“, then
press ENTER.
● The “PARENTAL LOCK“ submenu appears on the TV
screen.
● It is possible to access the
“PARENTAL LOCK“ menu only
in the stop mode when a DVD
disc is loaded on the unit.
E Access the country code menu.
Press ENTER, then press rt
repeatedly to move the
hightlight to “COUNTRY
CODE“, then press ENTER.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
US
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
F Select the country code.
Press rt repeatedly to
move the hightlight to select
the country code, then press
ENTER.
● See “Country/Area Code List
for Parental Lock” (墌 pg. 60).
● The hightlight moves to “SET
LEVEL”.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SET LEVEL
PASSWORD
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
US
UG
NONE UM
_ _ _ _ US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
USE
TO SELECT. USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
G Select the Level.
To set Parental Lock for the first time
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
B Select the DVD deck.
Press ENTER, then press rt
repeatedly to move the
hightlight to select the level
of restriction, then press
ENTER.
● The hightlight moves to
“PASSWORD”.
● The smaller the value of level
is, the more restrictive the
Parental Lock level is.
● Select “NONE” to cancel this
function.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
US
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
NONE
____ 8
7
6
5
4
3
USE
TO SELECT. USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
Page 58
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 59 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
H Enter the password.
Press the number keys to
enter a four-digit number as
your password, then press
ENTER.
● The hightlight moves to
“EXIT”.
E Enter your new password.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
US
SET LEVEL
4
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
NEW PASSWORD ? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEY
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
I Return to the OTHERS menu screen.
Press ENTER.
● The “
OTHERS” menu resumes.
To change the settings
To temporarily release the Parental
Lock
You can change the Parental lock settings later.
A Access the Parental Lock screen.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select “ OTHERS”.
C Press rt repeatedly to move the hightlight to
“PARENTAL LOCK“, then press ENTER.
● The “PARENTAL LOCK“ sub-menu appears on the TV screen.
● You can only move the hightlight to “PASSWORD” or to
“EXIT” before you enter your password.
When you set the parental level strictly, some discs may not be
played back at all. When you insert such a disc and try to play
back it, the following Parental Lock screen appears on the TV
screen, asking you whether you want the Parental Lock to be
temporarily released or not.
A Access the password screen.
A Place the disc in the disc
tray.
● If the disc rated higher than the
selected level, the following
screen appears.
Enter the password.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
US
SET LEVEL
4
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
NEW PASSWORD ? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEY
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
C Change the country code.
Press rt to select the country code, then press ENTER.
● See “Country/Area Code List for Parental Lock” (墌 pg. 60).
● When you change the country code, you must select the level.
Press rt to select the desired level, then press ENTER.
Page 59
F Return to the normal screen.
● When you enter the wrong password more than 3 times in
step B on the left column, the highlight moves to “EXIT”
automatically and rt does not work.
● If you forget your password, enter “8888” in step B.
Remember your password, or make a note of it.
D Change the level.
● The password entered in the this step becomes the new
password. If you do not change the password, enter the same
password as in the step B.
● Even if you want to change only the country code and/or level,
do not forget to enter the password after changing the country
code and/or the level. Otherwise, the new country code and/
or the level will not become effective.
NOTES:
NOTE:
Press the appropriate number
keys to enter 4-digit
password, then press ENTER.
If you enter the wrong
password, “WRONG!
RETRY...” appears at the
bottom of the TV screen.
Enter the correct password.
Press the appropriate number keys to enter 4-digit
password, then press ENTER.
Press SET UP.
To return to the normal screen
Press SET UP.
B
59
B Press rt to move the
hightlight to
“TEMPORARY RELEASE”,
then press ENTER.
PARENTAL LOCK
TEMPORARY RELEASE
NOT RELEASE
PASSWORD
SELECT
____
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEY
ENTER
● If you select “NOT RELEASE”,
you cannot play back that disc.
B Enter the password.
Press the appropriate number keys to enter 4-digit
password, then press ENTER.
● If you enter the wrong password, “WRONG! RETRY...” appears
on the TV screen. Enter the correct password.
● If you enter the correct password, the Parental lock is released
and the unit starts playback.
NOTES:
● When you enter the wrong password more than 3 times in
step B above, the highlight moves to “NOT RELEASE”
automatically and rt do not work. In such a case, press
ENTER, then press OPEN/CLOSE (x) to remove the disc.
● If you forget your password, enter “8888” in step B.
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 60 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
60 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Country/Area Code List for Parental Lock
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
Page 60
Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaijan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Côte d’Ivoire
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Eritrea
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands (Malvinas)
Micronesia (Federated States of)
Faroe Islands
France
France, Metropolitan
Gabon
United Kingdom
Grenada
Georgia
French Guiana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands
Guatemala
Guam
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean Territory
Iraq
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Korea, Democratic People’s Republic of
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Lao People’s Democratic Republic
Lebanon
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 61 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
Page 61
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldova, Republic of
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
French Polynesia
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Pitcairn
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Réunion
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
61
Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Seychelles
Sudan
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Slovakia
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Sao Tome and Principe
El Salvador
Syrian Arab Republic
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tajikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan, Province of China
Tanzania, United Republic of
Ukraine
Uganda
United States Minor Outlying Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State (Holy See)
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (U.S.)
Viet Nam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 62 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
62 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
About MP3 Disc
This unit can playback CD discs recorded by the MP3 format (we
refer to those discs as MP3 discs in this manual).
Operations for MP3 discs are similar to those for Audio CD
discs, though there are some restrictions and differences.
What is MP3?
MP3 is the abbreviation of “MPEG1 Audio Layer 3.” MPEG
Audio is a compression specification that compresses the audio
portion only. This image compression method is used in DVD or
Video CD, etc. The audio data has been compressed into about
1/10.
On an MP3 disc, each material (song) is recorded on each Track
(file), which usually belongs to a Group (folder).
Track A.mp3
NOTES:
● Because of the disc characteristics or recording condition,
some discs may not be played back or it takes time to start
playback.
● The unit does not support “packet writing” discs.
● If there are any Tracks (files) which are stored on a disc directly
and do not belong to any Group (directory), the unit
recognized them as belonging to an independent Group.
● The unit plays back Groups/Tracks on an MP3 disc in the
alphabetical order.
● For example, if there are three title Groups [one], [two] and
[three] on a disc, the playback order is [one], [three] then
[two]. Tracks in a Group are played back in the same way.
● Therefore, an MP3 disc on the market may be played back in
the different order from the order printed on its sleeve.
MP3 control display
The MP3 control display appears on the TV screen and playback
starts when an MP3 disc is loaded.
Group 1
Track B.mp3
Total group number on
disc
Current track
number
Total track number
in current group
Track C.mp3
FILE
MP3 disc
Group 2
Group : 1 / 3
Track D.mp3
Blue
Red
Green
Track E.mp3
Group 4
Track F.mp3
Group 3
This unit can recognize up to 99 Groups and up to 150 Tracks
per Group.
If a disc includes more than the Tracks above limit, the unit stops
detecting Tracks when the number of detected Tracks reaches
the limit and ignores the subsequent Tracks. The unit also
ignores any non-MP3 file in the disc.
Current group
number
*
Time – – : – – 8
Track: 1 / 14 (Total 14)
Cloudy
Fair
Fog
Hail
Indian summer
Rain
Shower
Snow
Thunder
Typhoon
Wind
Winter sky
Current track
Total track number
on disc
Current group
* Elapsed playing time of current track
Elapsed playing time is only shown during playback.
NOTES for making a private MP3 disc using a CD-R/
CD-RW disc:
● Select “ISO9660” as the disc format.
● Finalize the disc.
Page 62
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 63 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:54 PM
EN
MP3 Playback
63
Using the MP3 control display
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
You can search and play back desired groups and tracks using
the MP3 control display.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Select the mode.
Be sure to set “FILE TYPE” to “AUDIO” before loading a
disc. (墌 pg. 78)
D Load the disc.
A Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
B Place the MP3 disc in the disc tray.
● For details, refer to “Placing a Disc” (墌 pg. 9).
C Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to close the
disc tray.
● The MP3 control display appears on the TV screen when an
MP3 disc is loaded. (墌 pg. 62)
E Select the group.
Press rt to select the desired group, then press e.
F Start playback.
Press w e to select the desired track, then press ENTER or
PLAY (4).
● You can skip a track across a group. Press SKIP (6) to skip to
the first track of the next group when the last track of the
current group is selected.
G Pause playback.
Press PAUSE (9).
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
H Stop playback.
Press STOP (8). Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD
deck to open the disc tray, then remove the disc.
NOTES:
● PLAY (4), STOP (8), PAUSE (9), SKIP (2) and SKIP (6)
buttons function the same as with Audio CD discs, however,
REW (3) and FF (5) buttons do not function for MP3
playback.
● Resume playback also does not function for MP3 playback.
Page 63
15 January 2004 5:54 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 64 Thursday, January 8, 2004 2:41 PM
64 EN
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Repeat Playback
You can repeat playback of the current group, track or all groups.
● While MP3 control display is on the TV:
A Select the mode.
Press REPEAT to select the desired repeat mode.
● Each time you press REPEAT, the mode changes as follows:
TRACK]GROUP]ALL]OFF (No indication)](Back to the
beginning)
TRACK:
The current track is played back
repeatedly.
GROUP:
All tracks of the current group are
played back repeatedly.
ALL:
All tracks are played back
repeatedly.
OFF (no indication):
Each track is played back once.
● To stop Repeat Playback, press STOP (8).
● To cancel Repeat Playback, press REPEAT repeatedly until the
repeat mode display disappears on the TV screen.
● You can also quit Repeat Playback in the following cases:
• Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) to open the disc tray.
• Turn off the unit.
To return to the MP3 control display
Press STOP (8).
Group/track selection
To start playback by specifying the group/track number
A Press the number keys (0-10, +10) to enter the group
number.
B Press the number keys (0-10, +10) to enter the track
number.
● The entered number appears in the track number indication
and playback starts from the track you have specified.
Example:
To select 3:
To select 14:
To select 20:
To select 24:
To select 110:
To select 150:
Press 3.
Press +10, then 4.
Press +10, then 10.
Or press +10 twice, then 0.
Press +10, +10, then 4.
Press +10 ten times, then 10.
Press +10 fourteen times, then press 10 once.
NOTE:
You cannot select 150 even if you press +10 fifteen times, then
press 0 once.
Page 64
8 January 2004 2:41 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 65 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
About JPEG Disc
This unit can playback CD discs recorded by the JPEG format
(we refer to those discs as JPEG discs in this manual).
Operations for JPEG discs are similar to those for Audio CD
discs, though there are some restrictions and differences.
What is JPEG?
JPEG is the abbreviation of “Joint Photographic Expert Group.”
JPEG is a still-picture data compression system.
On a JPEG disc, each still picture is recorded as a file, which
usually belongs to a Group (folder).
File A.jpg
Group 1
File B.jpg
File C.jpg
JPEG disc
65
NOTES:
● We recommend to record a file at 640 x 480 resolution. (If a
file has been recorded at a resolution of more than 640 x 480,
it will take a longer time to be displayed.)
● This unit can only play back baseline JPEG files*. Progressive
JPEG files* or lossless JPEG files* cannot be played back.
* Baseline JPEG format: Used for digital cameras, web, etc.
Progressive JPEG format: Used for web.
Lossless JPEG format: An old type and rarely used now.
● Some files on a JPEG disc may be played back distortedly.
● Because of the disc characteristics or recording condition,
some discs may not be played back or it takes time to start
playback.
● The unit does not support “packet writing” discs.
● If there are any Files which are stored on a disc directly and do
not belong to any Group (directory), the unit recognized them
as belonging to an independent Group.
● The unit plays back Groups/Files on an JPEG disc in the
alphabetical order.
● For example, if there are three title Groups [one], [two] and
[three] on a disc, the playback order is [one], [three] then
[two]. Files in a Group are played back in the same way.
● Therefore, an JPEG disc on the market may be played back in
the different order from the order printed on its sleeve.
Group 2
File D.jpg
File E.jpg
Group 4
File F.jpg
Group 3
This unit can recognize up to 99 Groups and up to 150 Files per
Group.
If a disc includes more than the Files above limit, the unit stops
detecting Files when the number of detected Files reaches the
limit and ignores the subsequent Files. The unit also ignores any
non-JPEG file in the disc.
JPEG control display
The JPEG control display appears on the TV screen and playback
starts when a JPEG disc is loaded.
Total group number on
disc
Total file number in
current group
FILE
Group : 1 / 3
Sea
Mountain
Sky
NOTES for making a private JPEG disc using a CD-R/
CD-RW disc:
● Select “ISO9660” as the disc format.
● Finalize the disc.
Current file
number
Current group
number
8
File: 1 / 14 (Total 41)
Anemone fish
Bonito
Butterfly fish
Dolphin
Garden eel
Manta ray
Seal
Swordfish
Thunder
Tuna
Whale
Whale shark
Current file
Total file number on
disc
Current group
Page 65
7 January 2004 10:46 am
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 66 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:56 PM
66 EN
JPEG Playback
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK (cont.)
Using the JPEG control display
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
You can search and play back desired groups and files using the
JPEG control display.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Select the mode.
Be sure to set “FILE TYPE” to “STILL PICTURE” before
loading a disc. (墌 pg. 78)
D Load the disc.
A Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
B Place the JPEG disc in the disc tray.
● For details, refer to “Placing a Disc” (墌 pg. 9).
C Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to close the
disc tray.
● The JPEG control display appears on the TV screen when a
JPEG disc is loaded. (墌 pg. 65)
E Select the group.
Press rt to select the desired group, then press e.
F Start playback.
Press w e to select the desired file, then press ENTER or
PLAY (4).
● You can skip a file across a group. Press SKIP (6) to skip to
the first file of the next group when the last file of the current
group is selected.
The slide-show playback starts from the selected file.
● After selecting a file, press PLAY (4) to starts slide-show
playback from the selected file, or press ENTER to show the
selected file.
● The playback interval time of slide-show depends on the file
size.
G Pause playback.
Press PAUSE (9).
● To resume normal playback, press PLAY (4).
NOTES:
● PLAY (4), STOP (8), PAUSE (9), SKIP (2) and SKIP (6)
buttons function the same as with Audio CD discs, however,
REW (3) and FF (5) buttons do not function for JPEG
playback.
● Resume playback also does not function for JPEG playback.
Page 66
H Stop playback.
Press STOP (8). Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD
deck to open the disc tray, then remove the disc.
15 January 2004 5:55 pm
Filename [XVC27U_08DVD.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_08DVD.fm Page 67 Thursday, January 15, 2004 3:17 PM
EN
67
Repeat Playback
You can repeat playback of the current group, file or all groups.
● While JPEG control display is on the TV:
A Select the mode.
Press REPEAT to select the desired repeat mode.
● Each time you press REPEAT, the mode changes as follows:
GROUP]ALL]OFF (No indication)](Back to the beginning)
GROUP:
All files of the current group are
played back repeatedly.
ALL:
All files are played back
repeatedly.
OFF (No indication):
Each file is played back once.
B Start playback.
Press PLAY (4).
● To stop Repeat Playback, press STOP (8).
● To cancel Repeat Playback, press REPEAT repeatedly until the
repeat mode display disappears on the TV screen.
● You can also quit Repeat Playback in the following cases:
• Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) to open the disc tray.
• Turn off the unit.
To return to the JPEG control display
Press STOP (8).
Zooming
Press ZOOM during playback.
Group/file selection
● When you want to zoom the picture during slide-show
playback, first press PAUSE (9), then press ZOOM.
● Each press of ZOOM changes the magnification in the
following steps:
ZOOM OFF ] ZOOM 1 ] ZOOM 2 ] (Back to the
beginning)
● To resume normal playback, press ENTER.
To start slide-show playback by specifying the group/file
number
A Press the number keys (0-10, +10) to enter the group
number.
B Press the number keys (0-10, +10) to enter the file
number.
● The slide-show playback starts from the file you have
specified.
● To display only the selected file, then press ENTER. To start
slide-show playback from that file, press ENTER again.
Example:
To select 3:
To select 14:
To select 20:
To select 24:
To select 110:
To select 150:
Press 3.
Press +10, then 4.
Press +10, then 10.
Or press +10 twice, then 0.
Press +10, +10, then 4.
Press +10 ten times, then 10.
Press +10 fourteen times, then press 10 once.
NOTE:
You cannot select 150 even if you press +10 fifteen times, then
press 0 once.
Page 67
15 January 2004 3:17 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_01.book Page 68 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
68 EN
EDITING (VCR DECK)
Edit From A
Camcorder
You can use a camcorder as the source player and your
unit as the recording deck.
Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
A Make connections.
Connect the camcorder’s AUDIO OUT and VIDEO OUT
connectors to the unit’s front panel AUDIO and VIDEO
input connectors.
● When using a monaural camcorder, connect its AUDIO OUT
connector to the AUDIO L input connector on your unit.
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Set the unit’s input mode.
Press AUX (number key “0”) and/or CH to select “F-1”.
D Set the edit mode.
See “PICTURE CONTROL” on page 75.
E Engage the Record Pause mode.
Use PLAY (4), REW (3), or FF (5) to locate the
point where you start recording, then press and hold
PAUSE (9) and press REC (7) to engage the Record Pause
mode.
F Start the camcorder.
Recorder
Engage the Play mode of the camcorder.
G Start the unit.
Press PLAY (4) to engage the Record mode of the unit.
AUDIO input
VIDEO
input
Audio/video cable
(not supplied)
NOTES:
● All necessary cables can be obtained from your dealer.
● When you select “EDIT” to dub tapes in step D, be sure to select
“NORM” after you finish dubbing the tapes.
To Audio/VIDEO
Output
connectors
Camcorder
Player
Page 68
6 January 2004 7:51 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 69 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
Edit To Or From
Another Video
Recorder
A
TV receiver
Player
Your unit
69
You can use your unit as the source player or as the
recording deck.
Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
A Make connections.
A When using your unit as the source player ...
... connect its AUDIO/VIDEO OUTPUT connectors to the
audio/video input connectors on another recorder.
B When using your unit as the recording deck ...
... connect its AUDIO/VIDEO input connectors to the
audio/video output connectors on another recorder.
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
Audio/video cable
AV mode
Audio/video
cable
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Set the input mode of recording deck.
With this video unit, press AUX (number key “0”) and/or
CH to select “F-1”.
Another recorder
D Set the edit mode.
Recorder
B TV receiver
● When using another recorder as the recording deck, refer to its
instruction manual.
Recorder
Your unit
See “PICTURE CONTROL” on page 75.
the Record Pause mode of the
E Engage
recording deck.
Locate the point where you start recording, then engage
the Record Pause mode.
AV mode
Audio/video cable
Audio/video
cable
F Start the source player.
Engage the Play mode of the source player.
G Start the recording deck.
Another recorder
Engage the Record mode of the recording deck.
NOTES:
Player
Page 69
● All necessary cables can be obtained from your dealer.
● When you select “EDIT” to dub tapes in step D, be sure to select
“NORM” after you finish dubbing the tapes.
● When you use this unit as the source player for editing, be sure to set
“SUPERIMPOSE” to “OFF” before starting. (墌 pg. 75)
6 January 2004 7:51 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_09Editing.fm Page 70 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:40 PM
70 EN
EDITING (VCR DECK) (cont.)
Dubbing
You can dub selected scenes from the DVD disc to a cassette,
starting and stopping wherever you wish.
However, it is not possible to dub the copy-protected disc.
In such case, “ERROR” appears on the front display panel.
(from DVD to VCR)
A Load a cassette and place a disc.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
For the VCR deck
Insert a cassette with the record safety tab intact.
For the DVD deck
A Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
B Place the disc in the disc tray.
C Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to close the
disc tray.
B Prepare the VCR deck for dubbing.
A Press VCR.
B Press SP/EP to select recording speed.
C Search for the point where you want to start dubbing
by pressing PLAY (4), FF (5) or REW (3) then
press STOP (8).
C Prepare the DVD deck for dubbing.
A Press DVD.
B Search for the point where you want to start dubbing
by pressing PLAY (4), FF (5), REW (3), 6 or
2.
C Press PAUSE (9) to pause playback a little before the
start point.
D Start dubbing.
Press and hold REC (7), then press PLAY (4) on the
Remote.
● “dub” lights on the front display panel.
E End dubbing.
Press STOP (8).
● Be sure to press STOP (8) while the VCR indicator lights up on
the unit.
NOTES:
● You can dub from DVD to VCR regardless of the scan mode
setting. (墌 pg. 80) However, the progressive signals will be
converted to the interlace signals when dubbing.
● Set “ON SCREEN GUIDE” to “OFF” (墌 pg. 80) if you do not
want to record the on-screen display for DVD discs during
dubbing.
● There may be a discrepancy of several seconds between where
you intend editing to start, and where it actually starts.
● The superimposed indication during the operation or dubbing
is not recorded.
● Set “PICTURE CONTROL” to “EDIT”. (墌 pg. 75)
Page 70
15 January 2004 12:40 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Right
XVC27U_01.book Page 71 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
EDITING (DVD DECK)
71
You can dub selected audio from the DVD or Audio CD disc to a
MD etc.
However, it is not possible to dub the copy-protected disc.
Digital Audio
Dubbing
Example: Dubbing to a MD
A Make connections.
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
Connect the coaxial cable between the unit and the
digital audio device.
B Place a disc and load a MD.
For the DVD deck
A Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to open the
disc tray.
B Place the disc in the disc tray.
C Press OPEN/CLOSE (x) on the DVD deck to close the
disc tray.
Recorder
For the digital audio device
Insert a MD.
Digital audio device
(MD deck etc.)
Coaxial cable
(not supplied)
Player
C Prepare the DVD deck for dubbing.
A Press DVD and select the audio to be dubbed.
B Search for the point where you want to start dubbing
by pressing PLAY (4), FF (5) or REW (3) then
press STOP (8).
C Press REW (3) a little, then press PLAY (4) to start
playback.
D Press PAUSE (9) to pause playback a little before the
start point.
D Prepare the audio device for dubbing.
Select the input mode.
Rear of unit
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
E Start dubbing.
A Press PLAY (4) to start playback on the DVD deck.
B Start recording on the audio device.
F End dubbing.
Stop recording on the audio device. Then press STOP (8)
to stop playback on the DVD deck.
NOTES:
● There may be a discrepancy of several seconds between where
you intend editing to start, and where it actually starts.
● You can also dub a Video CD or SVCD. Set “DIGITAL AUDIO
OUTPUT” to “PCM ONLY”. (墌 pg. 78)
Page 71
6 January 2004 7:51 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_09Editing.fm Page 72 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:56 PM
72 EN
Remote Control
Functions
Remote A/B/C/D Code Switching
The Remote is capable of controlling four JVC video units
independently. Each of units can respond to one of four codes
(A, B, C or D). The remote control is preset to send A code
signals because your unit is initially set to respond to A code
signals. You can easily modify your unit to respond to B, C or D
code signals.
Before performing the following steps:
Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
REMOTE
On the Remote
Keep pressing VCR down during steps A – B.
A Change the remote control code.
Press the number key “1” for A, “2” for B, “3” for C or
“4” for D.
B Set the remote control code.
Press ENTER to set the code.
On the unit
C Turn off the unit.
Press POWER (1).
D Display the code.
Press PLAY (4) on the unit for over 5 seconds while the
unit is turned off. The code currently set appears on the
front display panel.
● If the code displayed on the front display panel is different
from the code set on the Remote, go to step E.
E Change the unit’s code.
Press STOP (8) on the Remote. The code currently set on
the Remote will be applied to the unit.
NOTE:
Even if you unplug the end of the mains power cord from the
mains, the remote control code is not back to A. However, the
batteries are removed from the Remote, the remote control code
is back to A.
Page 72
15 January 2004 5:56 pm
Filename [XVC27U_09Editing.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 73 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
73
Connecting To A Dolby Digital Decoder
or An Amplifier With A Built-in DTS
(DVD deck only)
These instructions enable you to connect your unit to dolby digital decoder or amplifier with a built-in DTS.
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
Back of unit
To DIGITAL AUDIO
input
Dolby Digital decoder or
amplifier with a built-in DTS
Coaxial cable
(not supplied)
Make connections.
Connect the coaxial cable between the unit and the
Dolby Digital decoder or amplifier with a built-in DTS.
NOTES:
● For Dolby digital sound, set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” to
“DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM”. (墌 pg. 78)
● For DTS sound, set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” to “STREAM/
PCM”. (墌 pg. 78)
Page 73
CAUTIONS:
● This unit has a dynamic range of more than 80 dB with regards
to its Hi-Fi audio capability. It is recommended that you check
the maximum level if you are going to listen to the Hi-Fi audio
signals through a stereo amplifier. A sudden surge in the input
level to the speakers may damage them.
● Some speakers and televisions are specially shielded to
prevent television interference. If both are of the non-shielded
type, do not place the speakers adjacent to the TV set as this
can adversely affect the video playback picture.
6 January 2004 7:51 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
Masterpage:Left
XVC27U_01.book Page 74 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
74 EN
Mode Set
(VCR deck)
SUBSIDIARY SETTINGS
You can change various mode settings on the Function
Set screen by following the procedure described below.
● For each mode setting, see pages 75 to 76.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
B Select the VCR deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the VCR indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights up.
C Access the Main Menu screen.
Press SET UP.
D Access the Function Set screen.
Press rt to move the
highlight bar (arrow) to
“FUNCTION SET”, then
press ENTER or e.
E Select the mode.
Press rt to move the highlight bar (arrow) to the item
you want to change.
F Select the mode setting.
Press ENTER or e.
G Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
Page 74
6 January 2004 7:46 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 75 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
75
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
8 PICTURE CONTROL
NORM
EDIT
SOFT
SHARP
This feature helps you to adjust the playback picture quality according to your
preference. Normally select “NORM”.
NORM:
Picture quality is adjusted automatically.
EDIT:
Minimizes picture degradation during editing (recording and playback).
SOFT:
Reduces image coarseness when viewing overplayed tapes containing a
lot of noise.
SHARP
Clearer, sharper-edged picture when viewing images with lots of flat,
same-coloured surfaces such as cartoons.
NOTES:
● When you select “EDIT”, “SOFT” or “SHARP”, the selected mode will not change until you
select another mode.
● When you select “EDIT” to dub tapes, be sure to select “NORM” after you finish dubbing
the tapes.
8 SUPERIMPOSE
ON
OFF
When this function is set to “ON”, various operational indicators appear on the TV
screen. Messages appear in the selected language. (墌 pg. 20)
NOTES:
● When you use this unit as the source player for editing, be sure to set “SUPERIMPOSE” to
“OFF” before starting.
● During playback, the operation mode indicators may be disturbed depending on the type of
tape being used.
8 AUTO SP]EP TIMER
ON
OFF
When this function is set to “ON”, the unit automatically switches to EP mode to
allow complete recording if there is not enough tape to record the entire program
while timer-recording in SP mode.
For Example:
Recording a program of 140 minutes in length onto a 120-minute tape
Approximately 110 minutes
Approximately 30 minutes
SP mode
EP mode
Total 140 minutes
Make sure you set this function to “ON”, before the timer-recording starts.
NOTES:
● If you have programed the unit to timer-record 2 or more programs, the second program
and those thereafter may not fit on the tape if you set “AUTO SP]EP TIMER” to “ON”. In
this case, make sure the mode is not engaged, then set the tape speed manually during
timer programing.
● In order to ensure that the recording fits on the tape, this feature may leave a slight nonrecorded section at the end of the tape.
● There may be some noise and sound disturbance at the point on the tape where the unit
switches from SP to EP mode.
● The Auto SP]EP Timer feature is not available during ITR (Instant Timer Recording), and
the feature will not work properly on the following tapes: T(ST)-30, T(ST)-60, T(ST)-90, and
T(ST)-120
Page 75
6 January 2004 7:46 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
XVC27U_01.book Page 76 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
76 EN
Masterpage:Left+
SUBSIDIARY SETTINGS (cont.)
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
8 VIDEO STABILIZER
ON
OFF
When this function is set to “ON”, you can automatically correct vertical
vibration in the picture when playing back unstable recordings made on
another recorder.
NOTES:
● When you finish viewing a tape, be sure to set this function to “OFF”.
● Regardless of the setting, this function has no effect during recording and during special
effects playback.
● The on-screen display may jitter vertically when this function is set to “ON”.
● To watch recordings with close-caption, set this function to “OFF”.
8 BLUE BACK
ON
OFF
When this function is set to “ON”, the TV screen becomes all blue when
receiving a channel not in use.
NOTE:
When you want to receive an unstable channel with poor signals, set this function to
“OFF”.
8 2ND AUDIO RECORD
ON
OFF
● When this function is set to “ON”;
If a SAP program is received, the SAP audio is recorded on both the normal and
Hi-Fi tracks. The main audio is not recorded.
If a non-SAP program is received, the main audio is recorded on both the Hi-Fi
and normal tracks.
● When this function is set to “OFF”, the SAP audio cannot be recorded.
NOTES:
When the channel is changed on the unit;
● The “STEREO” indicator appears on the screen for about 5 seconds if the program is a
stereo broadcast.
● The “SAP” indicator appears on the screen for about 5 seconds if the program is a SAP
broadcast.
● Both indicators appear when a stereo program is accompanied by SAP sound.
8 AUDIO MONITOR
HI-FI
HI-FI L
HI-FI R
NORM
MIX
This unit can record two sound tracks simultaneously (normal and Hi-Fi) on a
Hi-Fi stereo tape. You can select the sound track(s) to listen to while playing
back a Hi-Fi stereo tape. In addition, when playing back a prerecorded tape
containing two separate audio programs on the Hi-Fi tracks, you can choose
either one by selecting either “HI-FI L” or “HI-FI R”.
HI-FI:
HI-FI L:
HI-FI R:
NORM:
MIX:
Normally select this. Hi-Fi sound is played back.
Sound on the left Hi-Fi channel is played back.
Sound on the right Hi-Fi channel is played back.
Sound on the normal track is played back.
Both sounds on the Hi-Fi track and normal track are mixed
and played back.
NOTES:
● While playing back a monaural tape, sounds on the normal track will be heard
regardless of this setting.
● You can also use the A.MONITOR button on the Remote to select the desired monitor
sound. (墌 pg. 32)
8 AUTO POWER OFF
3H
OFF
Page 76
When this function is set to “3H”, the unit is turned off automatically if no
operation is done within 3 hours. “AUTO POWER OFF IN 3 MIN” appears on
the screen 3 minutes before the unit is turned off.
6 January 2004 7:46 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 77 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
Mode Set
(DVD deck)
77
● The procedure shows how to set “RESUME” to “ON”
on the DVD Set Up menu screen as an example.
A Turn on the unit.
Press POWER (1).
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
B Select the DVD deck.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator lights up.
C Access the DVD Set Up menu screen.
A Press SET UP.
B Press w e to select
“ OTHERS”.
● Each time you press the
button, the setup menus
change as follows;
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
LANGUAGE] PICTURE]
](Back to the beginning)
USE
TO SELECT, USE OK TO CONFIRM.
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
AUDIO ]
OTHERS
D Select the mode.
Press rt to move the hightlight to “RESUME”, then
press ENTER.
E Select the mode setting.
Press rt to select “ON”, then press ENTER.
F Return to the normal screen.
Press SET UP.
You can change various mode settings on the Mode Set
screen by following the procedure described below.
● For each mode setting, see pages 78 to 80.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE (墌 pg. 22)
AUDIO LANGUAGE (墌 pg. 22)
SUBTITLE (墌 pg. 22)
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE (墌 pg. 21)
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE (墌 pg. 18, 78)
PICTURE SOURCE (墌 pg. 78)
SCREEN SAVER (墌 pg. 78)
FILE TYPE (墌 pg. 78)
AUDIO
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT (墌 pg. 78)
DOWN MIX (墌 pg. 79)
D. RANGE COMPRESSION (墌 pg. 79)
OTHERS
RESUME (墌 pg. 80)
ON SCREEN GUIDE (墌 pg. 80)
PARENTAL LOCK (墌 pg. 58)
Page 77
6 January 2004 7:46 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm Page 78 Thursday, January 15, 2004 3:19 PM
78 EN
Picture Settings
8 MONITOR TYPE
16:9
4:3 LB
4:3 PS
8 PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
FILM
VIDEO
8 SCREEN SAVER
ON
OFF
8 FILE TYPE
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
Audio Settings
8 DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
PCM ONLY
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
STREAM/PCM
Page 78
Masterpage:Left+
SUBSIDIARY SETTINGS (cont.)
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
You can select the monitor type depending the TV used when you play back
DVD VIDEO discs recorded for wide-screen TVs. For more details, refer to
“Monitor Set (DVD deck)” (墌 pg. 18)
You can obtain optimal picture quality by selecting whether the content on the
disc is processed by field (video source) or by frame (film source).
Normally set to “AUTO”.
AUTO:
Used to play back a disc containing both video and film
source materials. This unit recognizes the picture type (film or
video source) of the current disc according to the disc
information.
FILM:
Suitable for playing back a film or progressive source disc.
VIDEO:
Suitable for playing back a video source disc with relatively a
few moments.
● If the playback picture is unclear or noisy, or the oblique lines of the picture
are rough, try to change to other modes.
The TV screen may be burned out if a static picture is displayed for a long time.
When this function is set to “ON”, the unit automatically activates the screen
saver function if a static picture, such as an on-screen display or menu is
displayed for over 5 minutes.
You can select files to play back, when both MP3 files and JPEG files are
recorded on a disc.
AUDIO:
Select this to play back MP3 files.
STILL PICTURE: Select this to play back JPEG files.
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
Set to the appropriate mode according to the type of the device connected to
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT connector on the rear of unit.
It is not necessary to set this mode when you connect no device to DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT connector.
PCM ONLY:
Select this when you connect the unit’s DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
connector to the linear PCM digital input connector of other audio
device.
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM:
Select this when you connect the unit’s DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
connector to the digital input connector of a Dolby Digital decoder
or an amplifier with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder.
STREAM/PCM:
Select this when you connect the unit’s DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
connector to the digital input connector of an amplifier with a builtin DTS, Dolby Digital, or MPEG multichannel decoder.
15 January 2004 3:19 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm Page 79 Thursday, January 15, 2004 12:43 PM
EN
8 DOWN MIX
DOLBY SURROUND
STEREO
79
Set to the appropriate mode according to your audio system when you play
back a DVD VIDEO disc recorded with surround multichannel audio. This
setting affects only the analogue audio output signal from the AUDIO OUTPUT
connectors (DVD) when playing back a DVD VIDEO disc recorded with
surround multichannel audio.
DOLBY SURROUND:
Select this when you enjoy multichannel surround audio by
connecting the unit’s analogue AUDIO OUTPUT connector
(DVD) to a surround decoder or an internal amplifier.
STEREO:
Select this when you enjoy conventional 2-channel stereo
audio by connecting the unit’s analogue AUDIO OUTPUT
connectors (DVD) to a stereo amplifier/receiver or TV, or when
you dub audio of a DVD VIDEO disc recorded with surround
audio to your MD, cassette, etc.
NOTE:
The “DOWN MIX” function does not work when the 3D Phonic function is activated.
(墌 pg. 46)
8 D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AUTO
ON
You can compress the dynamic range (the difference between the loudest and
quietest audio signals) of the sound when listening to the sound at a low
volume or at night.
This function is available with DVD VIDEO discs recorded with the Dolby
Digital format. Set to the appropriate mode according to the number of
channels recorded.
AUTO:
Audio is played back with channels other than Dolby Digital
channel 1 or 2 compressed.
ON:
Audio is played back with all channel compressed.
NOTES:
● This function works only when playing back a disc recorded with Dolby Digital format.
The setting is not effective for other discs.
● This function does not work when the 3D Phonic function is activated. (墌 pg. 46)
Output
Playback discs
STREAM/PCM
DVD VIDEO with
48 kHz, 16/20/24 bit linear
PCM
DVD VIDEO with DTS
DVD VIDEO with Dolby
Digital
MP3 disc
PCM ONLY
48 kHz, 16 bit linear PCM
DTS bitstream
44.1 kHz, 16 bit stereo linear PCM
48 kHz, 16 bit stereo linear
PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
Audio CD/Video CD
Audio CD with DTS
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit stereo linear PCM
DTS bitstream
44.1 kHz, 16 bit stereo linear PCM
Linear PCM
NOTES:
● The unit is not equipped with the DTS 5.1 channel decoding function.
● When you play back a DVD VIDEO or Audio CD disc with DTS, use a DTS decoder to get correct signals from your speakers.
Never use the unit’s analog output connectors, which output incorrect signals that may damage your speakers.
● If you connect the analog outputs and digital outputs simultaneously, be sure to select the source of the amplifier correctly, or
set the level control of the amplifier connected to the analog outputs to minimum.
Page 79
15 January 2004 12:43 pm
Filename [XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_10Subsidiary.fm Page 80 Thursday, January 8, 2004 11:47 AM
80 EN
SUBSIDIARY SETTINGS (cont.)
Others Settings
8 RESUME
ON
OFF
* The default setting is bold in the table below.
When this function is set to “ON”, you can use the resume function.
(墌 pg. 45)
ON:
You can start playback from the resume point of the
placed disc.
OFF:
You cannot use the resume function.
NOTE:
This function is not available for Audio CDs and MP3 discs.
8 ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
OFF
When this function is set to “ON”, the unit can display “on-screen
guide” icons or characters which shows the conditions of the unit or
disc.
Child Lock
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
You can disable the unit’s operation.
A Set the Child Lock.
Press and hold POWER (1) on the Remote for more
than 10 seconds while the unit is turned on. The unit
turns off, and “CL“ appears on the front display panel.
● To release the child lock, press and hold POWER (1) on the
Remote until the unit turns on.
NOTES:
● When the child lock function is in use, keep the Remote out of
the children’s reach.
● Timer recording programs will be performed even if the child
lock function activated.
Scan Mode Set
(DVD deck)
● Turn on the TV and select the VCR channel (or AV
mode).
● Slide the TV/VCR/DVD switch to the right.
This unit supports the progressive scan system (eg. 480p*)
as well as the conventional interlaced scan system (eg.
480i*).
If your TV equipped with component video connectors
supports the progressive video input, you can enjoy a
high quality picture by setting the progressive scan mode
to active.
● Refer also to the instruction manuals supplied with your TV.
● If your TV equipped with component video connectors does
not support the progressive video input, do not change the
scan mode to the “PROGRESSIVE”.
* 480p and 480i indicate the number of scanning lines and
scanning format of an image signal.
• 480p indicates 480 scanning lines with progressive format.
• 480i indicates 480 scanning lines with interlaced format.
A Switch the mode.
During playback or while stopped, press and hold
PROGRESSIVE SCAN on the unit or DVD on the Remote
for more than 3 seconds, to change the scan mode
between Progressive and Interlace mode.
● When the Progressive scan mode is selected, the Progressive
mode indicator ( ) lights up on the front display panel.
Page 80
8 January 2004 11:47 am
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Right
XVC27U_01.book Page 81 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
TROUBLESHOOTING
81
Before requesting service for a problem, use this chart and see if you can repair the trouble yourself. Small problems are
often easily corrected, and this can save you the trouble of sending your unit off for repair.
POWER
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. No power is supplied to the unit.
● The AC power cord is disconnected.
Connect the AC power cord.
2. The Remote won’t function.
● The batteries are discharged.
Replace the dead batteries with new ones.
TAPE TRANSPORT (VCR deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. During recording, the tape does not
run. The counter display blinks on the
front display panel.
● The unit is in the Record Pause mode.
Press PLAY (4) to resume recording.
2. The tape will not rewind or fastforward.
● The tape is already fully rewound or
fast-forwarded.
Check the cassette.
PLAYBACK (VCR deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. The VCR deck can not be operated.
● The VCR deck is not selected.
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the
VCR indicator lights up.
On the Remote
Press VCR so that the VCR indicator lights
up.
2. The playback picture does not appear
while the tape is running.
● If you are using the RF connection,
— the TV receiver’s channel selector is
not set to the VCR channel.
— the unit’s VCR channel has not been
correctly set.
If you are using the RF connection,
— set the TV receiver to the VCR channel.
— perform “Set the VCR channel.”
(墌 pg. 14).
● If you are using the AV, S-VIDEO* or
Component Video* connection, the TV
receiver is not set to the AV mode.
* (DVD deck only)
If you are using the AV or S-VIDEO*,
Component Video* connection, set the TV
to its AV mode.
* (DVD deck only)
3. Noise appears during visual search.
● This is normal.
4. Noise appears during normal
playback.
● The automatic tracking mode is
engaged.
Try manual tracking. (墌 pg. 32)
5. The playback picture is blurred or
interrupted while TV broadcasts are
clear or “USE CLEANING CASSETTE”
message appears on the screen.
● The video heads may be dirty.
Use a dry cleaning cassette ECL-3F, or
consult your JVC dealer.
6. Breaks are noticeable in Hi-Fi
soundtrack.
● The automatic tracking mode is
engaged.
Try manual tracking. (墌 pg. 32)
Page 81
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 82 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
82 EN
TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.)
PLAYBACK (DVD deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. The button do not work.
● The operation is prohibited on the
placed disc.
2. The DVD deck can not be operated.
● The DVD deck is not selected.
3. “X” appears on the TV screen.
● The operation is prohibited on the
placed disc.
4. “REGION CODE ERROR!” appears on
the TV screen.
● The disc’s region number does not
match that of the unit.
Use the discs whose region number
includes “ALL” or “1”. (墌 pg. 7)
5. The disc cannot be played back.
● The disc’s region number does not
match that of the unit.
Use the discs whose region number
includes “ALL” or “1”. (墌 pg. 7)
● This type of the disc cannot be played
back.
See “Unplayable Discs” (墌 pg. 7).
● The disc is not placed properly.
Remove the disc, then place the disc
properly in the disc tray. (墌 pg. 9,
“Placing a Disc”)
● The Parental Lock is engaged, and the
placed disc is rated higher than the set
level.
Release the Parental Lock temporarily
(墌 pg. 59), or change the set level
(墌 pg. 59).
6. The language is not played back as you
set.
● The disc does not contain the language
you set.
7. Changing audio/subtitle language is
not possible.
● The disc does not contain the audio/
subtitle in the multiple languages.
8. The subtitles do not appears on the TV
screen.
● The disc does not contain the subtitles.
9. Angle cannot be changed.
Page 82
—
On the unit
Press VCR/DVD repeatedly so that the
DVD indicator lights up.
On the Remote
Press DVD so that the DVD indicator
lights up.
—
—
With some discs, the language should be
set on the top menu. (墌 pg. 43)
—
● The subtitle display is set to off.
Set the subtitles display to on. (墌 pg. 54)
● A-B Repeat Playback is in progress.
(墌 pg. 51)
The subtitles recorded around A-B point
may not appear.
● The scene is not recorded from the
multiple angles.
—
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
XVC27U_01.book Page 83 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
83
MP3 Playback (DVD deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
● No MP3 files are recorded to the disc.
Replace the disc.
● MP3 files do not have the correct file
extension in their file names.
Add correct file extension (.mp3, .MP3 or
any uppercase and lowercase combination
such as “.Mp3”) to their file names.
● MP3 files are not recorded in a format
compliant with ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2.
Replace the disc. (Record MP3 files using
a compliant application.)
● The different types of files are recorded
to the disc.
The disc which contains the different types
of files may not be played because of its
disc characteristics or recording
conditions.
2. Not MP3 files but JPEG files are
played.
● The FILE TYPE setting is set to “STILL
PICTURE”.
When both MP3 files and JPEG files are
recorded to a disc, set “FILE TYPE” to
“AUDIO” to play MP3 files. (墌 pg. 78)
3. The MP3 control display appears on
the TV screen, but no operation can be
performed.
● No MP3 files or JPEG files are recorded
to the disc, or the disc is an unplayable
disc (such as CD-ROM).
Replace the disc. (墌 pg. 9)
1. A disc cannot be played.
JPEG Playback (DVD deck)
SYMPTOM
1. A disc cannot be played.
2. Not JPEG files but MP3 files are played
back.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
● No JPEG files are recorded to the disc.
Replace the disc.
● JPEG files do not have the correct file
extension in their file names.
Add correct file extension (.jpg, .jpeg,
.JPG, .JPEG or any uppercase and
lowercase combination such as “.Jpg”) to
their file names.
● JPEG files are not recorded in a format
compliant with ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2.
Replace the disc. (Record JPEG files using
a compliant application.)
● The FILE TYPE setting is set to “AUDIO”.
When both MP3 files and JPEG files are
recorded to a disc, set “FILE TYPE” to
“STILL PICTURE” to play JPEG files.
(墌 pg. 78)
RECORDING (VCR deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Recording cannot be started.
● There is no cassette loaded, or the
cassette loaded has had its record safety
tab removed.
Insert a cassette, or using adhesive tape,
cover the hole where the tab was
removed.
2. TV broadcasts cannot be recorded.
● “F-1” has been selected as the input
mode.
Set to the desired channel.
3. Tape-to-tape editing is not possible.
● The source (another video recorder,
camcorder) has not been properly
connected.
Confirm that the source is properly
connected.
● All necessary power switches have not
been turned on.
Confirm that all units’ power switches are
turned on.
● The input mode is not correct.
Set the input mode to “F-1”.
● The camcorder has not been properly
connected.
Confirm that the camcorder is properly
connected.
● The input mode is not correct.
Set the input mode to “F-1”.
● The end of the tape was reached during
recording.
The program may not have been recorded
in its entirety. Next time make sure you
have enough time on the tape to record
the entire program.
4. Camcorder recording is not possible.
5. “䡬” and “$” on the front display
panel won’t stop blinking.
Page 83
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Left+
XVC27U_01.book Page 84 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
84 EN
TROUBLESHOOTING (cont.)
TIMER RECORDING (VCR deck)
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
● The clock and/or the timer have been set
incorrectly.
Re-perform the clock and/or timer
settings.
● The timer is not engaged.
Press TIMER and confirm that “#” is
displayed on the front display panel.
2. Timer programing is not possible.
● Timer recording is in progress.
Timer programing can’t be performed
while a timer recording is in progress.
Wait until it finishes.
3. “#” on the front display panel won’t
stop blinking.
● The timer is engaged but there’s no
cassette loaded.
Load a cassette with the record safety tab
intact.
● The loaded cassette has had its record
safety tab removed.
Remove the cassette and cover the hole
with adhesive tape, or insert a cassette
with the record safety tab intact.
4. “#”, “䡬” and “$” on the front
display panel won’t stop blinking.
● The end of the tape was reached during
timer recording.
The program may not have been recorded
in its entirety. Next time make sure you
have enough time on the tape to record
the entire program.
5. “#” blinks for 10 seconds and the
Timer mode is disengaged.
● TIMER has been pressed when there are
no programs in memory, or the timer
record information has been programed
incorrectly.
Check the programed data and reprogram as necessary, then press TIMER
again.
6. “䡬” and “$” on the front display
panel won’t stop blinking.
● The end of the tape was reached during
Instant Timer Recording.
The program may not have been recorded
in its entirety. Next time make sure you
have enough time on the tape to record
the entire program.
7. “N”, “䡬” and “$” on the front display
panel won’t stop blinking.
● The Satellite Auto Recording mode is
engaged but there is no cassette loaded.
Load a cassette with the record safety tab
intact.
● The loaded cassette has had its record
safety tab removed.
Remove the cassette and cover the hole
with adhesive tape, or insert a cassette
with the record safety tab intact.
● The end of the tape was reached during
Satellite Auto Recording.
The program may not have been recorded
in its entirety. Next time make sure you
have enough time on the tape to record
the entire program.
1. Timer recording won’t work.
Page 84
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
XVC27U_11Trouble.fm Page 85 Thursday, January 15, 2004 5:59 PM
Masterpage:Right-No-Heading
EN
85
OTHER PROBLEMS
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. The image of TV broadcast appears
distorted on the TV screen.
● The unit leaves turned on and the DVD
deck is selected.
Turn off the unit, or press VCR to select the
VCR deck, then press TV/VCR so that the
VCR indicator disappears from the front
display panel.
2. Whistling or howling is heard from the
TV during camcorder recording.
● The camcorder’s microphone is too
close to the TV.
Position the camcorder so its microphone
is away from the TV.
● The TV’s volume is too high.
Turn the TV’s volume down.
3. When scanning channels, some of
them are skipped over.
● Those channels have been designated to
be skipped.
If you need the skipped channels, restore
them. (墌 pg. 27)
4. The channel cannot be changed.
● Recording is in progress.
Press PAUSE (9) to pause the recording,
change channels, then press PLAY (4) to
resume recording.
5. Channel settings that were made
manually seem to have changed or
disappeared.
● After the manual settings were made,
Auto Channel Set was performed.
Perform manual setting again.
6. Even though Auto or Semiauto Clock
Set has been performed, the clock is
incorrect.
● The clock setting data received from the
host channel is incorrect.
Select a different host channel during
“Semiauto Clock Set” (墌 pg. 25), or
perform “Manual Clock Set” (墌 pg. 25).
ATTENTION
This unit contains microcomputers. External electronic noise or interference could cause malfunctioning. In such cases, switch the
unit off and unplug the AC power cord. Then plug it in again and turn the unit on. Take out the cassette. After checking the cassette,
operate the unit as usual.
Tray Lock
You can lock the disc tray to prohibit the unwanted disc ejection by children.
To lock the disc tray.
While the unit is turned off, press and hold 8, then press 1 on the unit. “LOCK” appears on the front display panel.
● If you try to eject the discs, “LOCK” appears and indicates that tray is locked.
To unlock tray
While the unit is turned off, press and hold 1, then press x on the unit. “UNLOCK” appears on the display panel.
Page 85
15 January 2004 5:59 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_01.book Page 86 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
86 EN
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
PLAYBACK
TIMER RECORDING
Q. What happens if the end of the tape is reached
during playback or search?
A. The tape is automatically rewound to the
beginning.
Q. “䡬” and “#” remain lit on the front display
panel. Is there a problem?
A. No. This is a normal condition for a timer
recording in progress.
Q. During search, slow, still and frame-by-frame
playback, I can’t hear any audio. What’s the
problem?
A. This is normal.
Q. Can I program the timer while I’m watching a
tape or a TV broadcast?
A. You won’t see the picture as it is replaced by the
on-screen menu, but the audio from the
program or tape you’re viewing can be heard.
Q. Can the unit indefinitely remain in the still
mode?
A. No. It stops automatically after 5 minutes to
protect the heads.
Q. When returning from search to normal
playback, the picture is disturbed. Should I be
concerned about this?
A. No, it is normal.
Q. Noise bar appear during search. What’s the
problem?
A. This is normal.
Q. Sometimes, during Index Search, the unit can’t
find the program I want to see. Why not?
A. There may be index codes too close together.
RECORDING
Q. When I pause and then resume a recording, the
end of the recording before the pause is
overlapped by the beginning of the
continuation of recording. Why does this
happen?
A. This is normal. It reduces distortion at the pause
and resume points.
Q. Can the unit indefinitely remain in the RecordPause mode?
A. No. The unit goes to its Stop mode
automatically after 5 minutes to protect the
heads.
Q. What happens if the tape runs out during
recording?
A. The unit stops recording, and “䡬” and “$” on
the front display panel won’t stop blinking.
Page 86
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_11Trouble.fm]
Masterpage:Right0
XVC27U_01.book Page 87 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
TUNER
Power requirement : AC 120 Vd, 60 Hz
Power consumption
Power on
: 22 W
Power off
: 2.0 W
Temperature
Operating
: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F)
Storage
: –20°C to 60°C (–4°F to140°F)
Operating position : Horizontal only
Dimensions (WxHxD)
: 435 mm x 93 mm x 272 mm
Weight
: 4.1 kg
Format
: VHS NTSC standard
Maximum recording time
(SP)
: 210 min. with ST-210 video cassette
(EP)
: 630 min. with ST-210 video cassette
Tuning system
Channel coverage
VHF
UHF
CATV
RF output
VIDEO/AUDIO (VCR deck)
Signal system
: NTSC colour signal and EIA
monochrome signal, 525 lines/60
fields
Recording system : DA4 (Double Azimuth) head helical
scan system
Signal-to-noise ratio: 45 dB
Horizontal resolution
: 230 lines
Frequency range : 70 Hz to 10,000 Hz (Normal audio)
20 Hz to 20,000 Hz (Hi-Fi audio)
Input/Output
: RCA connectors:
IN x 1, OUT x 1
87
: Frequency synthesized tuner
:
:
:
:
Channels 2 – 13
Channels 14 – 69
113 Channels
Channel 3 or 4 (switchable; preset
to Channel 3 when shipped)
75 ohms, unbalanced
TIMER
Clock reference
Program capacity
: Quartz
: 1-year programmable timer/
8 programs
Memory backup time
: Approx. 5 seconds
ACCESSORIES
Provided accessories
: RF cable,
Infrared remote control unit,
“AA” battery x 2
Specifications shown are for SP mode unless otherwise
specified.
E.& O.E. Design and specifications subject to change without
notice.
VIDEO/AUDIO (DVD deck)
Signal system
Applicable disc
: NTSC
: DVD (12 cm, 8 cm)
CD (12 cm, 8 cm)
Audio characteristics
DVD
: 4 Hz – 22 KHz
Frequency response
CD
: 4 Hz – 20 KHz
S/N Ratio
: 90 dB
Harmonic distortion
: 0.1 %
Wow and flutter
: Below Measurable Level
Dynamic range
: 90 dB
Output
Component-Y : (RCA) 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohm
Component-PB/PR
: (RCA) 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohm
Audio
: (RCA) 2 Vrms, 1 Kohm
Digital Audio : (COAXIAL) 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohm
Page 87
6 January 2004 3:08 pm
Filename [XVC27U_12IX.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_12IX.fm Page 88 Thursday, January 15, 2004 1:02 PM
88 EN
LIST OF TERMS
A
L
A-B Repeat Playback ............................................ 51
About Discs
JPEG .............................................................. 65
MP3 .............................................................. 62
Placing a Disc .................................................. 9
Playable Discs .................................................. 7
Region Number ................................................ 7
Unplayable Discs .............................................. 7
Angle Selection .................................................... 55
Audio Channel Selection ....................................... 57
Audio Language Selection ..................................... 56
Auto Channel Set ................................................. 26
Language ............................................................ 20
Language Code List .......................................... 23
Menu/Audio/Subtitle Language Set
(DVD deck only) ........................................ 22
On-screen Language Set (DVD deck) ................. 21
On-screen Language Set (VCR deck) .................. 20
Letter Box ............................................................ 19
Locating the start point of the item or skip the item .... 44
C
Chapter Search .................................................... 53
Check, cancel and change programs ....................... 38
Child Lock .......................................................... 80
Clock Set ............................................................ 24
Component Video Connection ............................... 16
Connecting To A Dolby Digital Decoder or
An Amplifier With A Built-in DTS ...................... 73
D
Digital Audio Dubbing .......................................... 71
Disc menu .......................................................... 43
Dubbing (from DVD to VCR) ................................. 70
E
EDITING (DVD DECK)
Digital Audio Dubbing ..................................... 71
EDITING (VCR DECK)
Dubbing (from DVD to VCR) ............................ 70
Edit From A Camcorder .................................... 68
Edit To Or From Another Video Recorder ........... 69
Elapsed Recording Time Indication ......................... 35
Express Timer Programing ..................................... 36
G
Group/file selection .............................................. 67
Group/track selection ........................................... 64
I
INDEX ................................................................ 10
Index Search ........................................................ 30
Instant ReView ..................................................... 30
Instant Timer Recording (ITR) ................................. 34
M
Manual Channel Set .............................................. 27
Manual Clock Set ................................................. 25
Manual Tracking .................................................. 32
Mode Set (DVD deck)
AUDIO LANGUAGE ....................................... 22
D. RANGE COMPRESSION .............................. 79
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT ..................................... 78
DOWN MIX ................................................... 79
FILE TYPE ....................................................... 78
MENU LANGUAGE ......................................... 22
MONITOR TYPE ....................................... 19, 78
ON SCREEN GUIDE ........................................ 80
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE ................................. 21
PICTURE SOURCE .......................................... 78
RESUME ........................................................ 80
SCREEN SAVER ............................................... 78
SUBTITLE ....................................................... 22
Mode Set (VCR deck)
2ND AUDIO RECORD .................................... 76
AUDIO MONITOR .......................................... 76
AUTO POWER OFF ........................................ 76
AUTO SP]EP TIMER ...................................... 75
BLUE BACK .................................................... 76
PICTURE CONTROL ........................................ 75
SUPERIMPOSE ................................................ 75
VIDEO STABILIZER ......................................... 76
MP3 control display .............................................. 62
N
Next Function Memory ......................................... 31
O
OPERATIONS ON DVD DECK ........................ 42 – 67
OPERATIONS ON VCR DECK ......................... 28 – 41
J
JPEG control display ............................................. 65
Page 88
January 15, 2004 1:02 pm
Filename [XVC27U_12IX.fm]
Masterpage:Right-NoTitle0
XVC27U_12IX.fm Page 89 Thursday, January 15, 2004 1:02 PM
EN
89
P
T
Pan&Scan ........................................................... 19
Parental Lock
Country/Area Code List .................................... 60
To change the settings ..................................... 59
To set Parental Lock for the first time .................. 58
To temporarily release the Parental Lock ............ 59
Playback (DVD deck) .................................... 42 – 61
Playback (JPEG) ............................................ 66 – 67
Playback (MP3) ............................................. 63 – 64
Playback (VCR deck) ..................................... 28 – 32
Playback Control (PBC) Function .......................43, 52
Plug&Play Set ...................................................... 17
Tape Position Indicator .......................................... 12
Tape Remaining Time ........................................... 35
Time Search ......................................................... 52
Timer Recording ............................................ 36 – 41
Top menu ............................................................ 43
Tuner Set ............................................................. 26
R
Record One Program While Watching Another ........ 34
Recording .................................................... 33 – 35
Recording Resume Function .................................. 33
Region Number ..................................................... 7
Remote Control Functions ..................................... 72
Repeat Playback ................................. 31, 50, 64, 67
Resume Function ................................................. 45
V
Variable Speed Search ..................................... 29, 44
VFP function ........................................................ 47
W
When programs overlap each other ......................... 40
Z
Zooming ....................................................... 45, 67
3D Phonic ........................................................... 46
S
Satellite Auto Recording ........................................ 41
Scan Mode Set (DVD deck) ................................... 80
Second Audio Recording ....................................... 35
Semiauto Clock Set ............................................... 25
Skip Search ......................................................... 30
Slow Motion ...................................................29, 45
Soundtrack Selection ............................................ 32
Still Picture/Frame-By-Frame Playback ...............29, 45
Subtitle Selection ................................................. 54
S-VIDEO Connection ............................................ 15
Page 89
January 15, 2004 1:02 pm
Filename [XVC27U_12IX.fm]
Masterpage:Left0
XVC27U_01.book Page 90 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
90 EN
FOR SERVICING (Only in U.S.A.)
HOW TO LOCATE YOUR JVC SERVICE CENTER
TOLL FREE: 1-800-537-5722
http://www.jvc.com
Dear Customer,
In order to receive the most satisfaction from your purchase, please read the instruction booklet before operating
the unit. In the event that repair is necessary, or for the address nearest your location within the Continental United
States, please call 1-800-537-5722 for your nearest authorized servicer or visit our website at www.JVC.com.
Remember to retain your Bill of Sale for Warranty Service.
— JVC
JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING
COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
Sophisticated electronic products may require occasional service. Just as quality is a keyword in the engineering
and production of the wide array of JVC products, service is the key to maintaining the high level performance for
which JVC is world famous. The JVC service and engineering organization stands behind our products.
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
10 New Maple Avenue
Pine Brook, NJ 07058-9641
ACCESSORIES
To purchase accessories for your JVC product, you
may contact your local JVC Dealer.
From the 48 Continental United States call toll free:
1-800-882-2345 or on the web at www.JVC.com
Page 90
Don’t service the product yourself.
CAUTION
To prevent electrical shock, do not open the cabinet.
There are no user serviceable parts inside.
Please refer to qualified service personnel for repairs.
January 6, 2004 10:03 am
Filename [XVC27U_12IX.fm]
Masterpage:Right
XVC27U_01.book Page 91 Wednesday, January 7, 2004 10:48 AM
EN
WARRANTY (Only in U.S.A.)
91
LIMITED WARRANTYCONSUMER VIDEO 1-90
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA warrants this product and all parts thereof, except as set forth below ONLY TO THE ORIGINAL
PURCHASER AT RETAIL to be FREE FROM DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP from the date of original retail
purchase for the period as shown below. (“The Warranty Period”)
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS VALID ONLY IN THE FIFTY (50) UNITED STATES, THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AND IN
COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO RICO.
WHAT WE WILL DO:
If this product is found to be defective, JVC will repair or replace defective parts at no charge to the original owner. Such repair
and replacement services shall be rendered by JVC during normal business hours at JVC authorized service centers. Parts
used for replacement are warranted only for the remainder of the Warranty Period. All products and parts thereof may be
brought to a JVC authorized service center on a carry-in basis except for Television sets having a screen size 25 inches and
above which are covered on an in-home basis.
WHAT YOU MUST DO FOR WARRANTY SERVICE:
Return your product to a JVC authorized service center with a copy of your bill of sale. For your nearest JVC authorized service
center, please call toll free: (800) 537-5722.
If service is not available locally, box the product carefully, preferably in the original carton, and ship, insured, with a copy of your
bill of sale plus a letter of explanation of the problem to the nearest JVC Factory Service Center, the name and location of which
will be given to you by the toll-free number.
If you have any questions concerning your JVC Product, please contact our Customer Relations Department.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED:
This limited warranty provided by JVC does not cover:
1. Products which have been subject to abuse, accident, alteration, modification, tampering, negligence, misuse, faulty
installation, lack of reasonable care, or if repaired or serviced by anyone other than a service facility authorized by JVC to
render such service, or if affixed to any attachment not provided with the products, or if the model or serial number has been
altered, tampered with, defaced or removed;
2. Initial installation and installation and removal for repair;
3. Operational adjustments covered in the Owner’s Manual, normal maintenance, video and audio head cleaning;
4. Damage that occurs in shipment, due to act of God, and cosmetic damage;
5. Signal reception problems and failures due to line power surge;
6. Video Pick-up Tubes/CCD Image Sensor, Cartridge, Stylus (Needle) are covered for 90 days from the date of purchase;
7. Accessories;
8. Batteries (except that Rechargeable Batteries are covered for 90 days from the date of purchase);
There are no other express warranties except as listed above.
THE DURATION OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, IS
LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY HEREIN.
JVC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OR ANY OTHER
DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGE TO
TAPES, RECORDS OR DISCS) RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF
THIS WARRANTY. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE WARRANTY PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.
Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty
lasts, so these limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also
have other rights which vary from state to state.
JVC COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
1700 Valley Road
Wayne, New Jersey 07470
REFURBISHED PRODUCTS CARRY A SEPARATE WARRANTY, THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY. FOR DETAILS OF
REFURBISHED PRODUCT WARRANTY, PLEASE REFER TO THE REFURBISHED PRODUCT WARRANTY INFORMATION
PACKAGED WITH EACH REFURBISHED PRODUCT.
For customer use:
Enter below the Model No. and Serial No. which is located either on the rear, bottom or side of the cabinet. Retain this
information for future reference.
Model No.:
Serial No.:
Purchase date:
Name of dealer:
Page 91
January 6, 2004 10:03 am
Filename [XVC26U_13Cov4.fm]
XVC26U_13Cov4.fm Page 92 Thursday, January 8, 2004 2:53 PM
EN
HR-XVC26U
COPYRIGHT© 2004 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LTD.
Page 92
US
Printed in China
0104CSH-ID-BJ
January 8, 2004 2:53 pm
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
DVD PLAYER & VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
3
2004
YD008
HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC,
HR-XVC26US, HR-XVC27UC,
HR-XVC27US
CD-ROM No.SML200404
HR-XVC22UC, HR-XVC23UC, HR-XVC26US, HR-XVC27UC, HR-XVC27US [D3PV0]
COPYRIGHT © 2004 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
No.YD008SCH
2004/3
CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS
NOTES OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Safety precautions
The Components identified by the symbol
are
critical for safety. For continued safety, replace safety
critical components only with manufacturer's recommended parts.
4. Voltage measurement
1) Regulator (DC/DC CONV) circuits
REC : Colour bar signal.
PB : Alignment tape (Colour bar).
—
: Unmeasurable or unnecessary to measure.
2) Indication on schematic diagram
Voltage Indications for REC and PB mode on the schematic diagram are as shown below.
1. Units of components on the schematic diagram
Unless otherwise specified.
1) All resistance values are in ohm. 1/6 W, 1/8 W (refer to
parts list).
Chip resistors are 1/16 W.
K: KΩ (1000Ω), M: MΩ (1000KΩ)
2) All capacitance values are in µF, (P: PF).
3) All inductance values are in µH, (m: mH).
4) All diodes are 1SS133, MA165 or 1N4148M (refer to parts
list).
1
REC mode
2.5
(5.0)
2
3
1.8
PB mode
PB and REC modes
(Voltage of PB and REC modes
are the same)
Note: If the voltages are not indicated on the schematic
diagram, refer to the voltage charts.
Note: The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in
the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
5. Signal path Symbols
2. Indications of control voltage
NOTE : The arrow is DVC unique object.
The arrows indicate the signal path as follows.
AUX : Active at high.
Playback signal path
AUX or AUX(L) : Active at low.
Playback and recording signal path
Recording signal path
(including E-E signal path)
3. Interpreting Connector indications
Capstan servo path
1
Removable connector
2
Drum servo path
3
(Example)
1
Wire soldered directly on board
2
3
R-Y
Y
Playback R-Y signal path
Recording Y signal path
1
Non-removable Board connector
2
3
The parts for the adjustments are surrounded with the circle as
shown below.
1
2
6. Indication of the parts for adjustments
Board to Board
3
4
Connected pattern on board
The arrows indicate signal path
7. Indication of the parts not mounted on the circuit board
Note: For the destination of each signal and further line
connections that are cut off from the diagram,
refer to "BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS"
“OPEN” is indicated by the parts not mounted on the circuit
board.
R216
OPEN
2-1
CIRCUIT BOARD NOTES
1. Foil and Component sides
1) Foil side (B side) :
Parts on the foil side seen from foil face (pattern face)
are indicated.
2) Component side (A side) :
Parts on the component side seen from component face
(parts face) indicated.
2. Parts location guides
Parts location are indicated by guide scale on the circuit board.
REF No.
IC101
B : Foil side
(A : Component side)
C : Chip component
D : Discrete component)
LOCATION
IC
B C
Category : IC
6A
Horizontal “A” zone
Vertical “6” zone
Note: For general information in service manual, please
refer to the Service Manual of GENERAL INFORMATION Edition 4 No. 82054D (January 1994).
2-2
BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS
5
VIDEO/N.AUDIO
FMA/DEMOD
SYSCON
SW.REG
TUNER
TERMINAL
SUB CPU
4
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
2-5
2-7
2-9
2-11
2-13
2-15
2-17
3
2
1
2-3
A
B
C
D
Page 2-21
#
FW7002
Page 2-19
#
CN7001
Page 2-20
p10600001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-4
MAIN(VIDEO/N.AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
5
#
C63
0.01
C56
0.1
C55
OPEN
TO FMA/DEMOD
Fsc
GND
NA_REC
NA_PB
TP111
D.FF
# R21
2.2k
C2003
OPEN
C2004
OPEN
L2001
SHORT
R2022
4
10k
D2001
1SS133
1SS270A
R37
10k
TO SYSCON
SW12V
SW5V
GND
B10
SHORT
TO FMA/DEMOD
FMA_CH1
D1 OPEN
FMA_COM
L10
FMA_CH2
10µ
# C57
# Q7
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
TO DRUM
CN1
C61 C78
OPEN 0.1
# Q8
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
C62
OPEN
# C58
C59
C60
0.1
0.1
3
R2021
33k
C2005
4.7 /50
R2014
R2015
270
C2007
22 /16
TO SYSCON
CTL[+]
R2017
CTL[-]
390k
R2013
12k
C2006
0.0068
C2008
4.7 /50
C2010
680p
C2011
4.7 /50
C2012
4.7 /50
22k
CN2001
C2051
330p
R2053
# C2053
10k
P/R
#
Q2051
R2054
MY
# C2052
12k
# R2056
#
C2054
#
R2055
A.E
# T2051
CTL
C2055
10 /25
R2057
47k
R2058
18k
Q2052
2SB709A/QR/
2SA1037AK/QR/
2SA1530A/QR/
Q2053
UN221E
DTC144WKA
RT1N44HC
R2060
18k
Q2054
2SB709A/QR/
2SA1037AK/QR/
2SA1530A/QR/
Q2001
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
FE
2
R2016
33k
IC1
JCP8060-NVA
JCP8060-MSA
Q2003
UN211E
DTA144WKA
RT1P44HC
Q2055
UN221E
DTC144WKA
RT1N44HC
CN2002
C2009
0.001
R2059
47k
R2024
10k
R2007
12k
R2018
4.7k
R2019
4.7k
Q2002
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
TO SYSCON
N.REC[H]
N.REC_ST[H]
1
2-5
A
B
C
D
TO SYSCON
SP_SHORT[H]
VIDEO_ENV
D.FF
A.MUTE[H]
I2C_DATA_A/V
C39
OPEN
C38
OPEN
C36
1/50
C41
0.1
C47
0.47 /50
C48
0.022
C46
0.033
C45
0.0047
C44
2.2 /50
C49
4.7 /50
C55
OPEN
C43
3.3 /50
I2C_CLK_A/V
R11
4.7k
TP106
PB.FM
TP111
D.FF
R12
1k
C37
4p
X2
QAX0739
C40
0.1
R2023
10k
L7
12µ
L6
SHORT
C34
0.01
R38
OPEN
10k
C32
OPEN
C33
10 /25
C35
0.01
33
70A
R37
10k
L5
C26
10 /25
10µ
C30
C31
47 /6.3
330p
C77
0.1
C27
0.01
C25
3.3 /50
C24
0.1
C22
0.1
C20
0.1
NVA
MSA
L3
SHORT
C2001
4.7 /50
10k
12k
S_DET
L1
OPEN
SB_GAIN
1 /50
C2002
12k
V.PULSE
C17
0.1
R1
6.2k
R2010
TO SYSCON
2Fsc
C.SYNC/V.REF
V_TO_OSD
C15
0.1
C19
0.1
C4
10
/25
C1
150p
C6
0.1
Q2
OPEN
R6
OPEN
C8
1
C7
C2 0.1
33p
D5
OPEN
B1
OPEN
R2
1.5k
C5
0.1
R3
8.2k
C11
1
C9
2.2
/50
#
C13
1
C14
1
R7
OPEN
C10
OPEN
TO TERMINAL
GND
F_V
L_1_V
TU_VIDEO
DVD_V_IN
TO TUNER
TO TERMINAL
C12
1
GND
p10590001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-6
MAIN(FMA/DEMOD) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
5
C2222
0.1
TO SW.REG
AL5.8V
SW5V
# C6504
4
# C6517
R2220
1k
TO TUNER
0.22
SIF
0.1
# R6502
3.3k
# C6601
Q2202
UN221E
DTC144WKA
RT1N44HC
C6505
3.3 /50
Q2201
UN211E
DTA144WKA
RT1P44HC
1 /50
GND
SW12V
RF_AUDIO
#
C6602
1 /50
# C6508
0.022
# C6509
0.1
# C6512
0.022
R2211
3.3k
TO TERMINAL
FMA_OUT[R]
GND
F.AUDIO[L]
3
10 /25
C2214
Q2203 R2210
4.7k
FMA_OUT[L]
F.AUDIO[R]
#
C6511
0.1
R2209
100
# C6513
2.2 /50
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
A.IN1[R]
A.IN1[L]
R2213
Q2204 4.7k
DVD_OUT[R]
DVD_OUT[L]
R2212
3.3k
# R2216
0‘
C2216
OPEN
TO VIDEO/N.AUDIO
R2217
OPEN
Fsc
NA_REC
R2218
NA_PB
C2215
10 /25
# C2218
10 /25
# C2219
22 /16
C2220
10 /25
C2221
0.022
# C6514
0.022
R2214
100
3.9k
GND
R2219
1k
# C6605
1 /50
# C6515
2
R2224
560
R2222
3.9k
R2221
3.9k
C2235
1µ
# IC2201
C2234
1µ
!
R2223
560
R2201
# R2203
1
2-7
A
B
C
D
27k
33 /6.3
10 /25
10 /25
C2211
C2210
C2209
47 /6.3
C2212
R2255
OPEN
C2230
OPEN
470
R2230
470
R2231
C2231
# C6516
1 /50
# C6601
C2208
0.015
R2257
680k
C2259
# B6601
TP2253
A.PB_FM
L2251
10µ
TO SYSCON
JUST_CLK/SW2
0.33 /50
I2C_DATA_A/V
R2252
3.3k
R2251
4.7k
I2C_CLK_A/V
D2251
C2257
H.REC_ST[H]
1SS133
1SS270A
0.01
A.ENV/ND[L]
A.FF
A.MUTE[H]
H.REC_ST[H]
LED
A.ENV/ND[L]
A.FF
C2256
0.01
C2255 C2254
0.1
47 /6.3
C2261
OPEN
C2262
OPEN
K2251 OPEN
C2253
0.01
K2252 OPEN
C2252
0.01
TO VIDEO/N.AUDIO
FMA_CH2
FMA_CH1
R2201
47k
R2203
47k
R2205
47k
# R2207
47k
0.01
C2207
0.015
C2206
10 /25
C2205
10 /25
1 /50
C2251
FMA_COM
# C6503
C2204
33 /6.3
# R2208
6.8k
4.7 /50
R2206
6.8k
C2203
10 /25
# C6502
# R2204
6.8k
4.7 /50
C2202
10 /25
C2201
C6501
R2202
6.8k
C2235
1µ
0.1
K2253 OPEN
p20398001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-8
MAIN(SYSCON) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
5
TO
VIDEO/N.AUDIO
C.SYNC/V.REF
A.MUTE[H]
N.REC_ST[H]
D.FF
V.PULSE
S_DET
CTL[+]
CTL[-]
SB_GAIN
SP_SHORT[H]
DVD[H]
0.047
V_TO_OSD
2Fsc
VIDEO_ENV
C3033
N.REC[H]
GND
SW5V
SW12V
TO
CAPSTAN MDA
R4017
R4001
4.7k
CAP.M_Vcc
OPEN
M_GND
R3253
OPEN
R3252
S_GND
OPEN
C4031
OPEN
DRUM_PG/FG
Q4002 OPEN
UN2211
DTC114EKA
Vcc
Q4003 OPEN
UN2211
DTC114EKA
CTLREF
C4006
47/6.3
CTL( +)
CTL( -)
CTLBIAS
R4005
Q4001
UN2211
DTC114EKA
R4007
1K
NC
5.6k
N
C4010
0.022
C4003
OPEN
C4008
1/50
C4009
SHORT
CTLAMPOUT
CTLSMTIN
CFG
SVcc
C201
22p
C3045
0.01
C3046
OPEN
C3008
OPEN
D3001
0
Q201
OPEN
L203
0
C213
10p
LNB2301L01VI
AFCosc
B201
AFCLPF
CSYNC/ HSYNC
D201
1SS133
C205
4.7 /50
C207
4.7 /50
VLPF/ VSYNC
CVIN2
CVIN1
C204
OVCC
680p
CVOUT
C212
0.01
L205
0
470K
L202
10µ
C209
47/6.3
TO
ROTARY ENCODER
R210
C203
1000p
Q202
PC3001
RPI-304
OPEN
300
R203
10K
OVSS
NC
R206
470K
Q3002
PTZ-NV16A
R205
680p
PC3002
RPI-304
AFCpc
4.7
/50 10k
L204
SHORT
R204
R211
100
C202
OPEN
3
B202
OPEN
R3209
18k
C211
Q3001
PTZ-NV16A
R3207
18k
R3208
120
C206
R3206
18k
OPEN
R3210 R3211
120
18k
R201
470
L201
15µ
R202
C210
0.01
R212
470
OPEN
R3205
180
1/4W
JS3001
GND
SVss
C4004
22/16
TP4001
CTL.P
R207
CP
R4004
560
C4005
180p
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
! CP4002
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
CP
!
CP3002
R4003
560
C4002
0.01
L4001 1µ
DRUM_VCTL
C4017
820P
OPEN
FSCIN
AVss
C208
OPEN
BS_ANT/AFC
LED
LSA
VIDEO_ENV
LSB
LSC
LSD
R3216
10k
R3214
10k
R3215
10k
R3240
OPEN
R3242
OPEN
NC
KEY2
KEY1
R3217
1Ok
C3047
0.01
C3048
0.01
B3003
2
WP
SCL
SDA
A1
A2
VSS
C3022
VCC
OPEN
0.047
C3021
A0
10EDB20
D3005
R3225
10k
# IC3003
24LC04B/SN
BR24C04F
CAT24WC04JI
D3004 10EDB20
S3001
QSW0602-004
QSW0955-001
R3220
R3212
470k
R3218
R3222
10k
D3002
TO SW.REG
1SS133
# C3011
26V
AL12V
R3213
330k
4.7k
Q3005
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
C3012
47 /6.3
C3013
OPEN
D3003 100k
RD33ES/B3/
MTZJ33C
Q3004
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412K/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
C3014
47/6.3
R3219
4.7k
P.CTL[H]
GND
SW12V
SW5V
SW3.3V
1
AL5.8V
48V
BT2
2-9
R4009
C4018
0.0022
OPEN
C4001
OPEN
1k
C4015
220p
LM_F/R/S
Vss
Vcc12
CAP.M_VCTL
C.SYNC/V.REF
LM_VCTL
4
C3056
A
B
C
D
END SENSOR
Vcc5V
CAP.M_F/R
1k
C3071
33/50
CN3001
CAP.M_FG
JUST_CLK/SW2
I2C_CLK_A/V
I2C_DATA_A/V
LED
H.REC_ST[H]
A.MUTE[H]
A.FF
A.ENV/ND[L]
TO
FMA/DEMOD
TO
VIDEO/N.AUDIO
I2C_DATA_A/V
0.22
/50
OPEN
100p
C4014
0.1
C4016
C3033
C4011
C4012
0.047
I2C_CLK_A/V
R3085
OSC1(IN)
X1
Vcc
FCpc
X2
FWE
FCosc
D_G
FCLPF
R3077
1k
D_F
D_E
BS_DIGI
VIN1
C3037 12p
QAX0527-001
X3002 QAX0528-001
QAX0532-001
QAX0533-001
C3036 18p
INT/PROG
AL5.8V
B3001
OPEN
C3041 18p
X3001
QAX0444-001
QAX0444-002
C3024 12p
TL3905
GND
0.047
R3229
1M
P/EJ
R3202 39k
R3201 10k
R3074 10k
RC
SYNC/ HSYNC
LPF/ VSYNC
SW3.3V
1k
47/6.3
R3080 100
0.1
RES
FG
VIN2
R3248
SW5V
R3082
C3050
Vss
IC3001
HD6432199***F
HD64F2199F***
4.7k
10k
OPEN
SW12V
C3031
OSC2(OUT)
C
TLSMTIN
INT/PRG
S1OUT
C3030
VCL
TLAMPOUT
A.MUTE2[L]
HS_FFREW
TL( -)
TLBIAS
DVD[H]
C3055 C3054
OPEN 0.0022
CONV.
CTL[H]
MODE
TO TERMINAL
COMPU_IO
V_FROM_OSD
GND OUT
SB_GAIN
PROTECT
A.MUTE2[L]
SP_SHORT[H]
TU_V_MUTE[H]
INT/PROG
P.CTL[H]
INT/PROG
H.REC_ST( H)
A.MUTE( H)
S1OUT
NC
NC
N.REC[H]
SUB_REQ[L]
LSB
DVD[H]
CTL_GAIN
N.REC_ST[H]
DFG
D.FF
A.FF
V.PULSE
CAP_CTL_V
DRUM_CTL_V
Vss
TL3903
R3069
1k
D_D
VCC
D_C
VOUT
D_B
VSS
S.DATA_TO_SYS
C
S.DATA_FR_SYS
SCIN
S.CLK
Vss
I2C_DATA_AV
S_ANT/AFC
270
1k
R3063
1k
R3062
330
R3061
330
R3058
4.7K
TL3901
TL3902
47k
## B3902
GND
RESET
FWE
3.3k
3.3k
33k
R3223
R3224
AL5V
R3244
R3054
R3053
R3052
330
R3049
R3051
330
R3047
R3048
R3046
1k
R3043
R3045
2.2k
TL3906
R3256
4.7k
4.7k
##
CN3901
## Q3901
DTC144WKA
UN221E
TL3908
R3033
R3034
## B3901
3.3k
R3234
Vss
## B3903
3.3k
R3235
LSA
Vcc
CAP.M_F/R
DIG7
DIG6
DIG5
DIG4
NC
I2C_CLK
I2C_DATA
DIG3
DIG2
D_A
DIG1
LM_FR( LMC1)
SUB_RESET
TU_FG
NC
N.C.
POWER_DET
REC_SAFETY
SP_FG
AVcc
S_DET
LSC
LSD
KEY1
A.ENV/ND( L)
C
EY2
END_SENSOR
START_SENSOR
DEO_ENV
JUST_CLK/CH_SW
I2C_CLK_AV
ED
R3065
R3064
R3236
Vcc
TL( +)
C.SYNC/V.REF
TLREF
BS_DIGI/RPAUSE/COMPU
VDD
S-80827ANNP-W
IC-PST3427U-X
C3052
10/16
TL3904
Vss
R3246
IC3002
NC
C3053
1.8k
1k
R3098
4.7k
1k
R3101
R3099
22k
4.7k
R36
R4015
OPEN
OPEN
2.2k
R4012
R4013
R4010
1k
R4009
D4002
4001
7k
1SS133
1k
SIO
SII
TO DISPLAY
CN7003
# # Q3902
DTC144WKA
UN221E
CN3102
AL5V
RC
GND/ILLUMI_LED
GND
LED2
GND
D_G
D_F
D_E
D_D
D_C
D_B
D_A
DIG7
DIG6
DIG5
DIG4
DIG3
DIG2
DIG1
KEY1
KEY2
TO SUB CPU
K_B.DATA_TO_SYS
K_B.DATA_FR_SYS
C3016
0.047
C3072
OPEN
K_B.CLK
RESET_IN
REQ[L]
AL5V
LED2
ILLUMI_LED
TO TUNER
SW2/CH_SW
CONV.CTL[H]
JUST_CLK/SW2
I2C_CLK
I2C_DATA
TU_V_MUTE[H]
AFC
BT2
AFC/BS_ANT
p10592001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-10
MAIN(SW.REG) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
5
# L5205
SHORT
!
!
LF5002
QQR0532-001
QQR0932-001
QQR0816-001
QQR0516-001
QQR1428-001
VA5001
QAF0039-431
QAF0024-431
QAF0023-431
QAF0055-431
!
F5001
1.25A
/250
# D5204
ERA18-02
1SR153-400
10ELS2
PG104RS
1F4G
D5001
S1WB/A/60-4102
S1WB/A/60
#
C5213
120
/35
!
MY
T5001
QQS0218-001
QQS0219-001
MY
!
CD1
! C5001
D5213
10ERB20
1F4G
# C5002
0.022
/250
0.047
/250
C5006
150
/200
## R5326
## D5205
10ERB20
1F4G
R5104 C5102
68k 0.0047
2W /1k
G
C5108
0.1
/50
R5107
330 1/2W
## C5107
0.1 /50
C5109
0.018
/50
## C5105
0.018 MY
/50
S
R5110
220k
D5106
MTZJ33D
RD33ES/B4/
3
D5102
10ERB40
AU01
C5101
33p
/1k
MY
Q5101
2SK2043
D
D5301
MTZJ15C
RD15ES/B3/
K5101
QQR0678-001
QQR0621-001
C5104
1 /50
R5113
100k
D5212
SB240
RK14
21DQ04
R5109
680
C5106
820p /50
Q5102
2SC3576-JVC
L5203
33µ
D5105
R5112
1SS133
220
1SS270A
## D5207
SB240
RK14
21DQ04
## D5202
SB240
RK14
21DQ04
R5111
100
D5308
SHORT
D5309
SHORT
L5202
33µ
D5208
AW04
1S4
SBO40
R5108
1.5k
!
C5204
1200
/10
PC5101
PC123Y22FZ
ON3131/RS/
LTV-817M/BC/
GROUND POINT FOR
PRIMARY VOLTAGE
C5211
C5202 100
/10
1200
/10
D5103
1SS133
1SS270A
Q5103
2SB709A/QR/
2SA1037AK/QR/
2SA1530A/QR/
R5106
0.27
1W
C5210
100
/16
K5102
SHORT
R5102
220k
R5103
68k
C5205
390
/16
## D5206 10ERB20
1F4G
R5101
220k D5101
10EDB20
1A3G
4
L5201
33µ
C5209
100
/10
R5201
220
R5001
4.7M
1/2W
2
!
C5003
100p
/250
C5004
0.0047
/250
## C5201
0.15
/50
R5202
1k
MY
!
# !
C5214
0.15
/10
D5209
1F4G
AU01Z
1SR153-400
10ERB20
C5207
PG104RS
4.7
/100
R5203
1k
R5317
47k
R5206
3.3k
IC5201
MM1431AT
L5431
UTCTL431
TL431/A/
R5204
3.3k
C5306
1 /10
R5205
12k
GROUND POINT FOR
SECONDARY VOLTAGE
DANGEROUS VOLTAGE
R5325
100
CP
## CP5302
QMFZ050-1R5
CP
! CP5304
Q531
NMFZ012-1R0X-M 2SD1858
1
2-11
A
B
C
D
26V
# Q5304
2SC5739/QP/
# R5310
4.7k
2SD2394/EF/
# Q5305
UN211E
DTA144WKA
RT1P44HC
#
D5304
MTZJ27D
RD27ES/B4/
# B5303
#
C5302
47
/35
TO SYSCON
AL12V
48V
Q5306
2SD2144S/UV/
SW12V
# B5301
R5312
1k
R5313
1.2k
BT2
C5304
100
/16
R5311
10k
D5305
MTZJ11C
RD11ES/B3/
Q5307
UN211E
DTA144WKA
RT1P44HC
TO
VIDEO/N.AUDIO,SYSCON
TUNER
# Q5308
2SB709A/QR/
2SA1037AK/QR/
2SA1530A/QR/
# R5314
27k
C5303
2.2
/50
# R5315
27k
TO
SYSCON,TUNER
TO
FMA/DEMOD,SYSCON
CP
!
CP3101
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
AL5.8V
TO
VIDEO/N.AUDIO,
SYSCON,TUNER
SW5V
Q5310
2SD1858/QR/
TO SYSCON
R5316
180
P.CTL[H]
Q5309
UN2211
DTC114EKA
RT1N141C
C5305
100
/10
D5306
MTZJ5.6C
RD5.6ES/B3/
TO
VIDEO/N.AUDIO,
FMA/DEMOD,
SYSCON,TERMINAL
GND
SW3.3V
TO
SYSCON,TERMINAL
Q5311
2SC5739/QP/
CP
## CP5301
QMFZ050-1R5
IC5302
MM1565AF
Cont
Sub
Vin
S3.3V
CP
! CP5303
NMFZ012-1R0X-M
Cn
GND
R5319
56
IC5301
MM1431AT
UTCTL431
L5431
TL431/A/
L5301
SHORT
R5320
15k
C5310
100
/10
R5321
47k
A5V
L5302
SHORT
##
C5311
100
/10
S5V
TO TERMINAL
## C5312
100
/10
GND
NC
M5V
Vo
C5307
470p
/50
##
C5308
2.2
L5303
22µ
C5309
100
/10
## C5313
100
/10
GND
D5310
MTZJ10B
RD10ES/B2/
C5314
100
/16
TO TERMINAL
M9V
Q5315
2SD1858/QR/
p20400001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-12
MAIN(TUNER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
# TU6001
# R6054
1.2k
5
#
L6006
4
# L6005
# TU6001
# R6051
1k
# R6055
4.7k
# C6054
# C6053
# L6003
# C6013
# C6012
# C6052
# L6050
3
330 /6.3
100p
SHORT
# R6050
0
# C6055
22p
R6020
1k
OPEN
# C6020
R6021
1k
# C6021
# B6021
# B6022
# L6001
1µ
C6007
1000 /6.3
# B6024
# C6008
# C6006
0.01
# C6005
10 /50
D6002
# B6025
HZ30-2L
2
TO SYSCON
I2C_CLK
I2C_DATA
# B6020
AFC/BS_ANT
1
TU_V_MUTE[H]
JUST_CLK/SW2
CONV.CTL[H]
2-13
A
B
C
D
TO SW.REG
GND
SW5V
SW12V
BT2
TO FMA/DEMOD
RF_AUDIO
TO FMA/DEMOD
SIF
C6532
0.01
R6034
OPEN
R6030
3.3k
L6032
SHORT
R6031
100
C6033
OPEN
CF6031
OPEN
Q6031
OPEN
Q6030
2SB709A/QR
2SA1037AK/QR
2SA1530A/QR
TU_VIDEO
RF_VIDEO
TO VIDEO/N.AUDIO
TO TERMINAL
GND
p10599001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-14
DVD_V_IN
L_1_V
TO VIDEO/N.AUDIO
F_V
GND
GND
F.AUDIO[L]
GND
F.AUDIO[R]
GND
GND
FRONT_V_IN
GND
LED1
TO SW/JACK
CN7191
CN7103
P/EJ
MAIN(TERMINAL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
5
TO SYSCON
LED1
P/EJ
GND
SW5V
SW12V
AL5.8V
INT/PROG
GND
TO FMA/DEMOD
F.AUDIO[L]
F.AUDIO[R]
A.IN1[L]
A.IN1[R]
FMA_OUT[L]
FMA_OUT[R]
DVD_OUT[L]
DVD_OUT[R]
GND
L7103
10µ
TO DVD
CNXXX
CN7303
AINR
4
R
O
AGND
AINL
VGND
VIN
R7135
220
TO SUB CPU
C7126
OPEN
UCS
R
22
SCS
SCLK
Q
2S
2S
2S
U2SDT
S2UDT
CPURST
GND
SMUTE
TO DVD(2/2)
CN503
CN7302
CPURST
S2UDT
U2SDT
SCLK
SCS
UCS
NC
LRMUTE
3
Y/COMP
V.GND
C
V.GND
IC7
CR/R
MM
V.GND
CB/B
C7130
OPEN
V.GND
Y/G
82
OPEN
OPEN
82
OPEN
R7178
C7140
R7179
R7180
2.2k
R7177
180
OPEN
C7139
R7175
R7176
2.2k
OPEN
C7138
180
R7173
R7174
2.2k
OPEN
C7137
180
R7184
OPEN
R7183
A5V
M9V
C7141
TO SW.REG
D8001
1SS133
C7131
0.01
M5V
GND
S5V
S3.3V
R8055
47k
C7132
0.1
Q8052
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412k/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
SW3.3V
GND
Q8053
UN2111
DTA114EKA
RT1P141C
R8054
47k
TO DVD(2/2)
CN501
C7133
22 /16
CN7301
SWMUTE
C7134
0.1
DGND
R8007
3.3k
SPDIF
DGND
D3.3V
C8003 820p
R8001
4.7k
D3.3V
S3.3V
2
R8009
3.9k
SGND
C8001
R8003
SGND
22 /16
1k
R8005
C8007
C8005
820p
R8015 820
C7135
1
Q8001
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412k/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
22 /16
C8009
OPEN
2.7k
R8017 10k
S5V
M5V
R8013
27k
IC8001
HA17558AF
RC4558D
M9V
MGND
A5V
AOUTR
AGND
C8002
R8004
1k
R8006
2.7k
22 /16
R8002
4.7k
AOUTL
R8051
SHORT
C8004
820p
C8006
820p
R8010
3.9k
R8052
5.6k
R8008
3.3k
C8051
OPEN
C8010
OPEN
R8020
OPEN
R7181
OPEN
R8018 10k
R8016
820
Q7116
OPEN
C8052
100 /6.3
TO SYSCON
C8008
22 /16
C7136
1
C8053
OPEN
Q8002
2SD601A/QRS/
2SC2412k/QRS/
2SC3928A/QRS/
R8014
27k
MGND
AGND
R8019
OPEN
R8053
5.6k
A.MUTE2[L]
INT/PRG
S1OUT
COMPU_IO
SW3.3V
1
2-15
A
B
C
D
RF_VIDEO
TO TUNER
DVD[H]
V_FROM_OSD
TO SYSCON
L7101
10µ
# R7131
75
C7109
OPEN
# J7002
R7136
OPEN
C7114
470 /6.3
R7134
75
C7117
10 /25
C7126
OPEN
IC7102
MM1507
R7137
220
R7138
SHORT
C7118
10 /25
Q7113
2SB709A/QR/
2SA1037AK/QR/
2SA1530A/QR/
C7120
470 /6.3
R7182
SHORT
R7154
75
C7119
0.1
S_OUT
R7155
75
C7121
0.01
R7156
10k
C7122
OPEN
J7004
R7157
OPEN
C7128
OPEN
IC7104
MM1623XF
C7129
0.1
# R7164
75
# J7005
# R7165
75
# R7166
75
C7123
470 /6.3
# R7167
75
C7124
470 /6.3
# R7168
10k
#
R7169
10k
#
J7006
#
# R7170
R7171
75
10k
C7125
470 /6.3
# R7172
75
# IC7501
74VHCT08ASJ
# R7501
10
#
C7191
0.0027
C7501
OPEN
#
C7502
0.1
#
R7502
300
#
R7503
300
#
Q7191
UN2111
DTA114EKA #
R7191
1k
#
R7192
100
R7193
100
#
#
J7008
# Q7192
UN2211
DTC114EKA
#
C7503
4.7 /50
# R7504
82‘
# L7501
1µ
#
R7506
33
#
J7009
# C7504
150p
R7505
OPEN
K7503
C7505
OPEN
OPEN
B7501
SHORT
K7501 OPEN
# L7502
1µ
K7502
OPEN
#
R7507
100k
#
J7010
# C7506
0.1
# C7507
47 /6.3
B7502
SHORT
# C7508
0.1
p10591001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-16
MAIN(SUB CPU) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
L8301
OUT2
P2
VCC2
VCC1
IN2
IN1
V2
P1
GND
IC8301
LB1641
OUT1
5
R8301
4.7 1/4W
C8302
0.01
10 SHORT
D8302
OPEN
4
Q8301
OPEN
C8301
330 /16
D8303
OPEN
D8301
RD5.1ES/B2
X8201 QA
C8201
47 /6.3
C8202
0.1
3
R8
R8
R8
TO TERMINAL
LED1
M9V
S2UDT
R8217
1k
R8223
1k
R8222
1k
UCS
SCLK
U2SDT
SCS
CPURST
C8203
0.1
1.8k
1.8k
1.8k
R8201
R8202
R8203
IC8202
SN74HCTOBAPW
R8204
SMUTE
2
47K
GND
3V->5V
1
2-17
A
B
C
D
TO DVD
CN8301
TRAYCLSW
TRAYOPSW
2.2k
2.2k
R8250
10k
R8205
10k
R8207
10k
M+
C8303
0.1
M-
MT1
2.2k
R8251
330
R8252
TRAYCTL
MT0
330
R8259
2.2k
R8260
LED2
LED1
VREF-( GND)
2.2k
R8262
TRAYCLSW
K8301
OPEN
TRAYOPSW
Q8301
OPEN
R8263
DGND
R8206
X8201 QAX0246-001
R8208
VREF+
OPEN
IC8201
VDD
OSC2
OSC1
VSS
XI( GND)
XO( OPEN)
USC
SMUTE
REQ[L]
1k
R8221
R8227
K_B.CLK
CPURST
K_B.DATA_FR_SYS
SCS
K_B.DATA_TO_SYS
RESET_IN
1k
ILLUMI_LED
R8216
MMOD( GND)
1k
1k
SCLK1
R8215
U2SDT1
1k
S2UDT1
R8214
TO SYSCON
AL5V
SW5V
LED2
REQ[L]
ILLUMI_LED
RESET_IN
K_B.CLK
K_B.DATA_FR_SYS
K_B.DATA_TO_SYS
GND
p20401001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-18
5
Q7001
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
Q7002
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
Q7003
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
Q7004
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
Q7005
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
Q7006
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
CN7003
KEY2
KEY1
DIG1
DIG2
DIG3
DIG4
DIG5
DIG6
DIG7
D_A
D_B
D_C
D_D
D_E
D_F
D_G
GND
LED2
GND
GND/ILLUMI_LED
RC
AL5V
TO MAIN(SYSCON)
CN3102
DISPLAY AND JACK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Q7007
2SA1037AK
2SB709A
2SA1530A
4
Q7014
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
Q7013
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
Q7012
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
Q7011
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
R7032
4.7k
Q7010
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
OPEN
OPEN
R7033
4.7k
R7006
150
R7041
330
R7007
150
D7002
OPEN
R7031
4.7k
C7027
R7034
4.7k
R7005
150
C7026
OPEN
R7004
150
C7025
R7035
4.7k
OPEN
R7036
4.7k
R7003
150
C7024
R7037
4.7k
R7002
150
OPEN
R7001
150
C7023
C7021
OPEN
3
C7022
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Da
Db
Dc
Dd
De
Df
Dg
OPEN
DI7001
LTG-0376M-J
Q7009
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
D7006
SLR-343MC
Q7008
2SC2412K
2SD601A
2SC3928A
2
R7015
4.7k
R7014
2.7k
R7013
2.2k
R7012
1.8k
R7011
1.2k
S7006
S7005
S7004
S7003
S7002
R7022
1.8k
R7021
1.2k
C7013
0.01
OPEN
S7001
S7010
S7011
S7016
OPEN
1
2-19
A
B
C
R
2
C7014
0.01
OPEN
D
S7012
S70
OPE
R7191
C7011
75
47/6.3
AUDIO[R]_IN
D7191
OPEN
V.OUT
VCC
GND
C7012
D7022
R7040
OPEN
OPEN
0
J7191
QNN0591-002
VIDEO_IN
AUDIO[L]_IN
TO MAIN(TERMINAL)
CN7103
D7192
OPEN
CN7191
GND
FRONT_AUDI
GND
FRONT_AUDI
GND
GND
FRONT_VIDE
GND
LED1
P/EJ
C7191
OPEN
IC7002
GP1UM281XK
PNA4652M00XB
6
343MC
R7042
330
D7001
OPEN
D7005
SLR-343MC
R7025
4.7k
S7014
S7015
R7010 10k
R7020 10k
R7023
2.2k
012
S7017
OPEN
S7013
p20396001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-20
NRAS
NCAS
NWE
MDQ7
DQM0
DQM1
MDQ8
MDQ6
DVD SERVO CONTROL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
P3.3V
C372
NI
C306
0.1/16
LPCO1
LPCO2
MDQ5
MDQ4
MDQ11
K101
0
C102
1
0
R125
R118
0
C101
0.1/16
VREFH
MDQ9
S5V
MDQ10
R110
S3.3V
CN101
QGF0523F1-24W
CDLDCUR
DVDLDCUR
TP11
TP12
TP13
TP14
TP15
TP16
TP17
TP18
TP19
TP20
5
AD4
MDQ3
E
0.1/16
F
R116
470
C108
27
470
R108
R113
27
47/6.3
2.2
47/6.3
C105
R321
NEXWE
NI
EXADT0
EXADT4
R126
180
R120
0
R119
0
F-
Q104
2SC4617/R/-X
Q102
2SC4617/R/-X
EXADT8
330
F+
4
MDQ15
C307
0.1/16
R117
C111
0.1/16
24k
100
R111
R102
R109
0.1/16
MDQ0
100
EXADR20
24k
0.1/16
C104
Q103
KTA1001/Y/-X
Q101
KTA1001/Y/-X
K102
0
0.1/16
R103
C103
LPC1
100
MDQ14
R115
470
R101
MDQ1
R107
100
R128
LPC2
C107
30k
0
R123
0
R122
0
MDQ2
MDQ13
R104
30k
R112
R114
C110
RF+
C109
R121
R124
C
2.2
R105
NI
NI
Q105
UN2119-X
B
R106
NI
NI
A
47/6.3
C106
MDQ12
D
EXADT12
T+
TEXADR16
SGND
EXADR18
/HFMON
EXADT14
TP10
TP9
TP8
TP7
TP6
TP5
TP4
TP3
TP2
TP1
EXADT10
EXADT6
EXADT2
NEXCE
EXADT1
EXADT5
EXADT9
EXADT13
EXADR17
EXADR19
EXADT15
EXADT11
C377
FM+
FM-
NI
TRVSW
EXADT7
EXADT3
WOUT
NEXOE
VOUT
TP351
DAC2CS
T-
F-
UCS
FM-
FM+
WOUT
3
VOUT
UOUT
COM
CN201
QGF1016F2-08W
T+
COM
F+
UOUT
DCLK
R325
330
DDATA
R326
330
C260
0.022
DAC0CS
C261
0.022
SWMUTE
C262
0.022
DACPDN
TP99
M9V
C378
NI
C264
C204
0.1/16
TP21
TP22
TP23
TP24
TP25
TP26
TP27
TP28
DAC1CS
NI
M5V
TP330
/TALK
R208
27K
22k
TRDRV
560p
C208
R206
K201
30K
DGND
NI
K303
NI
R383
K302
NI
R382
U2SDT
18K
R219
NI
R256
C309
0.1/16
C308
C327
0.01
DGND
1k
NI
R384
R909
0
SGND
R381
SCLK
P3.3V
TP98
C910
100
NI
R204
100
C205
270P
R252
R251
DGND
0.47
SGND
TP350
NI
2.2
NI
C217
0.1/16
C908
NI
C263
C907
0.1/16
100k
C310
0.1/16
R323
R372
R373
R374
TRSDRV
SPDRV
/HFMON
R213
24K
R220
6.8K
R221
0
10K
TP310
R257
R259
R371
NI
R320
10k
1k
0
1k
/FL_RST
R309
1k
R385
2
DGND
C371
LA6502-X
1/16
IC201
R207
0.01/16
TP326
R254
TP311
2-21
A
VHALF
/SPMUTE
/DRVMUTE
FG
MGND
FODRV
10k
R215
TRSDRV
SPDRV
1
20k
C253
560p
C212
DGND
B
C
D
CPURST
FG
S2UDT
LRMUTE
27k
R205
TP331
R214
10K
10k
R255
0.022
SCS
0.015/16
NI
0.015/16
C259
R201
0.0082
C258
C206
150P
C257
47K
C211
0.47/10
10K
C251
C255
0.1/16
C256
0.015/16
EXDAT7
EXDAT9
EXDAT6
EXDAT10
EXDAT5
EXDAT11
EXDAT4
EXDAT12
EXDAT3
EXDAT13
EXDAT2
EXDAT14
EXDAT1
EXDAT15
EXDAT0
MA3
MA4
MA2
MA5
MA1
MA6
MA0
MA7
BA1
MA10
BA0
MA8
MA9
MA11
MCK
NCSM
NRAS
NWE
NCAS
TO FLASH
TO SDRAM
D3.3V
IC302
LM1117MP-ADJ-X
D3.3V
NI
NI
C305
0.1/16
C359
D1.2V
K304
NQR0339-002X
R301
NI
C376
R310
0.47
R311
NI
NI
C375
K301
C374
NQR0354-001X
C373
0.1/16
27
R303
P3.3V
NI
0.1/16
24
C304
47/4
R302
EXDAT8
C303
C302
C392
47/4
NI
DGND
TP325
DGND
TP324
TP323
TP322
R307
CN301
QGA1002C1-06X
TP316
TP320
TP318
TP321
TP319
1K
R306
TP317
1K
C315
0.1/16
R362
330
R361
0
R360
NI
AOUT1
R359
NI
AOUT2
TX
AOUT0
C311
0.1/16
C379
NI
0
R358
BCK
0
R357
R395
R351
LRCLK
18p
C325
0
X351
NAX0550-001X
1M
R352
680
15p
C326
R345
IC301
MN2DS0003AA-H
0.1/16
C313
PCMCLK
0
R315
0
0.1/16
C339
R316
0
DAC5OUT
R343
DAC4OUT
0
C341
R344
1/6.3
6.8
30k
R340
0.1/16
C318
R342
2.2K
3.6k
R341
VGND
DAC3OUT
C312
DAC2OUT
R317
0
0.1/16
TP333
DAC1OUT
R378
1k
FODRV
R379
1k
TRDRV
TP332
C356
1/16
C316
0.1/16
R333
16k
R318
33k
C317
AD4
DVDLDCUR
0.1/16
R319
0
0
0
R393
R394
CDLDCUR
R334
150
A
R335
150
B
R336
150
C
R337
150
D
R338
0
E
R339
0
F
R390
R391
NAD0025-103X
4.7k
TP314
1/16
1/16
0.1/16
0.1/16
0.1/16
C340
C319
C347
C314
0.1/16
0.1/16
C323
C322
0.1/16
0.1/16
C320
C321
TP315
0.1/16
C330
0.1/16
C338
C348
C350
0.1/16
C337
0.018/16
0.1/16
0.1/16
C332
0.1/16
0.0056
C329
NI
A
C328
NI
C301
220/4
C358
C349
0.1/16
NI
C335
0.1/16
0
R312
150
0
R363
R313
0
R314
DGND
SGND
VHALF
VREFH
LPCO2
LPC2
LPCO1
LPC1
RF+
DEMP
COPY
TRACK
R377
/DRVMUTE
INDEX
R376
C346
NI
C345
NI
C344
NI
C343
NI
NI
NI
NI
R375
TRVSW
R374
/HFMON
/SPMUTE
R373
C324
TP302
TP303
TP312
TP313
NI
TP328
22K
R324
C334
C333
0.033/16
C331
TP306
TP307
TP309
TP308
TP329
HAGUP
TP327
R308
NI
1k
1k
R372
SPDRV
S3.3V
TP305
CPURST
TRSDRV
R392
10K
C391
0.1/16
1k
0
R457
C455
R458
B
0.01/16
IC453
S-80827CNNB-W
e10054001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-22
DVD FLASH ROM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
PCMCLK
5
TO SDRAM
P3.3V
TO FLASH
BCK
K501
NQR0129-002X
IC505
K4S641632F-TC75
C553
22/6.3
C551
0.1/16
MDQ0
MDQ1
MDQ15
C558
0.1/16
MDQ14
MDQ2
MDQ13
C559
AOUT0
LRCLK
0.1/16
MDQ3
MDQ12
DACPDN
MDQ4
MDQ11
DAC0CS
MDQ5
MDQ10
DCLK
MDQ6
MDQ9
C557
MDQ7
DQM0
DDATA
1/10
MDQ8
C552
0.1/16
NWE
DQM1
NCAS
MCK
NRAS
NCSM
4
MA11
BA0
BA1
MA9
MA10
MA8
MA0
MA7
MA1
MA6
MA2
MA5
C547
C548
SGND
DAC1CS
MA4
MA3
C556
AOUT1
0.1/16
C555
0.1/16
NI
NI
C549
NI
C550
NI
AOUT2
DAC2CS
3
EXADR16
IC509
AT49LV1614T90TC
EXADT15
EXADT14
R510
EXADT13
0
EXDAT15
EXADT12
EXADT11
EXDAT7
EXADT10
EXDAT14
EXADT9
EXDAT6
EXADT8
EXDAT13
EXADR19
EXDAT5
EXADR20
EXDAT12
EXDAT4
NEXWE
/FL_RST
R511
EXDAT11
NI
EXDAT3
R322
EXDAT10
47k
EXADR18
EXDAT2
EXADR17
EXDAT9
EXADT7
EXDAT1
EXADT6
EXDAT8
EXADT5
EXDAT0
NEXOE
EXADT4
2
EXADT3
EXADT2
NEXCE
EXADT1
EXADT0
C554
0.1/16
R530
NI
DGND
A
1
B
2-23
A
B
C
D
R716
R719
0
0
C715
NI
C713
NI
IC705
NI
R720
NI
R717
NI
S3.3V
S5V
M5V
D3.3V
R701
BCK
R702
0
NI
C502
NI
C501
IC501
NI
C503
NI
TO MAIN(SYSCON)
CN7301
C701
0.1/16
DACPDN
TP53
220
TP52
220
R712
TP51
220
R713
C906
0.1/16
10
R711
RCLK
TP54
TP55
TP706
TP705
TP704
TP703
C704
220/6.3
DGND
IC701
AK4384VT-X
R703
NI
R710
TP702
TP701
1
AOUT0
M9V
NI
C714
TP57
NI
C712
TP56
IC704
NI
TP58
PCMCLK
R501
470
R502
470
DAC0CS
DCLK
DDATA
R704
NI
C905
NI
C912
NI
C721
R718
47k
NI
R722
C707
0.1/16
NI
R721
0.001
C706
10/16
C903
0.1/16
IC702
NI
K502
NI
C904
0.1/16
C705
NI
C902
0.1/16
AOUT1
R714
L501
NQL044K-100X
C901
NI
NI
C702
NI
DAC1CS
CN501
QGF1016F2-19W
TP59
TP60
TP61
TP62
MGND
TP63
DGND
TP64
SGND
TP65
R911
0
TP71
TP72
TP73
TP74
TP75
TP78
TP76
TP77
C709
NI
IC703
NI
TP81
TP82
TP83
TP86
TP85
TP84
100
R727
100
R725
100
R724
100
R723
DEMP
SWMUTE
COPY
NQR0251-004X
TX
TRACK
0
R728
CN502
QGF1016F2-08W
INDEX
NQR0251-004X
K723
K721
AOUT0
NI
K724
AOUT1
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
R748
K725
R743
R744
AOUT2
NI
NQR0022-005X
R747
NQR0251-004X
C711
NI
NI
NI
NI
R729
DAC2CS
NI
R746
R742
R730
C703
NI
K722
NI
K555
R741
R715
LRCLK
R745
AOUT2
TO MAIN(SYSCON)
CN7302
DAC1OUT
K554
NQR0129-002X
DAC2OUT
K553
NQR0129-002X
DAC3OUT
K551
NQR0129-002X
DAC5OUT
K552
NQR0129-002X
K556
NQR0129-002X
0
R555
0
R556
0
S2UDT
R557
0
CPURST
R558
1k
NI
C507
NI
NI
C508
NI
NI
C509
C505
NI
C510
C506
NI
C511
U2SDT
VGND
CN503
QGF1016F2-17W
TP87
R554
TP89
SCLK
NI
0
TP90
SCS
1k
R553
TP91
0
TP88
R552
R503
TP92
R551
SWMUTE
UCS
TP93
LRMUTE
TP94
DAC4OUT
DGND
e10054001a_rev0
D
E
F
G
2-24
<03> MAIN
LPB10227-001C
MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD
DANGEROUS VOLTAGE
J7010
R7168
W30
C7128
Q7113
C7131
Q7116
R7135
R7181
L7103
C3056
C3071
C3046
Q3001
R3222
Q202
C208
R7203
Q7201
W32
R3210
R3211
C7201
R7204
C7203
R7205
C7204
C7141
PC3002
R8250
R8251
R8207
C7205
R8252
R7206
C209
W36
L203
IC8201
R8055
W44
ZZ8
IC8202
R8259
W27
W28
R8227
R8221
W29
R3234
R8201
R8216
R8214
R8215
C8201
W37
K8301
R8263
R8208
C8303
Q8301
W48
C8302
R8206
R8217
IC8301
R8204
C8301
R8301
R8223
R8205
W31
R8202
R8203
R8262
D8302
C8203
R8222
W33
C8202
X8201
D8301
D8303
R3220
C3011
Q3004
R3219
D3003
C3014
D8001
R8054
C8009
R8013
L8301
C8007
Q8052
W45
R8260
R3202
R3201
R212
L205
R7184
R7183
C7202
R207
R3034
L7201
Q7202
Q201
R3217
W34
R3033
JS3001
ZZ7
R8017
D3004
R211
B201
R3206
CN7303
R3218
2-25
CP3102
C5309
W42
C8008
C8052
R8019
C8053
Q8053
CN8301
W51
R7173
R7174
C7137
W39
R7175
R7176
C7138
R8051
R8053
R8018
R3216
W35
L7202
R8020
C8010
Q8002
R3214
R7202
R8006
R8008
C8004
R8009
Q8001
R7177
R7178
R8014
R8016
C8051
R8015
B5392
R5311
C7139
R3215
D3005
CN7302
C8006
R8010
R8007
C8003
C5307
R7179
R7180
C7140
C5311
C8001
C8005
C8002
R8003
R8005
C5305
D5310
L5303
C5313
R8052
CP3101
D5308
C5314
Q5309
L5301
IC8001
IC5302
C5308
CP5304
CN7301
B5311
Q5315
W40
B5303
C5303
R5325
D5392
R8004
R8002
R8001
C5306
D5305
C5312
B5301
L5302
C5304
CP5302
IC5301
R5319
R5313
Q5308
D5309
R5320
Q5311
R5314
D5393
R5321
Q5307
R5312
R5315
Q5306
C5310
WR11
ST2
Q5310
D5306
WR6
CP5301
R5326
C5210
CP5303
L5202
R5316
R3253
R3252
C5211
L4001
CP4002
C5205
C5209
R5310
CP3002
L5205
C5204
C5202
D5208
C5213
D5213
L5203
C5302
Q5305
C7135
CN3001
R5204
C4031
D5204
D5209
R5206
ZZ4
D5301
L5201
C7134
C7132
IC5201
C5214
C5201
D5205
D5206
R5205
D5212
D5304
C7126
R5203
D5207
Q5304
R7136
C7133
Q5391
R5202
R5201
D5202
R7137
B5393
D5391
R7138
C5004
R5108
PC5101
D5103
C7136
C7130
C5106
R5391
ST1
C2051
C7129
IC7104
R5112
R5111
T5001
K7502
R5109
R5107
D5105
Q5102
C5109
K5102
Q5101
B7502
C5107
K5101
D5102
W38
C5108
C5105
C5101
Q5103
R5113
R5110
R5104
C5207
R7171
R5106
CN2001
D5106
D5101
R5317
R7169
IC7501
R5102
C5104
C5102
C712
C7123
R5103
C5006
R5101
R7170
R7172
R7503
C7502
C7501
B7501
K7501
R7502
R7501
ZZ1
FC5001
F5001
C7503
R7504
C7504
L7502
FC5002
R7167
J7006
L7501
R7505
C7507
K7503
C7508
C5003
C7506
R7507
C5001
LF5002
VA5001
C5002
D5001
WR7
J7009
R7506
C7505
R5001
CAUTION :
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD, REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATED FUSE(S).
ATTENTION :
REPLACER PAR DES FUSIBLE DE MEME TYPE.
T
WR7
J7008
C7191
C7114
B6025
R6031
R2224
C2052
Q6030
L6032
CF6031
C6033
CN2002
C2235
C2234
C6605
C2219
C6512
W4
C2218
R2219
C3008
R2211
C3045
C6511
C6505
Q2203
R2218
C2216
C2214
C6602
W7
R3205
D2251
R6502
C2222
C2211
R2231
R2230
C6504
C6517
Q3002
R2217
R2216
C6513
R2210
R2214
R2209
R2220
R3244
R4017
Q2202
Q2201
R3207
R4012
R4013
R4001
R4009
C3033
B6601
C4011
W18
R3256
R3099
C4014
PC3001
R3101
R3098
R3209
R2053
D3002
W26
R3240
R3208
TL3904
T2051
Q2051
D4002
CN7103
C212
R4010
R36
R2212
R2213
C6516
C2215
W3
C4016
R4015
Q4001
R3242
R201
C201
R203
D201
C205
L202
R3210
R3211
R2055
ZZ9
C3047
C2054
B3001
R2054
R2059
Q2053
Q2054
Q2055
R3223
R3224
TL3906
R3236
R3235
S3001
R2060
R3225
R3065
R3064
R3063
Q3902
C3052
IC3002
TL3901
R2056
Q2052
R2058
TL3905
W10
C2053
C2055
D2001
R2057
R3074
B3902
C3054
C3031
C3030
W12
CN3901
IC3003
C3022
C3021
TL3902
W19
Q3901
C3055
R3061
R3058
R3213
R3248
R3062
R3212
B3901
W11
C3016
B3903
R3077
C3041
C3024
TL3903
R3054
C3037
C3036
X3001
R3043
TL3908
R3053
W24
R3246
C3053
W13
R3229
C3050
R3047
R3052
R3051
R3049
R3048
R3046
R3045
R3080
X3002
IC3001
R3082
C3048
B3003
W49
C3072
CN3102
R2223
C6501
R2202
WR2
C6509
C6508
W14
W5
R3085
203
ZZ8
C4012
R4003
C204
C4009
C213
W20
R4007
C4003
R204
C4015
R4004
L201
C207
R212
C211
Q4003
C4010
Q4002
R4005
C4018
R202
C210
C3013
C203
D6002
R2222
R2221
R2201
R2022
C6601
C2210
C4008
C4004
C4005
C3012
Q201
R206
C209
C202
C4002
Q202
C208
R210
Q6031
C2220
C4017
Q3005
R3222
R207
C4006
C206
R6030
Q2204
C4001
R205
ZZ6
R6034
C2221
C2230
C2257
C2212
L204
B202
C6008
L6001
R2203
R2205
C6515
C2209
R211
TU6001
L6003
C2202
R2207
K2253
C2252
K2252
C2253
R2206
C2205
C2262
C2261
B6020
C6514
ZZ5
B201
C6532
R2204
C2231
D3001
B6024
B6021
R2208
R2255
R2251
R12
W50
C38
C39
W23
C43
W22
C6502
CN1
R2257
C2259
R2023
C41
C2207
C2208
R11
C36
C44
C2206
IC2201
C45
C6006
C6007
B6022
R2252
C48
C47
K2251 C2255
C2256
C2254
L2251
R21
C40
C49
C37
C77
X2
W15
C35
C33
W9
C55
L7
C46
C31
R38
C32
C26
Q7
L10
C22
L6
C27
C30
IC1
R6021
L6006
C2203
C2251
C24
C25
R6020
C2204
C6503
C78
C63
C56
R37
C19
WR1
C34
C2201
B10
W6
C59
R7
C20
B1
R6
L5
L6005
ZZ3
Q8
C61
C57
W46
C58
C60
W8
C62
C2008
C7
C8 C15
C10
C17
C2005
R2021
R2014
R1
C6021
WR4
W47
R2013
C2010
R2
C1
C13
Q2
W2
TP4001
C2011
R2016
C6
R3
C5
D5
C6020
WR3
R2015
R2010
W17
C11
C14
R6050
C2009
R2017
W16
C4
C2007
L1
L3
C6055
Q7191
C6005
C2006
C2
C9
TP111
TP106
C2002
C2004
C2003
L2001
C2001
L6050
L7101
D1
R2024
C12
C6053
C6013
C6052
R7193
C2012
R2007
ZZ2
R6055
C6054
WR5
W25
Q2003
R7191
C7109
IC7102
Q2001
R2019
R2018
Q2002
C6012
Q7192
C7119
TP2253
C7120
C7121
C7124
R6054
R7192
R7154
R7165
R7155
C7117
C7118
23
R6051
R7134
R7131
R7182
R7156
R7164
R7166
C7125
WR8
70
C7122
R7157
J7004
WR10
J7002
WR9
J7005
R7167
2-26
COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE <MAIN> LPB10227-001C
REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION
CAPACITOR
C1
B
C2
B
C4
A
C5
B
C6
B
C7
B
C8
B
C9
A
C10
A
C11
B
C12
B
C13
B
C14
B
C15
B
C17
B
C19
B
C20
B
C22
B
C24
B
C25
A
C26
A
C27
B
C30
B
C31
A
C32
A
C33
A
C34
B
C35
B
C36
A
C37
B
C38
B
C39
A
C40
B
C41
B
C43
A
C44
A
C45
B
C46
B
C47
A
C48
B
C49
A
C55
B
C56
B
C57
B
C58
B
C59
B
C60
B
C61
A
C62
A
C63
B
C77
B
C78
B
C201
B
C202
A
C203
B
C204
B
C205
A
C206
B
C207
A
C208
B
C209
A
C210
B
C211
B
C212
B
C213
B
C2001
A
C2002
A
C2003
A
C2004
B
C2005
A
C2006
B
C2007
A
C2008
A
C2009
B
C2010
B
C2011
A
C2012
A
C2051
B
C2052
A
C2053
B
C2054
B
C2055
A
C2201
A
C2202
A
C2203
A
C2204
A
C2205
A
C2206
A
C2207
B
C2208
B
C2209
A
C2210
A
C2211
A
C2212
A
C2214
A
C2215
A
C2216
A
C2218
A
C2219
A
C2220
A
C2221
B
C2222
B
C2230
B
C2231
B
C2234
B
C2235
B
C2251
B
C2252
B
C2253
B
C2254
A
C2255
B
C2256
B
C2257
B
C2259
A
C2261
B
C2262
B
C3008
B
2-27
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
C
C
D
C
C
D
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
15L
14M
15M
14M
14M
14L
14L
13L
13L
14L
13L
13L
13L
14L
14L
14K
14K
14K
14K
14K
14J
13K
14J
15J
14J
15J
14J
15J
15J
16J
15I
15J
16J
16I
15I
14I
16J
16J
16J
16J
17J
17J
17K
17L
17L
17L
17L
17L
16L
17K
14J
17K
13E
13F
13E
12E
12E
12E
12E
12E
11D
13F
12E
13E
13D
14M
14M
14M
14M
17M
16M
16M
16L
16M
16M
16M
15M
11M
21I
20D
21D
20C
19M
19M
19L
18L
18K
18K
18K
17J
18G
18G
18H
18G
19G
20G
20G
20H
20H
19I
19I
18H
18I
18I
20J
19J
18K
18K
18K
17J
18J
17K
17I
17J
18J
18K
21H
C3011
C3012
C3013
C3014
C3016
C3021
C3022
C3024
C3030
C3031
C3033
C3036
C3037
C3041
C3045
C3046
C3047
C3048
C3050
C3052
C3053
C3054
C3055
C3056
C3071
C3072
C4001
C4002
C4003
C4004
C4005
C4006
C4008
C4009
C4010
C4011
C4012
C4014
C4015
C4016
C4017
C4018
C4031
C5001
C5002
C5003
C5004
C5006
C5101
C5102
C5104
C5105
C5106
C5107
C5108
C5109
C5201
C5202
C5204
C5205
C5207
C5209
C5210
C5211
C5213
C5214
C5302
C5303
C5304
C5305
C5306
C5307
C5308
C5309
C5310
C5311
C5312
C5313
C5314
C6005
C6006
C6007
C6008
C6012
C6013
C6020
C6021
C6033
C6052
C6053
C6054
C6055
C6501
C6502
C6503
C6504
C6505
C6508
C6509
C6511
C6512
C6513
C6514
C6515
C6516
C6517
C6532
C6601
C6602
C6605
C7109
C7114
C7117
C7118
C7119
C7120
C7121
C7122
A
A
B
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
A
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
C
D
4C
12F
13F
5C
15C
20A
20A
16C
18C
18C
15F
16C
17C
16C
21H
6H
13D
13D
16D
17C
17C
17C
17C
9J
8J
13C
13F
12F
13E
13F
13F
14F
13F
13E
14F
15F
15E
16E
14E
16E
13F
14F
8J
3P
2P
5O
6L
2N
2M
2N
5N
4M
4L
5M
5M
4M
5K
4I
3I
3I
1I
2H
3H
5I
1J
5K
1H
4G
4G
5G
4G
5G
5F
5F
3G
2E
3F
2E
3F
21M
22M
20L
21M
21O
22O
21N
21N
22J
22O
22O
22O
22O
19K
19M
19K
19H
19G
19H
19H
19H
19H
19H
20I
20I
19G
19H
21K
18H
19H
20I
18O
18O
17O
17O
18O
14O
14O
16P
C7123
C7124
C7125
C7126
C7128
C7129
C7130
C7131
C7132
C7133
C7134
C7135
C7136
C7137
C7138
C7139
C7140
C7141
C7191
C7201
C7202
C7203
C7204
C7205
C7501
C7502
C7503
C7504
C7505
C7506
C7507
C7508
C8001
C8002
C8003
C8004
C8005
C8006
C8007
C8008
C8009
C8010
C8051
C8052
C8053
C8201
C8202
C8203
C8301
C8302
C8303
CF6031
A
A
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
A
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
B
A
D
D
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
C
D
11O
12O
12O
10K
8M
8M
8L
8L
8L
9L
9L
9K
9L
4E
3E
4E
4E
5E
19O
7E
6E
7E
5D
5D
8O
8O
8O
8O
7P
7O
7O
7P
2D
1D
2C
2D
2D
3D
2C
3D
2C
3C
3D
3C
3C
7B
7B
10B
3B
4A
3A
21J
CONNECTOR
CN1
A D
CN2001 A D
CN2002 A D
CN3001 A D
CN3102 A D
CN3901 A D
CN7103 A D
CN7301 A D
CN7302 A D
CN7303 A D
CN8301 A D
18K
11M
21J
9J
12A
22B
22E
1E
4E
4C
2A
DIODE
D1
D5
D201
D2001
D2251
D3001
D3002
D3003
D3004
D3005
D4002
D5001
D5101
D5102
D5103
D5105
D5106
D5202
D5204
D5205
D5206
D5207
D5208
D5209
D5212
D5213
D5301
D5304
D5305
D5306
D5308
D5309
D5310
D5391
D5392
D5393
D6002
D8001
D8301
D8302
D8303
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
18N
14L
13E
20D
17G
14G
18D
4B
3B
5F
16E
1O
2M
2M
5L
5M
5N
4K
1K
2J
2J
4K
2K
1K
4K
2K
3H
2H
4G
5G
3H
3H
4G
6K
3F
3G
21M
4C
5B
5B
4B
IC
IC1
IC2201
IC3001
IC3002
IC3003
IC5201
IC5301
IC5302
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
15K
18J
15D
17C
21A
5K
3G
5G
IC7102
IC7104
IC7501
IC8001
IC8201
IC8202
IC8301
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
C 17O R211
C 9L R212
C 8N R2007
C 2D R2010
C 8B R2013
C 10C R2014
D 5B R2015
R2016
COIL
R2017
L1
A D 14L R2018
L3
A D 13L R2019
L5
A D 13K R2021
L6
A D 13J R2022
L7
A D 16J R2023
L10
A D 17K R2024
L201
A D 13E R2053
L202
A D 12D R2054
L203
A D 11D R2055
L204
A D 12F R2056
L205
A D 11E R2057
L2001
A D 12M R2058
L2251
A D 17J R2059
L4001
A D 8J R2060
L5201
A D 3H R2201
L5202
A D 2H R2202
L5203
A D 4I R2203
L5205
A D 2I R2204
L5301
A D 3E R2205
L5302
A D 2G R2206
L5303
A D 2F R2207
L6001
A D 21L R2208
L6003
A D 21O R2209
L6005
A D 21M R2210
L6006
A D 20L R2211
L6032
A D 22J R2212
L6050
A D 21O R2213
L7101
A D 19O R2214
L7103
A D 10K R2216
L7201
A D 7E R2217
L7202
A D 5D R2218
L7501
A D 8O R2219
L7502
A D 7O R2220
L8301
A D 1C R2221
R2222
TRANSISTOR
R2223
Q2
B C 14L R2224
Q7
B C 17K R2230
Q8
B C 18L R2231
Q201
B C 12E R2251
Q202
B C 12F R2252
Q2001
B C 14N R2255
Q2002
B C 14N R2257
Q2003
B C 12M R3033
Q2051
B C 21D R3034
Q2052
B C 20C R3043
Q2053
B C 20C R3045
Q2054
B C 21C R3046
Q2055
B C 20C R3047
Q2201
B C 20F R3048
Q2202
B C 21F R3049
Q2203
B C 21G R3051
Q2204
B C 20G R3052
Q3001
A D 7H R3053
Q3002
A D 21H R3054
Q3004
B C 4B R3058
Q3005
B C 12F R3061
Q3901
B C 19C R3062
Q3902
B C 18B R3063
Q4001
B C 14E R3064
Q4002
B C 13E R3065
Q4003
B C 13E R3069
Q5101
A D 4M R3074
Q5102
A D 5L R3077
Q5103
B C 5N R3080
Q5304
A D 2H R3082
Q5305
B C 1H R3085
Q5306
A D 4H R3098
Q5307
B C 1G R3099
Q5308
B C 1G R3101
Q5309
B C 1F R3201
Q5310
A D 5H R3202
Q5311
A D 2G R3205
Q5315
A D 4F R3206
Q5391
B C 7L R3207
Q6030
B C 22J R3208
Q6031
B C 22I R3209
Q7113
B C 10L R3210
Q7116
B C 10K R3211
Q7191
B C 19O R3212
Q7192
B C 19O R3213
Q7201
B C 7E R3214
Q7202
B C 6E R3215
Q8001
B C 2C R3216
Q8002
B C 3C R3217
Q8052
B C 3C R3218
Q8053
B C 3C R3219
Q8301
B C 5B R3220
R3222
RESISTOR
R3223
R1
B C 15L R3224
R2
B C 15M R3225
R3
B C 14M R3229
R6
B C 13K R3234
R7
B C 14K R3235
R11
B C 16J R3236
R12
B C 16I R3240
R21
B C 17J R3242
R36
B C 16E R3244
R37
B C 17K R3246
R38
A D 13K R3248
R201
B C 13E R3252
R202
B C 13F R3253
R203
B C 13E R3256
R204
B C 13E R4001
R205
B C 12F R4003
R206
B C 12E R4004
R207
B C 12E R4005
R210
B C 12E R4007
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
12F
12E
14M
15M
16M
16M
17M
16M
15M
13N
13N
17M
16H
17I
15M
21D
20C
21D
20C
20C
20C
20C
21B
19K
19K
19K
19K
19K
19K
19K
19K
20F
21F
20H
21G
21F
20F
20H
20H
20G
20H
20F
19K
20K
20K
20K
18H
18H
17I
17J
18I
17J
11E
11E
13C
13C
13C
14C
14C
14C
14C
14C
14C
14C
15C
15B
15C
15B
16B
16B
15B
19C
17C
16D
17D
17D
17E
17E
16E
10A
10A
15G
9E
20E
18D
18D
12D
11D
19D
18D
9F
10F
10F
10F
3B
4B
5C
12F
20B
20B
21B
16D
10B
19B
19B
13D
13D
19E
17C
17C
8J
8J
19E
16E
14E
14E
14E
13E
R4009
R4010
R4012
R4013
R4015
R4017
R5001
R5101
R5102
R5103
R5104
R5106
R5107
R5108
R5109
R5110
R5111
R5112
R5113
R5201
R5202
R5203
R5204
R5205
R5206
R5310
R5311
R5312
R5313
R5314
R5315
R5316
R5317
R5319
R5320
R5321
R5325
R5326
R5391
R6020
R6021
R6030
R6031
R6034
R6050
R6051
R6054
R6055
R6502
R7131
R7134
R7135
R7136
R7137
R7138
R7154
R7155
R7156
R7157
R7164
R7165
R7166
R7167
R7168
R7169
R7170
R7171
R7172
R7173
R7174
R7175
R7176
R7177
R7178
R7179
R7180
R7181
R7182
R7183
R7184
R7191
R7192
R7193
R7201
R7202
R7203
R7204
R7205
R7206
R7501
R7502
R7503
R7504
R7505
R7506
R7507
R8001
R8002
R8003
R8004
R8005
R8006
R8007
R8008
R8009
R8010
R8013
R8014
R8015
R8016
R8017
R8018
R8019
R8020
R8051
R8052
R8053
R8054
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
15F
16E
15F
15F
16E
16E
4P
4N
4N
5N
2M
3N
5M
5L
4M
4M
4L
5L
5N
4K
4K
5K
5K
5K
5K
1H
4G
1G
1G
1G
1G
4H
1J
2G
3G
2G
4F
5H
6K
22N
22M
22J
22K
22I
22O
21O
21O
22P
19H
17P
18O
10K
10L
10L
10L
15O
14O
14O
15P
13O
13O
13O
11P
11P
10P
11P
10P
11O
5E
5E
3E
3E
4E
4E
4E
4E
10K
17O
5E
5E
20O
19O
20O
8E
7E
7E
6E
6E
6D
7O
8O
8O
8O
8O
8P
7O
2D
2D
1D
2D
1C
3D
2D
2D
2C
2D
2C
3D
2C
3D
2C
3C
3C
3D
3D
2D
2C
3C
R8055
R8201
R8202
R8203
R8204
R8205
R8206
R8207
R8208
R8214
R8215
R8216
R8217
R8221
R8222
R8223
R8227
R8250
R8251
R8252
R8259
R8260
R8262
R8263
R8301
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
C 3C
C 8B
C 10B
C 10B
C 9B
C 6B
C 6B
C 7D
C 7B
C 7A
C 7A
C 8A
C 9B
C 9B
C 9B
C 9B
C 9B
C 8D
C 8D
C 7D
C 6C
C 6C
C 6B
C 6B
D 3B
OTHER
CP3002
CP3101
CP4002
CP5301
CP5302
CP5303
CP5304
F5001
FC5001
FC5002
J7002
J7004
J7005
J7006
J7008
J7009
J7010
JS3001
K2251
K2252
K2253
K5101
K5102
K7501
K7502
K7503
K8301
LF5002
PC085
PC01267
PC01268
PC02242
PC02505
PC3001
PC3002
PC5101
S3001
T2051
T5001
TL3901
TL3902
TL3903
TL3904
TL3905
TL3906
TL3908
TP106
TP111
TP2253
TP4001
TU6001
VA5001
WR6
WR11
WR12
X2
X3001
X3002
X8201
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
8I
5H
8J
2H
3F
2H
3F
5O
5O
4O
18P
14P
13P
10P
20P
8P
7P
10F
18K
18K
18K
4M
1M
7O
8N
8P
6A
3O
21A
5O
4P
2Q
22N
17E
11E
5L
20B
20D
2L
17B
17B
16C
17D
17C
19B
13C
16O
16O
15O
16O
22P
4P
1H
2H
3G
16K
16C
16C
7B
VOLTAGE CHARTS
<MAIN>
MODE
PIN NO.
IC1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
REC
0
0
0
4.4
2.0
2.5
2.8
1.8
1.8
2.4
2.6
1.5
0
2.8
2.8
0
2.8
1.9
0
0
2.8
4.9
2.3
0
0
0
0
0
2.4
2.8
0.4
2.3
2.1
1.8
3.0
2.3
3.0
0
1.4
2.1
2.5
2.0
2.1
0
3.3
3.3
5.0
5.0
3.2
5.0
1.9
5.0
2.6
0
1.9
0
2.2
2.2
5.0
5.0
0
2.3
2.2
2.8
2.2
2.8
2.2
0
2.0
2.7
0
5.0
4.7
4.7
2.8
2.2
2.8
0
0.6
2.5
0
0
0
5.0
2.3
2.4
2.3
0
0
0
0
5.0
1.4
2.5
2.5
2.5
0
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
0
0
0
4.4
2.0
2.6
2.8
1.3
1.3
1.9
3.0
0.6
0
2.3
2.8
3.2
2.8
1.9
2.8
0
2.8
5.0
2.3
0
0
2.8
0
0
2.4
2.8
0
2.7
2.1
1.8
3.1
2.3
3.0
0
1.4
2.1
2.7
2.0
2.1
0
3.3
3.3
5.0
5.0
3.2
5.0
1.8
5.0
2.6
0
1.9
0
2.2
2.3
5.0
5.0
0
2.3
2.2
2.8
2.3
2.8
2.2
1.2
1.9
1.9
0
5.0
4.7
4.7
2.8
2.2
2.8
0
2.5
2.5
0
0
2.4
0
2.3
2.4
2.3
0
0
0
0
5.0
0.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
0
98
99
100
IC2201
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
IC3001
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
REC
PLAY
2.2
0
2.6
0
0
2.6
2.4
0
2.5
0
2.3
2.5
2.0
0.7
0
0
0
2.0
2.5
0
0
2.5
0.8
2.5
2.5
0
0
0
0
2.0
5.0
2.1
0
4.2
4.2
2.3
1.0
0
2.5
0.8
2.5
0
1.6
0
0
5.0
0
4.7
4.7
2.4
0
3.5
2.8
2.2
3.4
3.0
5.0
2.6
4.3
2.4
0
1.2
4.3
10.6
4.4
1.2
2.5
2.4
2.5
0.8
2.4
0
2.4
0
2.3
2.5
2.1
0
0
0
0
2.1
2.6
0
0
2.5
0.9
0
2.5
0
0
0.7
0
0.7
5.0
0
2.4
2.8
1.8
0.9
1.9
2.5
2.5
0.8
2.5
0
1.6
0
0
5.0
0
4.7
4.7
2.3
0
3.5
0
2.2
3.5
3.4
5.0
3.4
4.3
0
0
0
4.3
10.6
0
1.3
2.5
2.4
2.5
0.5
0
2.4
2.9
1.8
2.4
0
2.5
2.4
2.2
4.9
1.8
1.8
2.4
0.4
0.8
2.9
2.4
5.0
2.4
0
0
2.5
0
2.8
1.3
0
0
4.8
0
0
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.4
0
2.4
2.4
2.2
4.9
1.8
1.8
2.5
0.4
0.8
2.9
2.4
5.0
2.4
0
0
2.5
0
2.8
0
2.4
0
4.8
0
MODE
PIN NO.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
IC3002
1
2
3
4
IC3003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
REC
4.9
4.4
4.2
4.8
0
0
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.8
4.9
4.9
2.6
4.5
4.4
4.5
4.0
0
0
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.7
0
4.9
0
0
2.0
0
4.7
4.7
4.6
0.2
4.5
2.0
2.8
1.4
4.8
2.0
2.0
4.8
0.7
0
1.5
1.4
4.9
2.4
0
2.4
3.2
4.8
4.8
0
0
4.3
4.9
0
0
4.8
4.8
0
4.8
0
0
0
4.8
3.3
4.8
4.8
4.9
0
4.8
1.3
2.4
0
2.4
2.7
0
0
0.4
4.8
PLAY
4.9
0
0
4.9
0
0
4.9
0
0
4.9
4.9
4.9
0
4.8
2.6
4.5
4.4
4.5
4.8
4.8
0
0
4.4
4.4
4.7
0
4.9
0
0
2.7
0
4.7
4.7
4.6
0
4.7
4.1
4.1
0
4.8
2.0
2.7
0
2.0
0
1.5
1.4
4.9
2.4
0
2.4
3.2
4.9
4.8
4.8
3.3
4.3
0
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
4.9
3.7
0
0
4.8
0
4.8
1.3
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.7
0
0
0.4
4.9
4.9
4.9
0
0
4.9
4.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.2
4.0
0
4.9
0
0
0
0
4.7
4.6
0
4.9
MODE
PIN NO.
IC5201
1
2
3
IC5301
1
2
3
IC5302
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IC7102
1
2
3
4
5
6
IC7104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
IC7501
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IC8001
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IC8201
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
REC
PLAY
2.4
0
4.5
2.5
0
4.6
2.5
0
4.0
2.5
0
4.0
5.0
0
0
3.4
5.1
0
0
5.6
5.0
0
0
3.4
5.1
0
0
5.6
0
3.6
10.6
3.4
0
3.6
0
3.7
10.7
3.4
0
3.6
5.0
2.4
5.0
1.1
0
1.4
0
2.4
4.8
1.4
0
2.4
5.0
2.3
0
2.4
0
2.4
0
1.7
1.7
0
1.7
0
00
2.4
0
5.0
5.0
2.4
5.0
1.2
0
1.4
0
2.4
0
1.4
0
2.4
5.0
2.4
0
0
0
2.4
0
1.7
1.7
0
1.7
0
00
2.4
0
5.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.6
3.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
3.2
3.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.6
3.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
3.2
3.2
5.3
5.3
5.3
0
5.3
5.3
5.3
10.6
5.3
5.3
5.3
0
5.3
5.3
5.3
10.6
0
0
0
0
0
4.9
0
2.4
2.3
0
0
4.8
0
4.6
0.1
4.6
4.4
4.9
4.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.9
4.9
2.4
2.3
0
0
4.8
0
4.6
0.1
4.6
4.4
4.9
4.9
0
MODE
PIN NO.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
IC8202
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IC8301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Q202
E
C
B
Q2001
E
C
B
Q2002
E
C
B
Q2003
E
C
B
Q2051
E
C
B
Q2052
E
C
B
Q2053
E
C
B
REC
PLAY
4.8
0
4.4
4.4
0
0
3.5
4.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.4
0
0
0
0
4.9
0
4.4
4.4
0
0
3.7
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.4
0
0
0
0
3.2
4.8
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
0
4.9
4.8
3.3
0
4.9
3.3
4.9
3.2
4.8
4.8
4.9
4.8
4.9
0
4.8
4.9
3.3
4.8
4.9
3.2
4.9
0
0.6
0.6
0.3
0
0
9.1
9.1
0.7
0.6
0
0.5
0.7
0.4
0
0
9.1
9.2
0.7
0.6
1.7
5.1
2.4
1.7
5.0
2.4
-6.4
0
-14.7
0
0
0.7
-6.4
0
-14.5
0
0
0.7
5.0
-14.6
4.7
5.1
5.0
0
0
7.4
0.4
0
0.2
0.2
10.6
10.4
9.8
10.7
0.2
10.6
0
0
4.8
0
10.6
0
MODE
PIN NO.
Q2054
E
C
B
Q2055
E
C
B
Q2201
E
C
B
Q2202
E
C
B
Q2203
E
C
B
Q2204
E
C
B
Q3001
E
C
B
Q3002
E
C
B
Q3004
E
C
B
Q3005
E
C
B
Q4001
E
C
B
Q5101
S
G
D
Q5102
E
C
B
Q5103
E
C
B
Q5306
E
C
B
Q5307
E
C
B
Q5309
E
C
B
Q5310
E
C
B
Q5311
E
C
B
Q5315
E
C
B
Q6030
E
C
B
Q7113
E
C
B
Q8001
E
C
B
Q8002
E
C
B
Q8052
E
REC
PLAY
10.4
10.1
9.6
0.1
0.2
0
0
0
4.8
0
0
0
5.6
-1.1
5.6
5.6
-0.7
5.6
0
5.6
0
0
5.6
0
0
0
-1.0
0
0
-0.8
0
0
-1.0
0
0
-0.8
0
4.2
-
0
4.2
-
0
4.2
-
0
4.2
-
0
0
0.7
0
0
0.7
4.9
5.6
5.5
4.9
5.6
5.5
0
0
4.8
0
0
4.8
-2.4
-1.3
74.8
-2.4
-1.3
75.7
-2.4
-1.4
-2.4
-2.4
-1.4
-2.4
-1.3
-2.4
3.2
-1.4
-2.4
3.3
10.6
11.4
11.2
10.6
11.5
11.2
50.1
50.1
0
50.1
50.0
0
0
0
4.9
0
0
4.8
5.1
5.6
5.8
5.1
5.6
5.8
3..3
3.6
4.0
3..3
3.6
4.0
9.1
11.4
9.7
9.1
11.5
9.7
2.2
0
1.6
2.2
0
1.6
2.4
0
1.7
2.3
0
1.7
0
0
0.7
0
0
0.7
0
0
0.6
0
0
0.6
0
0
MODE
PIN NO.
C
B
Q8053
E
C
B
TU6001
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN2001
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN2002
1
2
CN3001
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
CN3102
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
REC
PLAY
0
0.6
0
0.6
5.6
5.6
0
5.6
5.6
0
0
4.8
5.0
4.8
3.6
1.9
0
0
4.1
4.1
2.8
2.9
2.3
32.5
0
1.5
-
0
4.8
5.0
4.8
3.6
1.9
0
0
4.8
4.8
2.8
2.9
2.4
32.4
0
1.5
-
0
0
0
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.9
1.9
1.9
0
0
0
2.3
2.3
2.3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.2
2.5
0
0
0
0
2.4
2.4
0
0
0
0
2.3
11.4
5.1
0
11.4
0
0
11.4
2.7
2.6
1.4
2.6
2.3
11.5
5.1
0
11.4
0
0
11.4
2.7
2.6
1.3
2.6
4.8
4.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
MODE
PIN NO.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
CN7301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
CN7302
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
CN7103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN8301
1
2
3
4
5
JS3001
1
2
3
4
5
REC
PLAY
4.7
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.4
2.0
2.0
0.7
0
0
0
0
4.8
4.8
4.7
3.4
3.4
4.1
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.0
0
0
0
0
4.8
4.8
2.4
0
2.4
0
5.0
0
0
9.1
5.0
5.0
0
0
3.3
3.3
3.3
0
1.3
0
3.2
2.4
0
2.4
0
5.0
0
0
9.2
5.0
5.0
0
0
3.3
3.3
3.3
0
1.6
0
3.2
0.3
0
0.5
0
0.3
0
0.8
0
0.3
3.3
0
3.3
2.8
3.2
3.2
2.8
2.8
0.3
0
0.5
0
0.3
0
0.8
0
0.4
3.2
0
3.2
2.8
3.2
3.3
2.8
2.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.2
0
3.4
4.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.2
0
3.4
4.9
0.5
0.5
0
0
0
0.6
0.5
0
0
0
0
0
4.9
0
4.8
0
0
4.8
0
4.9
<DISPLAY,JACK>
MODE
PIN NO. REC PLAY
IC7002
1
2
3
Q7001
E
C
B
Q7002
E
C
B
Q7003
E
C
B
Q7004
E
C
B
Q7005
E
C
B
Q7006
E
C
B
Q7007
E
C
B
Q7008
E
C
B
Q7009
E
C
B
Q7010
E
C
B
Q7011
E
C
B
Q7012
E
C
B
Q7013
E
C
B
Q7014
E
C
B
4.5
4.9
0
4.8
4.8
0
4.9
0.8
4.8
4.9
0.6
4.8
4.9
0.6
4.8
4.8
0.5
4.7
4.9
0.5
4.8
4.8
0.5
4.8
4.9
0.5
4.8
4.8
0.6
4.8
4.9
0.5
4.8
4.8
0.5
4.8
4.9
0.5
4.8
4.8
0.5
4.8
4.9
0.9
4.7
4.8
1.0
4.7
0
1.6
0.3
0
0.8
0.5
0
1.6
0.3
0
0.8
0.6
0
1.1
0.4
0
1.0
0.4
0
1.9
0.2
0
1.0
0.4
0
1.6
0.3
0
1.0
0.5
0
1.6
0.3
0
1.0
0.4
0
2.3
0
0
1.5
0.3
2-28
DISPLAY, JACK, DVD BRACKET SWITCH AND DVD SERVO CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARDS
<28> DISPLAY
LPB10228-001A
R7041
<36> JACK
LPB10228-001A
D7005
D7192
C7191
TP330
R208
C208
R384
C256
R257
R717
TP705
C258
C257
C251
R215
R214
R213
R712
IC703
R720
TP62
R746
IC702
TP73
R102
C715
R745
TP77
R724
CN503
TP71
Q103
R378
R117
R118
R126
R112
IC704
R716
C713
R719
R111
TP5
TP305
TP7
TP9
R357
R358
R345
C547 R340
R342
C556 TP325
C553
CN101
TP12
TP11
C343
C344
C345
C322
C321
C320
R315
R316
R341
R317
TP332
C316
C312
R530 IC505
C337
C332
C548
R383
TP302
TP65
CN502
R558
R555 R557
R556
R554 C511
K501
C552
C555
C557
R511
R321
C551
R747
K721
TP4
C313
TP324
TP81 TP72
TP82 TP74
TP83 TP76
TP84 TP78
TP85
TP86 K554
TP87
TP88 K553
TP89
K551
TP90
TP91
TP92 K552
TP93
TP94 K556
R552
TP323
TP319
TP317
TP321
TP320
TP322
TP75
R729
R711 K723
K722
IC705
C714
R710
R115
C325
C255
R255
C341
R344
C339
C554
R322
TP64 K555
TP63 R748
TP311
C212
C211
Q104
C326
C328
X351
TP310
R113
R379
TP333
C318
R510
C323
TP351
R502
TP28
R385
C111
TP1
TP2
TP3
R101
C712
IC201 TP326
TP21
C550
TP25
R116
TP6
TP8
TP10
TP20
C333 TP303
TP313
TP309
TP99
TP312
C509
C559
R325
TP350
CN301
01
R204
Q105
C549
R128
C104
C101
TP314
TP315
C338
C334
C331
R382
R324
TP329
TP328
TP327 R323
K302
R307
R326
R306
TP318
C259
D7191
TP24
TP23
TP22
R256
C371
TP306
TP308
C907
TP307
C908
TP26
TP27
J7191
R206
C205
R7191
C107
C103
TP13
TP14
TP15
TP16
TP17
TP18
TP19
R336
R335
R334
R337
R339
R338
C346
CN201
<31> DVD BRACKET
LPB10228-001A
R7023
D7006
C7014
S7006
C7013
2-29
R7021
-COMPONENT
<99> DVD SERVO CONTROL
LVB10452-003A
<98> SWITCH
LEB10070-001A
S7005
S7004
R7015
R7014
R7013
R7012
S7010
S7003
R7011
R7022
D7002
S7011
S7017
S7016
S7001
S7013
S7012
S7002
Q7001
D7001
TP316
IC509
C508
C510
C558
S
Q7012
Q7003
C7022
Q7004
Q7002
Q7010
Q7009
Q7011
C7023
Q7008
Q7013
Q7006
C7021
Q7007
Q7005
R7036
CN7003
R7002
Q7014
IC7002
C7011
R7007
R7031
C7012
D7022
R7001
R7035
C7027
DI7001
R7003
R7004
R7034
C7024
R7005
R7033
C7025
R7006
R7032
C7026
Q7001
R7040
R7037
R7020
R7010
S7014
R7025
COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE <DISPLAY, JACK> LPB10228-001A
REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
14B
14B
14B
15B
15B
15B
15B
16B
16B
17B
17B
C
C
C
C
17B
16B
16B
16B
R7005
R7006
R7007
R7010
R7011
R7012
R7013
R7014
R7015
R7020
R7021
R7022
R7023
R7025
R7031
R7032
R7033
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
15B
15B
15A
19A
3A
3A
4A
6A
7A
19A
8B
8B
8B
6D
15A
15B
15B
R7034
R7035
R7036
R7037
R7040
R7041
R7042
R7191
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
OTHER
DI7001
J7191
S7001
S7002
S7003
S7004
S7005
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D 15B
D 3B
D 2C
D 3A
D 4A
D 6A
D 7A
<99> DVD SERVO CONTROL
LVB10452-003A
S7006
S7010
S7011
S7012
S7013
S7016
S7017
S7014
S7015
16B
16B
17B
17B
19B
7C
6C
4B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D 8A
D 5A
D 6C
D 8C
D 12C
D 3C
D 4C
D 6D
D 6C
-FOIL SIDER308
R375
R376
R377
R381
R320
C327
R119
R121
R120
C109
C309
C324
R122
R123
R124
R309
C310
Q102 R107
R106
R201
Q101
R394
R393
C378
R333
IC301
R351
R360
R359
R362
R361
C302
R742
R741
C306
R303
C373
R553
R503
C506
C505
C376
C507 R458
C711 C703
R251
R301
IC302
K304
C204
R220
C303
R311
CN20
TP
C705
C259
C904
C304
C392
TP98
R713
R310
C902
K502
L501
K301
C706
R457
C455
C264
R206
C205
C704
R302
IC453
R551
R909
C263
R718
TP51
IC501
C905
C912
R702
R911 C901
C903
R703
C906
R721
TP53
TP52
TP55
CN501
C502
C374
C375
C372
C359
C305
C501
R704
IC701
R502
TP62
R746
R501
C707
C701
C315
C311
C379
R744
R743
C307
R723
R730
R725
K725
R727
K724
R728
C721
R722
C503
R701
R715
R714
TP54
TP56
TP57
TP58
TP59
TP60
TP61
C709
C702
TP705
R259
R352
R343
R318
C356
R104 R103
C108
C301
R125
R221
C377
C391
C317
R252
K201
R219
R319
R391 R392
R390
R114
C105
C340
K102
R105
C308
R395
R371
R374
C102
R313
C350
C348
C329
C110
C106
R109 R110
C314
C347
C319
R108
C217
C260
TP701
TP702
C910 TP704
TP706
TP703
R254
R205 C253
TP331
R207 C206
IC201 TP326
C261
C208
R204
C262
TP330
R208
R373
DIODE
D7001
D7002
D7005
D7006
D7022
D7191
D7192
K303
R372
18A
19B
2A
5A
17B
16B
16B
16B
15B
15B
15B
5B
C349
R312
CN7191
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
K101
R7042
C7191
NENT SIDE-
Q7004
B
Q7005
B
B
D 1C Q7006
D 7C Q7007
B
D 1C Q7008
B
D 7C Q7009
B
C 19B Q7010
B
D 5B Q7011
B
D 5B Q7012
B
Q7013
B
IC
Q7014
B
IC7002
A D 19B
RESISTOR
TRANSISTOR
R7001
B
Q7001
B C 13B R7002
B
CONNECTOR
B C 13B R7003
B
CN7003 A D 20C Q7002
B C 13B R7004
B
CN7191 A D 6B Q7003
CAPACITOR
C7011
A
C7012
B
C7013
B
C7014
B
C7021
B
C7022
B
C7023
B
C7024
B
C7025
B
C7026
B
C7027
B
C7191
B
C330
C335
R314
C358
R363
S7015
2-30
CPU PIN FUNCTION
<SYSCON IC3001>
PIN NO.
LABEL
IN/OUT
FUNCTION
PIN NO.
LABEL
IN/OUT
-
FUNCTION
-
GND
57
Vss
GND
-
CTL REFERENCE VOLTAGE
58
LSA
IN
59
D_A
OUT
60
POWER_DET
IN
DETECTION SIGNAL FOR POWER DOWN OF AC POWER SUPPLY
CTL BIAS VOLTAGE
61
12C_CLK_AV
OUT
SERIAL DATA TRANSFER CLOCK FOR THE VIDEO/AUDIO IC
NC
62
12C_DATA_AV
CTL PULSE OUTPUT
63
S.CLK
OUT
CTL PULSE INPUT
64
S.DATA_FR_SYS
OUT
CAPSTAN FG PULSE INPUT
65
S.DATA_TO_SYS
IN
SYSTEM POWER
66
D_B
OUT
LED DRIVE
AFC CLOCK(SYNC SEPARATOR FOR OSD/EXTERNAL CIRCUIT FOR AFC)
67
D_C
OUT
LED DRIVE
AFC CLOCK(SYNC SEPARATOR FOR OSD/EXTERNAL CIRCUIT FOR AFC)
68
D_D
OUT
LED DRIVE
FILTER OUTPUT FOR HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING OF OSD CHARACTER
69
BS_DIGI
-
NC
70
D_E
OUT
-
NC
71
D_F
OUT
COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT(2)
72
RC
IN
1
SVss
2
CTLREF
3
CTL(+)
IN/OUT CTL(+) SIGNAL
4
CTL(-)
IN/OUT CTL(-) SIGNAL
5
CTLBIAS
-
6
NC
-
7
CTLAMPOUT
8
CTLSMTIN
IN
9
CFG
IN
10
SVcc
11
AFCpc
OUT
12
AFCosc
OUT
13
AFCLPF
IN
14
CSYNC/HSYNC
15
VLPF/VSYNC
16
CVIN2
IN
17
CVIN1
IN
18
OVCC
-
19
CVOUT
20
OVSS
-
GND
76
X1
-
TIMER CLOCK(32.768KHz)
21
NC
-
NC
77
RES
-
RESET TERMINAL(RESET ON:L)
22
FSCIN
FSC INPUT FOR OSD
78
OSC1(IN)
-
MAIN SYSTEM CLOCK(10MHz)
23
Avss
GND
79
Vss
-
GND
24
BS_ANT/AFC
IN
TUNNING CHECK
80
OSC2(OUT)
-
MAIN SYSTEM CLOCK(10MHz)
25
LED
IN
LED CONTROL OF STEREO BROADCASTING MODE
81
VCL
-
SYSTEM POWER
26
VIDEO_ENV
IN
27
NC
28
KEY2
29
START_SENSOR
30
31
32
A.ENV/ND(L)
IN
AUDIO PB FM ENV.INPUT/NON HiFi MODE:L
88
SP_SHORT[H]
OUT
MODE SELECT
33
LSD
IN
MECHANISM MODE DETECT(D)
89
TU_V_MUTE[H]
OUT
TUNER VIDEO MUTE CONTROL(MUTE:H)
34
LSC
IN
MECHANISM MODE DETECT(C)
90
INT/PROG
OUT
INTERLACE/PROGRESSIVE SELECT
35
S_DET
IN
HiFi/NORMAL AUDIO DETECTION
91
P.CTL[H]
OUT
POWER ON/OFF PULSE(POWER ON:H)
36
Avcc
37
SP_FG
38
JUST_CLK/CH_SW
39
REC_SAFETY
40
NC
41
NC
42
TU_FG
43
SUB_RESET
44
LM_FR(LMC1)
45
DIG1
46
DIG2
47
DIG3
48
12C_DATA
49
12C_CLK
50
NC
51
DIG4
52
OUT
-
OUT
IN
-
MECHANISM MODE DETECT(A)
LED DRIVE
IN/OUT SERIAL DATA TRANSFER OUTPUT FOR THE VIDEO/AUDIO IC
-
COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL INPUT(1)
73
D_G
OUT
SYSTEM POWER
74
FWE
OUT
COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL OUTPUT
75
X2
-
SERIAL DATA TRANSFER CLOCK FOR DVD CPU
SERIAL DATA TRANSFERMER OUTPUT FOR DVD CPU
SERIAL DATA TRANSFERMER INPUT FOR DVD CPU
NC
LED DRIVE
LED DRIVE
REMOTE CONTROL DATA INPUT
LED DRIVE
FLASH WRITE ENABLE
TIMER CLOCK(32.768KHz)
AUTO TRACKING DETECT/
INPUT THE AVERAGE OF PLAYBACK VIDEO SIGNAL
82
MODE
NC
83
HS_FFREW
OUT
IN
OPERATION CONTROL SIGNAL
84
CONV.CTL[H]
OUT
RF CONVERTER DETECTION
IN
START SENSOR
85
SB_GAIN
OUT
VOLTAGE CONTROL SIGNAL FOR VIDEO FREQUENCY RESPONSE
KEY1
IN
OPERATION CONTROL SIGNAL
86
PROTECT
END_SENSOR
IN
END SENSOR
87
A.MUTE2[L]
-
-
IN
OUT
NC
HIGH SPEED FF/REW CONTROL
CONTROL SIGNAL FOR SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY
AUDIO MUTE CONTROL FOR DVD AUDIO(MUTE:L)
SYSTEM POWER
92
INT/PROG
OUT
INTERLACE/PROGRESSIVE SELECT
DETECTION SIGNAL FOR SUPPLY REEL ROTATION/TAPE REMAIN
93
H.REC_ST(H)
OUT
HiFi AUDIO SOUND RECORDING START
RF CONVERTER CHANNEL SELECT
94
A.MUTE(H)
OUT
AUDIO MUTE CONTROL(MUTE:H)
REC SAFETY SWITCH DETECT(SW ON:L)
95
S1OUT
OUT
-
NC
96
NC
-
NC
97
NC
DETECTION SIGNAL FOR TAKE-UP REEL ROTATION/TAPE REMAIN
98
SUB_REQ[L]
OUT
DVD CPU REQUEST:
DVD CPU RESET
99
N.REC[H]
OUT
NORMAL AUDIO REC MODE:H
OUT
LOADING MOTOR DRIVE
100
N.REC_ST[H]
OUT
OUT
LED DRIVE
101
LSB
OUT
LED DRIVE
102
DVD[H]
OUT
DVD MODE:H
OUT
LED DRIVE
103
CTL_GAIN
OUT
CONTROL AMP OUT FREQUENCY RESPONSE SWITCH IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
NC
-
NC
IN
NORMAL AUDIO SOUND RECORDING START
MECHANISM MODE SELECT(B)
104
DFG
IN
SERIAL DATA TRANSFER OUTPUT FOR TUNER
105
D.FF
OUT
ROTATION DETECTION SIGNAL FOR DRUM MOTOR/
TIMING CONTROL SIGNAL FOR REC
NC
106
A.FF
OUT
AUDIO FF OUTPUT
OUT
LED DRIVE
107
DRUM_CTL_V
OUT
DRUM MOTOR CONTROL
DIG5
OUT
LED DRIVE
108
CAP_CTL_V
OUT
CAPSTAN MOTOR CONTROL
53
DIG6
OUT
LED DRIVE
109
V.PULSE
OUT
54
DIG7
OUT
LED DRIVE
110
Vss
55
CAP.M_F/R
OUT
CAPSTAN MOTOR REVERSE CONTROL(FWD:H/REV:L)
111
C.SYNC/V.REF
56
Vcc
SYSTEM POWER
112
Vcc
2-31
IN/OUT SERIAL DATA TRANSFER CLOCK FOR TUNER
ADD THE DC BIAS TO S1 OUTPUT
-
OUT
-
-
IN
-
DRUM FG PULSE INPUT
V.PULSE ADDITION TIMING CONTROL
GND
DETECTION OF VIDEO SYNC SIGNAL
SYSTEM POWER
REMOTE CONTROLLER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
NOTE :
1. All parts shown in this schematic are ciritical for sefety.
2. This schematic is only for reference.
Avoid replacing individual parts.
Replace the entire unite only.
(LP21036-030A)
KEY No.
㧝
2
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
14
16
15
13
12
9
11
8
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
LCD
VDD
S11 49
S10 50
S9 51
S8 52
S7 53
S6 54
S5 55
S4 56
S3 57
S2 58
S1 59
S0 60
COM0 61
COM1 62
1 BIAS
COM2 63
R6
COM3 64
R8
S12 48
S13 47
2 VLC0
S14 46
3 VLC1
R7
S15 45
4 VLC2
5 P30/LCDCL
S16/P93 44
6 P31/SYNC
S17/P92 43
S18/P91 42
7 P32
8 P33
S19/P90 41
U1
9 VSS
S20/P83 40
10 P50
S21/P82 39
11 P51
S22/P81 38
12 P52
S23/P80 37
P23/BUZ 36
R3
48
44
43
47
46
42
39
41
37
38
40
36
32
34
35
31
30
29
28
23
24
R2
P22/PCL/PT02 35
27
D1
P21/PT01 34
32 P13/T10
30 P11/INT1
29 P10/INT0
28 P03/SI/SB1
26 P01/SCK
25 P00/INT4
24 VDD
23 X1
22 X2
21 IC
20 XT2
19 XT1
18 RESET
16 P62/KR2
17 P63/KR3
15 P61/KR1
27 P02/SO/SB0
14 P60/KR0
31 P12/INT2/T11/T12
13 P53
45
33
VDD
3V
C1
P20/PT00 33
Q1
22
25
21
26
20
19
18
12
17
11
16
15
14
13
10
9
8
7
1
2
50
5
4
3
VDD
VIDEO
VDD
SW1
R9
R1
49
TV
6
VDD
R5
VDD
VDD
J5
OPTION J1
MODEL
LP21036-006
LP21036-007
LP21036-008
J6
R10
C4
J3
X1
(4MHz)
J4
J1
J2
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
㧟
㧠
㧡
㧢
㧣
㧤
㧥
㧝㧜
㧝㧝
㧝㧞
㧝㧟
㧝㧠
㧝㧡
㧝㧢
㧝㧣
㧝㧤
㧝㧥
㧞㧜
㧞㧝
㧞㧞
㧞㧟
㧞㧠
㧞㧡
㧞㧢
㧞㧣
㧞㧤
㧞㧥
㧟㧜
㧟㧝
㧟㧞
㧟㧟
㧟㧠
㧟㧡
㧟㧢
㧟㧣
㧟㧤
㧟㧥
㧠㧜
㧠㧝
㧠㧞
㧠㧟
㧠㧠
㧠㧡
㧠㧢
㧠㧣
㧠㧤
㧠㧥
㧡㧜
㧟㧠㧗㧟㧞
㧟㧠㧗㧟㧢
KEY NAME
DVD
POWER
PROG/G CODE
Normal/3x/5x/TOP MENU
TRANSFER/DVD MENU
TV/VCR
START+/REPEAT MODE
STOP+/ON SCREEN
DATE+/SUBTITLE
CH+
START-/ZOOM
STOP-/TITLE
DATE-/ANGLE
CH1
2
3
TIMER
4
5
6
PROG.CHECK/RETURN
7
8
9/EVERYWEEK
3D PHONIC
10/CANCEL/(SKIP)
0/11
12/(MEMORY)/+10
SOUND SELECT/TV MUTE
REW/
PLAY/
FF/
REC/
STOP/
PAUSE/
VISS-REW-/
UP/
VISS-REW+/
LEFT/
ENTER
RIGHT/
MENU
DOWN/
QUICK REVIEW
DISPLAY
TV VOLTV VOL+
CM/DVD QUALITY
VTR
REC+PLAY
REC+PAUSE
FDP GRID ASSIGNMENT AND ANODE CONNECTION
J2
H1
J1
J3
VCR
H3
A
B
G H6
E D
C
H5
DIG1
DIG2
H8
H4
F
J4
VHS
No.
CONNECTION
1
Cathode G, J7, H8
2
Cathode F, J6, H7
3
Cathode E, J5, H6
4
Cathode D, J4, H5,H4
5
Cathode C, J3, H3
6
Cathode B, J2, H2
7
Cathode A, J1, H1
8
Anode H1~H8
9
Anode J1~J7
10
Common Anode Digit5
11
Common Anode Digit4
12
Common Anode Digit3
13
Common Anode Digit2
14
Common Anode Digit1
H2
DVD
H7
P
DIG3
DIG4
DIG5
J5
J6 J7
2-32
VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM
WF1
IC1-21
REC/PB 0.98Vp-p
20mV/20µsec/DIV
WF2
IC1-26
WF3
REC 0.52Vp-p
10mV/20µsec/DIV
IC1-29
TP106
PB.FM
WF4
PB 0.58Vp-p
20mV/20µsec/DIV
PB 2.1Vp-p
50mV/20µsec/DIV
TP111
D.FF
WF5
REC/PB 4.2Vp-p
0.1V/5msec/DIV
WF7
IC1-86
REC 1.45Vp-p
50mV/20µsec/DIV
TO
SYSCON
I2C_DATA_AV
I2C_CLK_AV
0
V.PULSE
2Fsc
3
M
C.SYNC
V_TO_OSD
SB_GAIN
V_FROM_OSD
S1OUT
53
55
57
TO
TUNER TU_VIDEO
CLOCK DRIVER
IC7104
TO
DVD UNIT
C
Y
CR/R
C
7
F$
Y
1
CB/B
CCDCONT
48
CN502
NOT
USED
Cr
5
C
51
MODE
CONTROL
CCD BLOCK
KINSEKI
F$ F$
Cb
3
&48
.2(
MSM7470 Series
49
F$
.2(
.2(
F$
&48
&48
Y-CCD
V
46
C-CCD
45
Y
CCD
LPF
74
DATA
F$
F$
&48
.2(
&48
.2(
F$
&48
.2(
CY
PB
73
43
NOT
USED 42
PR
CLK
SW27
P
NP
CONV
C.K
PIL
ER
B.D
R*L-SECAM
EXT
INT
SW26
40
6dBAMP
S
38
LPF
N.L.
DE-EMP
SQPB EQ
SQPB
SW19
37
35
NOT
USED 34
GCL
SQPB
SW20
R
P
C-SQUELCH
SW24
DO
GCL
DO/REC
SW23
R*SDECK
GCL
R*SVHS
33
YNR
DE
V-AMP
1
36
25
Y
Y
28
8
31
2
WF3
J7006
D OUT
PB
PB
3
4
SQUE
LCH
SYNC
SEP
CLEAR
SYNC
SW21
R*SDECK
PG
R*SDECK
29
PG
27
C
C
11
5
NOT
USED
PR
PR
12
6
J7004
DVD
LINE OUT
V
6
Y
C
8
5
Y
C
7
DVD(H)
Q7113
1
J7002
LINE OUT
J7002
L-1 IN
8
2
IC7102
V
V
4
6
4
1
3
6 SW/JACK
CN7191
J7191
FRONT
VIDEO IN
2-33
2
1
4
CN7103
FRONT_VIDEO
7
BUF
V
3
MAIN (VIDEO/N. AUDIO, TERMINAL)
WF4
TO
FMA/DEMOD
Fsc
TP106
PB. FM
L7
FILTER
57
59
X2
58
65
63 67
72
NOT
USED
NOT
USED
69
70
71
76
77
78
WF5
TP111
D. FF
CCD
CONT
CR DET
X-TAL
VCO/OSC
2fsc
DOWN
CONV
ACC
SW
CHROMA
ACC DET
REC
APC
ACC
DET
DISCRI
PB
APC
REC
AFC
COMP
LCVCO
D.FF
TANK
MESECAM
DET
P
SW35
CLPF2
P
R
SW29
+
L-SECAM
P
C
C
MAIN
CONV1
SW31
FH HPF
CTL TRAP
R
SW32
R
C
P
SW51
R
C
DELAY
L-DET
SW34
䌒䌅䌃
DET
B.E
L-SECAM
TRAP
:ON
DET
85
SW39
LPF
SP2
CH2
L-SECAM
SW37
SP2
SW42
SW44
86
SP1
TRAP
:OFF
SP1
REC
MUTE
+
REC TRAP
HiFi TRAP
SW45
VC
5
WF6
SW40
PILOT
ERASE
PILOT
ADD
BPF
P
C
4.43PAL
MPAL CONV.
DELAY
57 PIN
3.3k ADD
SW38
SD
R
Y-LPF
629
TRAP
SW9
SP2
SW47
SP1
SW48
SW43
90
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SP CH2
SP CH1
LP/EP_CH2
LP/EP_CH1
CH1
SW8
SD
SQPB
DL
SP1
91
P
SW49
R
R
SQPB
VIDEO AGC
SVHS+L-SECAM
SQPB
EXT
HPF
SW15
P
SECAM
DELAY
+SSEQ
CH2
INT
SW25
C
SW17
SP2
SP
EXT
P
ACC
SVHS+L-SECAM
89
INT
SW28
4
3
2MLPF
R
N.L.
DE-EMPH
SW41
SP
EXT
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
87
SW46
P
B.D
VIDEO
HEAD
U.DRUM
CN1
CH1
䌒䌅䌃
R
P
TO
SYSCON
VIDEO_ENV
MIX LEVEL
ADJUST
CHROMA
ACC
C.K
C-ACC:THROUGH
MAIN
CONV2
P
+
SW33
ENVDET
NOT
USED
83
SW36
L-SECAM
䌃䋭䌁䌃䌃䋺䌏䌎
CLPF1
4PHASE
R
D. FF
81
82
HPF
R
80
KILLER
APC
SW
SW30
VCA
TO
SYSCON
B-Y INVERT
TO
SYSCON
SQPB
SW12
SW16
SW20
R
P
REC
FILTER
P-EQ
LPF
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
G-EQ
20
S-DET
S_DET
FM AGC
FM MOD
GCL
DO DET
DET
FO/DEV ADJ
DLIM
ATT
-10dB
SW14
DEH
N.L.
EMPH
HP-NC
TRAP-NC
E
H
CLEAR
SYNC
SW21
PG
ET LPF
ATT
-10dB
PC
P
ATT
-4dB
ATT
-10dB
DEMO
P
R
SW22 R*SDECK
35PinGCL
SW10
8
REC FBC+ALC
PB AGC+APL
SW18
SW52
VIDEO ALC
/ FBC
MAIN EMPHASIS
CARRIER OFFSET
W.C/D.C
R
SUB LPF
V
YNR
SW11
R
R
9
SW13
ATP
ATT
-6dB
AGC DET
MAIN
P
DE EMPHASIS
0.5Vp-p R*SDECK
GCL
24
7
NOT
USED
23
26
21
19
17
15
NOT
USED
16
12
14
10
FILTER R3,L1,C2
IC1
(VIDEO & AUDIO
SIGNAL PROCESSOR)
V
WF1
WF2
2-34
2-35
AOUTR+ 3
AOUTL+ 1
SYS.COMP.MUTE
A.MUTE2(L)
AUDIO(R)
AUDIO(L)
J7002
LINE OUT
AUDIO(L)
AUDIO(R)
J7004
DVD LINE OUT
1
2
3
3
4
7
5
6
5
6
7
1
3
2
R
L
L
R
5
3
AMP
AMP
IC8001
R
L
7
1
9
7
3 6 SW/JACK CN7191
CN7301
TO
DVD UNIT
TO
SYSCON
AUDIO(R)
SIF OUT 47
TU6001
AUDIO(L)
J7002
L-1 IN
ANT OUT
ANT IN
AUDIO IN(L)
AUDIO IN(R)
J7191
FRONT
R
L
0 3
MUTE
CONTROL
(Q8001,Q8002,
Q8051,Q8052)
4
2
CN7103
L
R
R
L
MUTE
CONTROL
(Q2201-Q2204)
IC2201-10
3
1
2
4
62
57
WF2 53
WF1
10
15
48
9
14
6
69
REC
EQ
VCA
DET
67
X2
NORMAL_OUT
fsc_IN
MUTE_CTL
DATA
CLK
PRE_OUT
P
R
NOT
USED
1 2
WF6
61
45
36
43
42
29
30
3
4
NOT
USED
SW5V
WF3
TP2253
A.PB.FM
EP(LP) ON
REC ON
PRE AMP
+
-
79
98
97
96
95
94
WF4
+
WF7
FILTER
FILTER
IC1-98
REC 0.34Vp-p
10mV/0.5ms/DIV
WF7
T2051
TRANS
OSC
5
6
Q2051
POWER Q2052-Q2055
SW
IC1-2
REC/PB 20mVp-p
1mV/0.5ms/DIV
WF6
Q2001 POWER
SW
-Q2003
IC1-6
REC/PB 0.25Vp-p
10mV/0.5ms/DIV
WF5
A.MUTE
SP ON
63
TP2253
A.PB.FM
PB 0.52Vp-p
20mV/20µsec/DIV
WF4
IC1
(VIDEO/N.AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSOR)
WF5
NORMAL_IN
LINE_OUT(L)
LINE_OUT(R)
BS_IN(L)
BS_IN(R)
EXT3_IN(R)
EXT3_IN(L)
EXT2_IN(R)
EXT2_IN(L)
IC2201-21
REC 1.08Vp-p
20mV/0.5msec/DIV
WF3
22
CH1
21
COM
24
CH2
PB_FM_IN
IC2201
EXT1_IN(R)
SIF_IN
IC2201-53
REC/PB 0.28Vp-p
10mV/10msec/DIV
WF2
EXT1_IN(L)
PB/REC 32mVp-p
2mV/0.5msec/DIV
WF1
MAIN(VIDEO/N. AUDIO, FMA/DEMOD, TERMINAL, TUNER)
4
1
2
7
6
3
CN1
4
3
2
FULL ERASE HEAD
N.REC_ST(H)
N.REC(H)
A.MUTE(H)
I2C_DATA_AV
I2C_CLK_AV
CN2001
1
TO
SYSCON
12
11
H.REC_ST(H)
CN2002
9
12
11
9
10
10
8
U.DRUM
9
7
CN1
REC/PB
A. ERASE
F. ERASE
FMA_CH2
FMA_CH1
AUDIO HEAD
AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
CTL
A/C HEAD
2
1
11
9
1
1
2
CN1
6
5
0 3
CN3001
4
2
JS3001
11
9
1
CN3001-1
CAP.M_FG
WF2
WF1
PC3002
WF3
CN3001-11
DRUM_PG/FG
PHOTO
SENSOR
REC/PB 4.7Vp-p
0.1V/5msec/DIV
WF2
PHOTO
SENSOR
PC3001
MAIN (SYSCON)
REC/PB 4.3Vp-p
0.1V/0.2msec/DIV
WF1
CN2001
5
3
12
10
4
S_DET
D.FF
V. PULSE
VIDEO_ENV
CTL HEAD ( - )
CTL HEAD ( + )
LSA
LSB
LSC
LSD
CAP.M FG
CAP.M F/R
CAP.M VCTL
LM F/R/S
DRUM PG/FG
DRUM VCTL
ROTARY
ENCODER
12
10
4
TO
VIDEO/N. AUDIO
1 2
A/C HEAD
M
5 5 LOADING MOTOR
L1
L2
M
3 in 1 MDA
CAP MOTOR
5 7
2
1
D PG+
D PG-
M
5 8 DRUM MOTOR
TP4001
CTL.P
WF4
SW
Q4001
PB 2.0Vp-p
0.1V/10msec/DIV
WF3
TP4001
CTL. P
IC3001-3
S_DET
D.FF
V. PULSE
VIDEO_ENV
CTL(-)
CTL(+)
LSA
LSB
LSC
LSD
TU FG
SP FG
CTL_GAIN
CTL_AMP_OUT
CFG
CAP.M_F/R
CAP_CTL_V
LM_FR(LMC1)
DFG
DRUM_CTL_V
REC 4.3Vp-p
0.1V/5msec/DIV
WF4
35
105
109
26
4
3
58
101
34
33
42
37
103
7
9
55
108
44
104
107
48
49
19
94
100
99
111
16
17
62
61
93
IC3003
6
5
IC3001-17
SCL
SDA
( SERIAL MEMORY)
REC/PB 2.1Vp-p
50mV/20µsec/DIV
WF6
WF7
WF6
WF5
END
Q3002
SENSOR
31
REC/PB 2.0Vp-p
50mV/20µsec/DIV
WF5
IC3001-19
NOT USED
C3025
TIMER CLOCK
S3001 REC SAFETY SW
START
Q3001
SENSOR
AL5V
X3001
TIMER CLOCK
(32kHz)
X3002
MAIN SYSTEM
CLOCK
(10MHz)
29
39
75
76
78
80
IC3001-111
REC 4.9Vp-p
0.1V/20µsec/DIV
WF5
I2C_CLK
I2C_DATA
CVOUT
CVIN1
I2C_DATA_AV
I2C_CLK_AV
A.MUTE(H)
N.REC ST(H)
N.REC(H)
C.SYNC/V.REF
CVIN2
H.REC_ST(H)
END_SENSOR
START_SENSOR
REC_SAFETY
X2
X1
OSC1(IN)
OSC2(OUT)
IC3001
(SYSTEM CONTROL MICRO PROCESSOR)
BUF
Q202
I2C_DATA
I2C_CLK
V_TO_OSD
V_TO_OSD
TO
VIDEO/N. AUDIO
TO
FMA/DEMOD
TO
TUNER
TO
TERMINAL
I2C_DATA_AV
I2C_CLK_AV
A.MUTE(H)
N.REC_ST(H)
N.REC(H)
C.SYNC/V.REF
H.REC_ST(H)
A.MUTE(H)
SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
2-36
JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING COMPANY OF AMERICA
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP.
www.jvcservice.com(US Only)
JVC CANADA INC.
Head office : 21 Finchdene Square Scarborough, Ontario M1X 1A7
(416)293-1311
(No.YD008)
Printed in Japan
WPC